20-F 1 tomkins_20f.htm FORM 20-F tomkins_20f.htm


 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

¨    REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
x    ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended 3 January 2009
 
OR
¨   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
¨   SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 0-17140

Tomkins plc
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

England
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation)

East Putney House, 84 Upper Richmond Road
London SW15 2ST, United Kingdom
(Address of principal executive offices)

Contact details of Company Contact Person:
Name
John Zimmerman
E-mail
jzimmerman@tomkins.co.uk
Telephone
+44 (0) 208 877 5155
Address
Tomkins plc
East Putney House
84 Upper Richmond Road
London
SW15 2ST
United Kingdom
 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
Title of each class
Name of each exchange on which registered
Ordinary Shares, nominal value 9c per share
New York Stock Exchange *
   
American Depositary Shares
(each of which represents four Ordinary Shares)
New York Stock Exchange
 
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act
None.

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act
None.

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report:

Ordinary Shares, nominal value 9c per share
884,151,772

 
* Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares representing such Ordinary Shares
 
 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes  x  No  ¨
   
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Yes  ¨   No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days:
Yes  x  No  ¨
   
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer               x
Accelerated filer                         ¨
Non-accelerated filer                 ¨
 

 
Indicate by a check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
 
US GAAP
¨
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board
x
Other
¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the Registrant has elected to follow:
Item 17                 ¨
Item 18                 ¨

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes  ¨   No  x
 
 


 

 
 
 
 

 
à
Tomkins is a global engineering and manufacturing group, with market and technical leadership across all of its business activities
     
 
à
Two business groups:
 
Industrial & Automotive (74% of Group sales)
 
Building Products (26% of Group sales)
     
 
à
Focus on:
 
Energy-efficient and ‘green’ product offering
 
Expansion of service and distribution capabilities
 
 
Special note regarding forward-looking statements
 
This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of section 27A of the Securities Act and section 21E of the Exchange Act, including assumptions, anticipations, expectations and forecasts concerning the Group’s future business plans, products, services, financial results, performance, future events and information relevant to our business, industries and operating environments. When used in this document, the words “anticipate”, “believe”, “estimate”, “assume”, “could”, “should”, “expect” and similar expressions, as they relate to the Group or its management, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Such statements reflect the current views of management with respect to future events and are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions. The forward-looking statements contained herein represent a good-faith assessment of our future performance for which we believe there is a reasonable basis. Many factors could cause the actual results, performance or achievements of the Group to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements that may be expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements, including, among others, adverse changes or uncertainties in economic conditions that affect the markets we serve and the risks associated with illiquid credit markets, the financial position of the major US automotive manufacturers, increased competition from low-cost producers, supply chain management, the cost and availability of production inputs, product liability claims and other risks described under “Principal risks and uncertainties” on pages 36 to 37. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialise, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those described herein as anticipated, believed, estimated or expected.

These forward-looking statements represent our view only as of the date they are made and we disclaim any obligation to update forward-looking statements contained herein, except as may be otherwise required by law.
 
 

 
 
Contents
 
 
Directors’ report
 
Overview
 
02
Financial summary
03
Group strategy
04
Chairman’s statement and Chief Executive’s review
06
Our businesses
 
Performance
10
Performance measures
13
Operating and financial review
36
Principal risks and uncertainties
38
Corporate social responsibility
 
Governance
40
Board of Directors
42
Key governance principles
48
Internal control
50
Audit Committee report
52
Remuneration Committee report
61
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
 
Financial statements
 
Group
62
Independent auditors’ report
63
Consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS
 
Company
135
Independent auditors’ report
136
Company financial statements prepared in accordance with UK GAAP
152
Principal subsidiaries and associates
 
Additional information
 
153
Supplemental financial information
155
Five-year summary
156
Investor information
165
Useful contacts
166
Cross-reference to Form 20-F
168
Financial calendar
169
Glossary of terms
 
 
 
i

 

Financial summary*
 
Continuing operations
 
à
Sales were $5,515.9 million (2007: $5,886.1 million)
 
à
Adjusted operating profit was $403.4 million (2007: $530.5 million)
 
à
Further restructuring initiatives to achieve incremental $50 million annualized benefits by 2011
 
à
Non-cash impairment of $342.4 million
 
à
Operating profit was $67.4 million (2007: $586.3 million)
 
à
Loss for the period of $46.0 million (2007: profit for the period of $385.5 million)
 
à
Diluted loss per share was 7.29 cents (2007: earnings of 40.91 cents per share)
 
à
Adjusted diluted earnings were 26.02 cents per share (2007: 37.14 cents per share)
 
Total operations
 
à
Cash generated from operations was $628.7 million (2007: $638.7 million)
 
à
Operating cash flow was $442.8 million (2007: $441.8 million)
 
à
Net debt was $476.4 million (2007: $591.5 million)
 
à
Proposed final dividend of 2.00 cents per share, making the dividend for the year 13.02 cents per share (2007: 27.68 cents per share)
 
 
*An explanation of the key performance measures referred to in the Directors’ report is provided on pages 10 to 12.
 
 
 
 
2

 
Group strategy
 
 
à
Maximisation of shareholder value through long-term sustainable growth
 
à
Strategic approach with four key elements:
 
Managing the cost base
 
At the start of 2008, the Group faced continuing headwinds in a number of its end markets. As a result, management launched Project Eagle, which was an acceleration of our existing restructuring initiatives to address our cost base, improve our competitiveness and increase our operating margins. Project Eagle is a three-year programme that builds on our existing initiatives and should provide the opportunity to capture approximately $100 million of annual performance improvements by the end of 2010. This initiative remains on track, with a number of projects completed in 2008 such as the closure of Moncks Corner, South Carolina, further rationalisation of the Lasco Bathware business in the US and the closure of Hart & Cooleys production facility at Tucson, Arizona. A total of eight facilities were closed under these initiatives, mainly in North America, with headcount reduced by around 3,500.
 
Market conditions throughout 2008 continued to deteriorate. As a result, management has initiated more extensive restructuring initiatives, Project Cheetah, which will more fundamentally refocus the Groups manufacturing in low-cost regions and within its most efficient facilities. Under these initiatives, we are considering closing 15 plants, of which four are in Europe, affecting approximately 2,500 employees with whom we are consulting as appropriate. The total expected cash costs of the Project Eagle and Project Cheetah initiatives are $140 million, with $120 million of these costs to be incurred in 2009 and the remainder in 2010. Non-cash costs are expected to be around $40 million, substantially all of which is expected to be incurred in 2009. These initiatives are expected to achieve annual cash benefits of approximately $150 million by 2011.
 
Rigorous expense management throughout the Group remains a high priority.
 
Managing the balance sheet
 
We continue to focus on cash flow and capital allocation, which resulted in good operating cash flow generation in 2008 of $442.8 million. Our 2008 capital expenditure of $193.8 million was $42.7 million lower than 2007. Working capital was reduced by $68.9 million during 2008.
 
Driving top-line growth
 
Technological innovation is a key element of our growth strategy and we are focused on developing efficient, green products which achieve fuel and energy savings and reduce emissions. In I&A, we expanded development of our electro­mechanical drive systems and two speed variable vane oil pumps. We introduced our RTPMS product into new markets, including India.
 
We are also focused on expanding our service and distribution capabilities, particularly in the developing regions of the world by capitalising on Gates global footprint and strong product development capabilities. Gates E&S completed its first year of operations and continued to expand with new service centres in Kuwait, the UAE and Saudi Arabia, combined with achieving new contract wins throughout the Middle East and Asia. Gates E&S provides service, maintenance and hose monitoring capabilities principally to the oil and gas sector. A.E. Hydraulic, a distributor of hose and fluid transfer products in Singapore, was acquired in early 2008 and has performed well, achieving strong sales growth and margins.
 
Within Building Products, we expanded our green product offering which enabled us to outperform the US non-residential construction market. Our acquisition of Trion added indoor air quality capabilities to our air quality range, as well as facilities in China, whilst the acquisition of Rolastar provided us with a leading position in the Indian off-site ducting manufacturing market. In 2008, we entered into a joint venture based in the UAE that will provide access to the Middle East non-residential construction market.
 
Should the opportunities arise, we are well positioned to take advantage of the current downturn in the economy by acquiring strategic bolt-on businesses to assist in our growth strategy.
 
Reshaping the portfolio
 
During 2008, we completed the sale of Stant and Standard-Thomson. We have now substantially completed the divestment of our non-core businesses, totalling 22 since 2002.
 
In January 2008, we purchased 60% of Rolastar, which expanded our air distribution capabilities in India, that we commenced in 2006. In the third quarter of 2008, we signed a joint venture agreement with a leading contractor in the non-residential construction market in the UAE and production is expected to start in the first quarter of 2009. The acquisition of Trion, a leader in the manufacture of commercial, industrial and residential indoor air quality products, was completed in June 2008 and expands our green and energy-efficient product capabilities. Trion also has two facilities in China, extending Air Systems Components geographic coverage to eight countries.
 
The acquisitions and new joint venture agreement we completed in 2008 further our objective of global expansion in higher growth markets, adding manufacturing, distribution and service capabilities in India, the Middle East, China and Singapore.
 
 
3

Chairman’s statement and Chief Executive’s review
 
 
Dear shareholder,
 
2008 was a challenging year for all of Tomkins’ businesses. In the first half of the year, automotive OE and residential construction markets were the weakest, while industrial, automotive aftermarket and non-residential construction all posted good results. During the second half, all of our markets weakened, with the speed of decline accelerating towards the end of the year. All of our geographic markets have experienced a slowdown, with the worst declines concentrated in the western economies, most notably the US and Europe. Two of our end markets, US automotive OE and residential construction, saw their third year of significant decline. Housing starts (as measured by the NAHB) and North American automotive production (as measured by CSM, light vehicle unit volumes) fell by 33% and 16% respectively over 2008. Emerging economies also experienced a slowdown, affected by declines in consumer confidence and the availability of credit.
 
In February 2008, Tomkins initiated Project Eagle, a three- year performance improvement programme to address the cost base and improve competitiveness. In light of the current and expected market conditions, we have announced more extensive actions to reset our manufacturing footprint to lower-cost locations and further take advantage of opportunities in higher growth markets. These initiatives are referred to as Project Cheetah.
 
Earlier in 2008, we announced our decision to present the Group’s financial statements in US dollars, commencing in 2008. This is the first Annual Report presented in this manner.
 
Results
 
Sales from continuing operations decreased by 6.3% to $5,515.9 million (2007: $5,886.1 million) and adjusted operating profit fell by 24.0% to $403.4 million (2007: $530.5 million). Adjusted operating margin was 7.3% (2007: 9.0%).
 
Cash generated from operations was $628.7 million (2007: $638.7 million). Operating cash flow increased by $1.0 million to $442.8 million (2007: $441.8 million).
 
In 2008, the Group incurred a diluted loss per share on continuing operations of 7.29 cents (2007: earnings per share of 40.91 cents). Adjusted diluted earnings per share were 26.02 cents (2007: 37.14 cents).
 
Dividend
 
In these difficult economic conditions, the Board considers that it is important to strike a balance between preserving balance sheet strength and providing a return to shareholders. Accordingly, the Board has decided to propose a final dividend for 2008 of 2.00 cents per share, making a total dividend for the year of 13.02 cents per share. For 2009, the Board has decided to target a total dividend of around 10 cents per share, subject to the prevailing conditions and market outlook. Looking forward, the Board will seek to resume its progressive dividend policy from this rebased level as soon as results and market conditions allow.
 
Subject to approval by shareholders at the AGM on 1 June 2009, the final dividend will be paid on 10 June 2009 to ordinary shareholders on the register as at the close of business on 8 May 2009.
 
Highlights 2008
 
The Group made good progress against its key priorities:
 
Completed the divestment of the non-core businesses, Stant and Standard-Thomson.
   
Completed three acquisitions: in India, Singapore and the US (the latter with operations in China). Signed a joint venture agreement in the Middle East for the manufacture and distribution of non-residential Air Systems Components products.
   
Announced and commenced implementation of our performance improvement initiative, Project Eagle, incorporating outsourcing of central functions, low-cost country sourcing, expansion of existing restructuring initiatives and strategic pricing initiatives.
   
Identified further opportunities for restructuring our manufacturing footprint under a new initiative, Project Cheetah, to better position the Group for the future.
   
Introduced and expanded our range of new products including the energy recovery ventilator, the electro­mechanical drive and the two speed variable vaneoil pumps.
   
Maintained a strong balance sheet, supported by good working capital management and reductions in capital expenditure
 
 
4

Chairman’s statement and Chief Executive’s review (continued)
 
 
Strategy
 
We continue to focus on developing energy-saving products. With a focus on service to our customers and distribution of our products, our capabilities and geographic footprint continue to expand across the globe. A summary of our strategic priorities and progress is set out on page 3.
 
Outlook
 
The current economic and market conditions remain challenging and uncertain, reducing visibility and making forecasting extremely difficult.
 
Industrial
 
North America (18.7% of Group sales)
 
North American industrial markets, which remained strong in the first half of 2008 but deteriorated in the second half and particularly the last quarter of 2008, are expected to continue to decline due to reduced economic and industrial activity.
 
Europe (5.6% of Group sales)
 
Industrial activity in Europe is expected to worsen further, with many European countries entering or continuing in recession, coupled with continuing declines in export demand.
 
Rest of the world (5.8% of Group sales)
 
Industrial activity across the remainder of Tomkins’ geographic markets is expected to weaken further, as all regions continue to be affected by reduced global demand. Markets in China, India and Brazil are expected to continue to grow, albeit at a lower level than in recent years.
 
Automotive aftermarket
 
North America (10.3% of Group sales)
 
The automotive aftermarket is expected to be broadly flat in 2009, with the effect of lower miles driven being mitigated to some extent by lower gasoline prices and the ageing vehicle population which requires a higher level of maintenance and expenditure on repair.
 
Europe (5.7% of Group sales)
 
European markets are expected to experience similar trends to North American markets.
 
Rest of the world (2.6% of Group sales)
 
The Group’s other geographic markets, most notably China and Brazil, are expected to soften and post single-digit growth rates in 2009.
 
Automotive OE
 
North America (9.7% of Group sales)
 
Automotive OE production is currently expected to decline by around 25% in 2009.
 
Europe (5.9% of Group sales)
 
European automotive OE production is currently expected to decline by around 20% in 2009.
 
Rest of the world (7.7% of Group sales)
 
The Group’s other geographic markets, most notably China, India and Brazil, are expected to post single-digit growth rates in 2009.
 
Non-residential construction (15.7% of Group sales)
 
US non-residential construction is expected to decline by around 20% on a square foot basis and around 15% on a value basis in 2009.
 
Residential construction (9.0% of Group sales)
 
US residential construction is expected to continue its decline, with housing starts expected to decrease by around 30% in 2009.
 
Other markets include manufactured housing and recreational vehicles and in total account for around 3.3% of Group sales.
 
As a consequence of the market conditions, our trading in early 2009 has been adversely affected.
 
We believe that our strong market positions and the resilience of our managers in cutting costs and improving efficiencies, coupled with our strong balance sheet will enable us to continue to mitigate the impact of these difficult end markets and generate cash whilst positioning the Group for an eventual recovery in end markets.
 
Impairment
 
In June 2008, as a result of the continued deterioration in North American automotive OE and US residential construction markets, the Group recognised a non-cash impairment of $175.1 million. Management subsequently reviewed the recoverability of assets of the Group’s businesses in light of the continued weakness in the Group’s end markets, which was compounded by an increase in the discount rates that are required to be used for the purpose of the impairment tests. Additional fixed asset impairments were taken as a part of the decision to implement Project Cheetah to restructure the manufacturing footprint of the Group. As a consequence of these developments, a further non-cash impairment of $167.3 million was recognised in the second half of 2008.
 
As a result, the total impairment recognised during 2008 was $342.4 million, of which $228.6 million related to goodwill and $113.8 million to property, plant and equipment. Goodwill allocated to Stackpole ($157.2 million) and to Gates Mectrol ($37.4 million) was written off in its entirety, and goodwill allocated to Selkirk was written down by $34.0 million to $38.3 million. Stackpole’s property, plant and equipment was written down by $65.9 million. Of the remaining $47.9 million impairment of property, plant and equipment, $36.9 million related to other Industrial & Automotive businesses and $11.0 million to Building Products businesses.
 
Customers, investors and employees
 
On behalf of the Board, we would like to thank all of our customers, suppliers, business partners and investors for their continued support, especially under these difficult market conditions. We look forward to continuing these strong relationships over the forthcoming year.
 
The continued commitment and dedication of our employees enables us to achieve our objectives and we would like to thank them for their hard work and commitment during the past year.
 
David Newlands
James Nicol
Chairman
Chief Executive
 
 
5

 
Industrial &Automotive
 
The Industrial & Automotive business group manufactures a wide range of systems and components for the industrial and automotive markets through four operating segments: Power Transmission, Fluid Power, Fluid Systems and Other Industrial & Automotive. The business group manufactures a range of belts, fluid transfer products, hydraulic hoses, couplings, pressure monitoring products, valves and axles. I&A has corporate offices in the US and Canada. It supplies a wide variety of industries, including the industrial and automotive OE and replacement markets, transportation, energy and natural resources and agricultural markets. Products are sold through a range of distribution channels: direct to customers (principally for the OE market) and through distributor channels (principally for the aftermarket business). The primary raw materials used by I&A are aluminum, steel and rubber materials, which are principally sourced locally. I&A spends approximately $1,600 million each year on raw materials.
 
 
 
Power Transmission

Power Transmission provides solutions for the transfer of energy. Products range from highly-engineered belts (accessory drive and synchronous timing belts) and accessories (pulleys and tensioners) to energy-saving oil pumps and carrier systems. Power Transmission is a globally integrated business, sharing technology, research and development and resources across the world. It is managed through local offices in North and South America, Europe and Asia.
 
Gates is the world’s largest manufacturer of power transmission belts for problem-solving applications, with manufacturing and research facilities in 20 countries. Its products are sold direct to industrial and automotive OEMs and through a global network of dealers.
 
Gates Mectrol manufactures polyurethane timing belts and motion control components for the industrial market, operating manufacturing and sales facilities in the US, Germany and Mexico.
 
Stackpole is a Canadian-based manufacturer of powertrain components, systems and assemblies primarily for use in automotive engines and transmissions. The business has manufacturing facilities in Canada and the UK.
 
Fluid Power
 
Fluid Power provides fluid transfer and hydraulic solutions, predominantly to the industrial OE and replacement markets. In addition to its manufacturing and distribution capabilities, Fluid Power provides on-site servicing and maintenance solutions, mainly to the oil and gas industry through Gates Fleximak (acquired in 2006), A.E. Hydraulic (acquired in 2008) and Gates Productivity & Reliability Services (established in 2008). Fluid Power serves customers across North and South America, Europe and Asia.
 
Fluid Systems

Fluid Systems provides fluid and gas monitoring and control solutions. Products are sold primarily into the automotive OE and aftermarket for repairs and accessories. Schrader Electronics is the technology leader in RTPMS, and is currently working with other Group companies to develop further applications of its sensing capabilities. In June 2008, Stant and Standard-Thomson, part of the Fluid Systems segment, were sold as part of the Group’s plan to dispose of non-core businesses.
 
Other I&A
 
Other I&A includes: Dexter Axle, which produces axles and chassis for the utility trailer, recreational vehicle and highway trailer markets; Ideal, a manufacturer of speciality hose clamps; Plews, a manufacturer and distributor of lubrication, air hose and other aftermarket accessories; and Gates Winhere, a manufacturer of pumps primarily for the automotive market. Dexter Axle and the Dexter Chassis group manufacture and market their products primarily in the US directly to OEMs and through distributors. Ideal and Plews sell products primarily into the aftermarket under a variety of brands. Ideal designs and manufactures clamps principally for markets in the US, Mexico and China. Plews is a designer, manufacturer and distributor of a broad range of automotive parts and tools, sold principally in the US. Dearborn Mid-West, a manufacturer of conveyor systems for the automotive, industrial and utilities industries that was part of the Other I&A segment, was sold in November 2007.

 
6

Industrial &Automotive (continued)
 
 
             
Financial highlights: 
     
Key products: 
 
Key brands: 
Power Transmission 
           
Sales: 
 
$2,106.4m 
 
Belts, pulleys, tensioners and idlers, 
 
Gates 
Operating margin: 
 
10.9% 
 
powder metal components, electro- 
 
Gates Mectrol 
% of Group sales: 
 
38.2% 
 
mechanical drive systems, power 
 
Stackpole 
       
transmission and pump components, 
   
       
engine and transmission oil pumps 
   
Fluid Power 
           
Sales: 
 
$832.3m 
 
Hydraulics, hoses, belts, coupling 
 
Gates 
Operating margin: 
 
5.6% 
 
systems 
 
EMB 
% of Group sales: 
 
15.1% 
     
Gates Fleximak 
           
A.E. Hydraulic 
           
Gates E&S 
Fluid Systems 
           
Sales: 
 
$501.2m 
 
RTPMS, wheel and tyre valves, 
 
Schrader Electronics 
Operating margin: 
 
8.0% 
 
inflating gauges 
 
Schrader Bridgeport 
% of Group sales: 
 
9.1% 
       
             
Other I&A 
           
Sales: 
 
$620.9m 
 
Axles and wheels, trailer chassis and 
 
Dexter Axle 
Operating margin: 
 
7.1% 
 
components, fabricated metal parts, 
 
Ideal 
% of Group sales: 
 
11.2% 
 
clamps, water and oil pumps 
 
Plews & Edelmann 
           
Tridon 
           
Gates Winhere 
 
Key markets served:
  Key market drivers:
       
à
Industrial machinery and equipment
à
Industrial activity
à
Processing industries
à
Commodity prices
à
Earthmoving equipment
à
Industrial capital expenditure
à
Agricultural equipment
à
Agricultural activity
à
Mining
à
Industrial construction
à
Oil and gas
à
Automotive production
à
Leisure equipment
à
Number of cars in use
à
Consumer equipment
à
Average age of cars in use
à
Automotive OE
à
Car usage (measured by miles driven)
à
Automotive aftermarket
à
Oil and fuel prices
 
Industrial
Top five customers
(% of Group sales)
– Motion Industries
2.0%
– John Deere
1.0%
– Redneck Trailer Supplies
0.9%
– Jayco
0.7%
– JCB
0.6%
   
Automotive
Top five customers
(% of Group sales)
– General Motors
6.1%
– NAPA
3.1%
– Ford
2.0%
– Hyundai
1.6%
– Chrysler
1.6%
 
 
GATES ENGINEERING & SERVICES
 
Gates E&S distributes and services hose and hydraulic systems in the industrial and oil and gas sectors. It achieved double-digit growth and opened four new service centres in 2008. Gates Productivity & Reliability Services, a division of Gates E&S, provides on-site services to the oil and gas sector. The acquisition of a distributor in Singapore, A.E. Hydraulic, provides geographic expansion of the Gates E&S business.
 
 
7

 
 
Building Products
 
The Building Products business group manufactures a wide range of air diffusion products and systems, bathware (baths, shower cubicles and luxury whirlpools), and uPVC doors and windows for the residential construction, commercial construction, manufactured housing and recreational vehicle industries. Its range of products places the business group as one of the largest manufacturers of air distribution products in the US. Building Products sells its products through a range of distribution channels, principally to suppliers to the construction industry, building contractors and retailers for both the new build and refurbishment sectors. Building Products sells principally in the US, but also in Canada, Mexico, India, Thailand, China and Europe. In 2008, the business group expanded its range of indoor air quality products through the acquisition of Trion, adding manufacturing and distribution capabilities in the US and China, and expanded its product offering in India through the acquisition of Rolastar, a manufacturer, distributor and installer of off-site ducting. Further geographic expansion was achieved through the signing of a joint venture to manufacture and distribute air systems components products in the Middle East. The primary raw materials used by Building Products are steel, aluminum and vinyl. Building Products spends approximately $600 million each year on raw materials.
 
 
 
Air Systems Components
 
The Air Systems Components operating segment provides air distribution solutions for the HVAC industry. Products include ducting, louvres, grilles, registers, diffusers, dampers, smoke vents and chimney products. Products are sold primarily in the US, Canada, Mexico, India, Thailand, China and Europe. The majority of this segment’s sales pass through manufacturers’ representatives or are sold through wholesalers. The balance of sales are made direct to OEMs, national accounts and retail customers.
 
Air Systems Components designs and manufactures a range of air system products for industrial, institutional and commercial applications. Hart & Cooley and Selkirk supply the residential and light commercial markets in the US, Canada and Mexico, marketing their products primarily through wholesale distributors and retail customers. Ruskin produces and markets commercial and industrial air system components while Ruskin Air Management, a UK business, markets its products principally in the UK and continental Europe.
 
Other Building Products
 
Other Building Products comprises Lasco Bathware, a leading manufacturer of bath tubs and shower enclosures and pans in the US, and Philips Products, a manufacturer of doors, windows and ventilation products. Lasco Bathware manufactures around one quarter of all baths in the US as well as an extensive range of luxury whirlpools. It operates from facilities across the US with national distribution to home centres and wholesalers. Products are also sold direct to builders who use the company installation services. Aquatic Industries, a division of Lasco Bathware, produces up-market acrylic whirlpools, principally for the dealer/distributor market in the US and also supplies standard and customised products for hotel and resort developments internationally.
 
 
8

Building Products (continued)
 
 
Financial highlights: 
 
Key products: 
 
Key brands: 
Air Systems Components 
       
Sales: $1,112.3m 
 
Grilles, registers, diffusers, dampers, 
 
PennBarry 
Operating margin: 
 
9.4% 
 
venting and ducts, fans, louvres 
 
Actionair 
% of Group sales: 
 
20.2% 
 
and screens 
 
Titus 
           
Rooftop Systems 
           
Ruskin 
           
Reliable 
           
Tuttle & Bailey 
           
Krueger 
           
Lau 
           
Milcor 
           
AMPCO 
           
Selkirk 
Other Building Products 
           
Sales: 
 
$342.8m 
 
Baths, showers, whirlpools, 
 
Lasco Bathware 
Operating margin: 
 
(7.0)% 
 
aluminium and vinyl windows and 
 
Aquatic 
% of Group sales: 
 
6.2% 
 
doors 
 
Philips 
           
Trion 
 
 
Key markets served: Key market drivers: 
à
Residential construction
à
Housing starts
à
Commercial construction
à
Square feet of construction
à
Recreational vehicles
à
Construction value
à
Manufactured housing
à
Recreational vehicle production
à
Remodelling and repair
à
Manufactured housing shipments
   
à
Architectural billings
 
Air Systems Components
Top five customers 
(% of Group sales) 
 
– York International 
 0.5% 
– Tom Barrow 
 0.5% 
– Watsco 
 0.5% 
– Carrier Group 
 0.5% 
– Norman S Wright 
 0.5% 
 
Other Building Products
Top five customers
(% of Group sales)
– Home Depot 
0.9% 
– Ferguson Enterprises 
0.6% 
– Thor Industries 
0.2% 
– Fleetwood Enterprises 
0.2% 
– Dapsco 
0.2% 
 
 
  RUSKIN –‘Green’ initiatives in Building Products
 
In 2008, Ruskin introduced its energy recovery ventilator, which achieves energy savings through recycling conditioned air.
 
 
 
9

 
Performance measures
 
Background
 
We assess the financial performance of our businesses using a variety of measures. We believe that certain of these measures are particularly important and have termed them “key performance measures”. We refer to these measures throughout the Directors’ Report and use them in presentations to investors.
 
In this section, we explain the relevance of each of the key performance measures and, if they cannot be derived directly from the consolidated financial statements, show how they are calculated. Some of these measures are not explicitly defined under IFRS and are therefore termed “non-GAAP” measures. We present a reconciliation of each non-GAAP measure to the most directly comparable measure defined under IFRS. We do not regard these non-GAAP measures as a substitute for, or superior to, the equivalent measures defined under IFRS. The non-GAAP measures described below may not be directly comparable with similarly-titled measures used by other companies.
 
We assess the non-financial performance of our businesses using measures that are discussed under the heading “Corporate Social Responsibility” on pages 38 to 39.
 
Adjusted operating profit
 
Adjusted operating profit is the measure used by the Board to assess performance and is therefore the measure of segment profit that we present under IFRS. A reconciliation of adjusted operating profit to operating profit is presented in note 5 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
Adjusted operating profit represents operating profit before specific items that are considered to hinder comparison of operating performance either year on year or between different businesses.
 
During the periods under review, these items were the amortisation of intangible assets arising on acquisitions, restructuring initiatives (comprising restructuring costs and the net gain or loss on disposals and on the exit of businesses) and impairments.
 
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
    $m     $m     $m  
Adjusted operating profit
                 
                   
Continuing operations
    403.4       530.5       545.3  
Discontinued operations
          3.7       1.1  
Total operations
    403.4       534.2       546.4  

 
Adjusted operating margin
 
Adjusted operating margin represents adjusted operating profit as a percentage of sales.

We use adjusted operating margin at all levels in our business to measure our success in managing the cost base and improving margins.
 
$m unless stated otherwise
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
                   
Continuing operations
                 
Sales
    5,515.9       5,886.1       5,746.1  
Adjusted operating profit
    403.4       530.5       545.3  
Adjusted operating
                       
margin
    7.3%       9.0%       9.5%  

Underlying change in sales and adjusted operating profit
 
We use the underlying change in sales and adjusted operating profit to measure our success in achieving organic growth and to assist us in assessing our performance relative to the growth of our end markets and the performance of our competitors. In arriving at these underlying measures, we are able to identify clearly the contribution from bolt-on acquisitions and the effect of the disposals made as we reshape our portfolio.
 
We define the underlying change in a performance measure as the year-on-year change excluding the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on the translation into US dollars of the results of the Group’s foreign operations and the contribution before organic growth of businesses that have been acquired or disposed of during the current and prior years. Underlying changes in sales and adjusted operating profit are non-GAAP measures.
 
Reconciliations identifying the underlying change in sales and adjusted operating profit at Group level and for each of our business groups are presented on page 154.
             
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
%
   
%
 
Continuing operations 
           
Underlying change: 
           
– Sales 
    (5.6 )      0.9  
– Adjusted operating profit 
    (25.7 )      (4.1 ) 

Underlying changes in sales and adjusted operating profit do not reflect the potentially significant effect on the Group’s profit or loss of exchange rate fluctuations and recent acquisitions and disposals. Accordingly, management uses these measures in conjunction with, not as substitutes for, sales and adjusted operating profit reported in accordance with IFRS.
 
10

Performance measures (continued)
 
 
 
Adjusted earnings per share is a non-GAAP measure that provides an indicator of the Group’s ongoing ability to generate earnings and is useful to investors as a basis for assessing the value of the Company’s ordinary shares (for example, by way of price earnings multiples).
 
Earnings for the purpose of calculating adjusted earnings per share represents earnings from continuing operations adjusted for the specific items excluded in arriving at adjusted operating profit and the tax effects of those items.
 
We calculate adjusted basic and diluted earnings per share using the average number of ordinary shares that would be used in calculating the equivalent measures under IFRS, as described in note 15 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
                   
$m unless stated otherwise 
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Continuing operations 
                 
(Loss)/earnings for basic EPS 
                 
 
    (64.1     360.5       362.5  
Adjusted for: 
                       
– Impairments 
    342.4       0.8       2.9  
– Restructuring initiatives 
    (17.0     (63.8     18.2  
– Amortisation of  intangibles arising  on acquisitions 
    10.6       7.2       5.0  
– Tax effect of above  adjustments 
    (42.4     22.4       (7.5
 
                       
Earnings for adjusted basic EPS 
    229.5       327.1       381.1  
Dividends payable on preference shares 
          1.2       9.9  
Earnings for adjusted diluted EPS 
    229.5       328.3       391.0  
   
   
Adjusted EPS 
                       
– Basic 
    26.09     37.58     45.43
– Diluted 
    26.02     37.14     44.24

Adjusted earnings per share measures do not reflect items that can have a significant effect on the Group’s profit or loss and should therefore be used in conjunction with, not as substitutes for, the earnings per share measures defined under IFRS.
 
Net debt
 
We define net debt as bank overdrafts, bank and other loans, finance lease obligations and the carrying amount of derivatives used to hedge translational exposures, less cash and cash equivalents and collateralised cash (included in trade and other receivables).
 
Management considers net debt to be a component of the Group’s capital. An analysis of net debt is therefore presented in note 43 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
For the purpose of managing the Group’s liquidity, management focuses on net debt, rather than on the narrower measure of cash and cash equivalents which forms the basis for the consolidated cash flow statement. On page 153, we therefore present an analysis of the movement in net debt that, for ease of reconciliation, shows the effect on net debt of each of the items presented in the consolidated cash flow statement.
 
Cash conversion
 
Cash conversion is a non-GAAP measure that we use to assess the performance of each of the Group’s businesses in converting their operating results into cash flows.
 
Cash conversion represents adjusted operating cash flow as a percentage of adjusted operating profit.
 
Operating cash flow represents cash generated from operations less net capital expenditure (cash outflows on the purchase of property, plant and equipment and non-integral computer software, less proceeds on the disposal of property, plant and equipment). Operating cash flow represents cash flow from operations, the similarly-titled GAAP measure, before the payment and receipt of income taxes.
 
A reconciliation of cash generated from operations to operating cash flow is presented in the analysis of the movement in net debt on page 153.
 
Adjusted operating cash flow represents operating cash flow before the cash outflow on restructuring costs.
 

11

Performance measures (continued)
 
 
Cash conversion (continued)
             
   
$m unless stated otherwise 
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Total operations 
                 
Operating cash flow 
    442.8       441.8       401.6  
Adjusted for: 
                       
– Cash outflow on restructuring costs 
    16.3       1.2       19.3  
Adjusted operating cash flow 
    459.1       443.0       420.9  
Adjusted operating  profit 
    403.4       534.2       546.4  
Cash conversion 
    113.8     82.9     77.0

Cash conversion reflects net capital expenditure which may fluctuate considerably and therefore affect comparison of cash conversion from one year to another and between businesses. Management therefore uses cash conversion in conjunction with, not as a substitute for, cash generated from operations in assessing the performance of the Group’s businesses.
 
Net capital expenditure: depreciation
 
We use the ratio of net capital expenditure to depreciation of property, plant and equipment and non-integral computer software to monitor the level of replacement of the Group’s productive assets in accordance with our capital allocation strategy.
 
$m unless stated otherwise 
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Total operations 
                 
Capital expenditure 
    193.8       236.5       232.1  
Disposal proceeds 
    (7.9     (39.6     (25.9
Net capital expenditure 
    185.9       196.9       206.2  
Depreciation 
    218.3       229.1       227.6  
Net capital expenditure:  depreciation 
    0.9     0.9     0.9

Free cash flow
 
Free cash flow is a non-GAAP measure of the cash generated from the Group’s operations that is available to return to shareholders (through dividends or share buy-backs), to fund strategic acquisitions or to reduce borrowings.
 
Free cash flow represents operating cash flow net of cash flows in relation to tax, interest and other items (principally dividends received from associates and cash flows involving minority shareholders).
 
A reconciliation of cash generated from operations to free cash flow is presented in the analysis of the movement in net debt on page 153.
 
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
$m
   
$m
   
$m
 
   
Free cash flow 
    300.9       290.0       183.9  

Free cash flow does not reflect any restrictions on the transfer of cash and cash equivalents within the Group or any requirement to repay the Group’s borrowings and does not take into account cash flows that are available from disposals or the issue of shares. Management therefore takes such factors into account in addition to free cash flow when determining the resources available for acquisitions and for distribution to shareholders.
 

12

 
 
Operating results
2008 compared with 2007
 
Group
 
Overview
 
The Group changed its presentation currency from sterling to the US dollar with effect from the beginning of 2008. Comparative figures for 2007 and 2006 that were originally presented in sterling have been re-presented in US dollars on the basis set out in note 2 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
             
Continuing operations 
           
$ million, unless stated otherwise 
 
2008
   
2007
 
Sales 
    5,515.9       5,886.1  
Operating profit 
    67.4       586.3  
Amortisation of intangible assets arising on acquisitions 
    (10.6     (7.2
Restructuring costs 
    (26.0     (27.6
Net gain on disposals and the exit of businesses 
    43.0       91.4  
Impairments 
    (342.4     (0.8
Adjusted operating profit 
    403.4       530.5  
Adjusted operating margin 
    7.3     9.0
(Loss)/profit before tax 
    (7.6     525.4  
Tax 
    (38.4     (139.9
(Loss)/profit after tax 
    (46.0     385.5  
Diluted (loss)/earnings per share 
    (7.29 )c      40.91
Adjusted diluted earnings per share 
    26.02     37.14

An explanation of the key performance measures referred to in the Operating and Financial Review is provided on pages 10 to 12.
 
Sales in 2008 were $5,515.9 million (2007: $5,886.1 million). Sales were reduced by $268.8 million due to disposals of businesses (principally the disposal of Stant and Standard-Thomson in 2008 and Dearborn Mid-West in late 2007), but this was partially offset by the net currency translation gain of $157.9 million. Underlying sales fell by $322.8 million, principally due to reduced demand in most of the Group’s end markets.
 
Adjusted operating profit was $403.4 million (2007: $530.5 million). The adjusted operating margin was 7.3% (2007: 9.0%) . Reduced volumes and initiatives to lower inventory levels led to lower fixed cost absorption that, combined with higher raw material prices that were not fully offset by price increases, led to lower profitability. The benefits of the restructuring initiatives mitigated to some extent the impact of lower sales.
 
 
 
 
“In these challenging and uncertain times, our strategic and tactical priorities are clear:
 
We will remain focused on protecting the financial fundamentals – generating cash and maintaining a strong balance sheet.
 
We will protect our existing operations by being vigilant to the ever-changing business environment and reacting quickly and decisively. We will also continue to drive down expenses and focus our efforts on executing Projects Eagle and Cheetah.”
 
 
 
13

Operating and financial review (continued)
 
 
 

 
Impairment
 
In June 2008, as a result of the continued deterioration in North American automotive OE and US residential construction markets, the Group recognised a non-cash impairment amounting to $175.1 million. Management subsequently reviewed the recoverability of assets of the Group’s businesses in light of the continued weakness in the Group’s end markets, which was compounded by an increase in the discount rates that are required to be used for the purpose of the impairment tests. Additional fixed asset impairments were taken as part of the decision to implement Project Cheetah to restructure the manufacturing footprint of the Group. As a consequence of these developments, a further non-cash impairment of $167.3 million was recognised in the second half of 2008.
 
As a result, the total impairment recognised during 2008 was $342.4 million, of which $228.6 million related to goodwill and $113.8 million to property, plant and equipment. Goodwill allocated to Stackpole ($157.2 million) and to Gates Mectrol ($37.4 million) was written-off in its entirety and goodwill allocated to Selkirk was written down by $34.0 million to $38.3 million. Stackpole’s property, plant and equipment was written down by $65.9 million. Of the remaining $47.9 million impairment of property, plant and equipment, $36.9 million related to other Industrial & Automotive businesses and $11.0 million to Building Products businesses.
 
Impairments recognised during the year are analysed in notes 19 and 21 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
Restructuring costs
 
Restructuring costs arise from major projects undertaken to rationalise the Group’s operations and to improve our cost competitiveness.
 
In 2008, restructuring costs were $26.0 million and principally related to the closure of Power Transmission’s facility at Moncks Corner, South Carolina, further rationalisation of the Lasco Bathware business in the US, the closure of Hart & Cooley’s production facility at Tucson, Arizona, and further costs associated with the outsourcing of IT services that began in 2007.
 
In 2007, restructuring costs were $27.6 million and principally related to the rationalisation of production facilities within the Lasco Bathware and Philips Products businesses in the US, the outsourcing of IT services and the initiatives within Fluid Power and Air Systems Components that began in 2006.
 
 
14

Operating and financial review (continued)
 
 
Net gain on disposals and on the exit of businesses
 
During 2008, the Group recognised a gain of $43.2 million on the disposal of Stant and Standard-Thomson.
 
During 2007, the Group recognised a gain of $65.2 million on the disposal of Lasco Fittings, a gain of $13.4 million on the disposal of Dearborn MidWest and a loss of $2.6 million on the disposal of Tridon’s indicator and side object detection businesses. Also during 2007, the Group recognised a gain of $15.4 million on the disposal of corporate property.
 
Share of (loss)/profit of associates
 
In 2008, the Group’s share of the loss after taxation of its associates was $2.1 million (2007: profit of $0.8 million).
 
Net finance costs
 
Net finance costs attributable to continuing operations were $75.0 million (2007: $60.9 million).
 
Net interest payable on net borrowings was lower at $47.1 million (2007: $52.8 million) due to lower average net debt and lower average interest rates during 2008 compared with 2007.
 
Net finance costs in relation to post-employment benefits were $2.9 million (2007: $1.3 million) as follows:
 
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
$m
   
$m
 
Interest cost on benefit obligation 
    78.4       76.3  
Expected return on plan assets 
    (75.5     (75.0
Net finance costs on  post-employment benefits 
    2.9       1.3  

In 2007, net finance costs included $1.2 million in relation to dividends payable on the convertible preference shares that were redeemed in July 2007.
 
Other finance expense was $25.0 million (2007: $5.6 million), which principally related to financial instruments held by the Group to hedge its currency translation exposures that either did not qualify for hedge accounting or in respect of which there was hedge ineffectiveness.
 
Income tax expense
 
In 2008, the income tax expense was $38.4 million (2007: $139.9 million). The loss before tax of $7.6 million (2007: profit before tax of $525.4 million) includes certain gains and losses on the disposal of subsidiaries and impairments for which no income tax is recognised. Excluding these gains, losses and impairments, the Group’s effective tax rate would have been 24.0% (2007: 25.4%) .
 
The Group’s effective tax rate for 2009 is expected to be approximately 25%.
 
Minority interests
 
In 2008, the profit after tax attributable to minority shareholders in subsidiaries not wholly-owned by the Group was $18.1 million (2007: $25.0 million).
 
(Loss)/earnings per share
 
In 2008, there was a loss attributable to equity shareholders of $64.1 million (2007: profit of $293.8 million) and the diluted loss per share from continuing operations was 7.29 cents (2007: diluted earnings per share of 40.91 cents).
 
Adjusted earnings for calculating adjusted diluted earnings per share were $229.5 million (2007: $328.3 million). Adjusted diluted earnings per share were 26.02 cents (2007: 37.14 cents).
 
Dividend
 
Following the re-denomination of the Company’s ordinary shares, which took effect in May 2008, dividends are now declared in US dollars.
 
Dividends in respect of 2007 and prior years were declared and paid in sterling. For comparative purposes, those dividends have been translated from sterling into US dollars at the exchange rate on their respective payment dates.
 
The Board has proposed a final dividend for 2008 of 2.00 cents per share, which is expected to absorb $17.6 million. When taken together with the interim dividend of 11.02 cents per share that was paid in November 2008, the total dividend per share for 2008 is 13.02 cents (2007: 27.68 cents).
 
Foreign currency translation
 
Currency translation differences affect the Group’s results and cash flows on the translation of the results and cash flows of the Group’s operations from their functional currencies into US dollars. In 2008 compared with 2007, adjusted operating profit benefited by $20.4 million due to the effects of currency translation, principally because of the strengthening of the average euro and Korean won exchange rates against the US dollar during 2008.
 
Effect of inflation
 
General price inflation in countries where the Group has its most significant operations remained at a low level during 2008 and the impact was not material to the Group’s results.

 
15

Operating and financial review (continued)
 
 
Industrial & Automotive
 
Overview
 
Sales in 2008 were $4,060.8 million (2007: $4,312.7 million).
 
Adjusted operating profit was $359.7 million (2007: $477.4 million). The adjusted operating margin was 8.9% (2007: 11.1%) .
 
             
$ million, unless stated otherwise 
 
2008
   
2007
 
Sales 
           
– Power Transmission 
    2,106.4       2,063.2  
– Fluid Power 
    832.3       769.1  
– Fluid Systems 
    501.2       583.8  
– Other Industrial & Automotive 
    620.9       896.6  
Total sales 
    4,060.8       4,312.7  
Adjusted operating profit 
    359.7       477.4  
Adjusted operating margin 
    8.9%        11.1%   
Net capital expenditure : depreciation 
 
0.9 times
   
1.0 times
 
Average number of employees 
    20,994       21,296  

 
Market background
 
The US Industrial Production Index (as reported by the US Federal Reserve) showed an accelerating decline in US industrial production over 2008, falling by 8% over the year. Europe showed a steady decline in industrial production, with India and China also softening.
 
Our automotive aftermarket remained broadly flat in the developed regions, but saw continued strong growth in the developing regions of China and South America, in line with the growing number of vehicles in these markets.
 
The North American automotive OE market worsened throughout 2008, with North American automotive production in 2008 down 16% year on year (Source: CSM, light vehicle production volumes). Automotive OE markets outside North America were most noticeably affected towards the end of 2008, with declines in Europe and emerging economies.
 
Power Transmission
 
Sales in 2008 were $2,106.4 million (2007: $2,063.2 million).
 
Adjusted operating profit was $229.6 million (2007: $266.8 million). The adjusted operating margin was 10.9% (2007: 12.9%) .
 
Sales increased principally due to net foreign exchange translation gains and price increases, which more than offset lower volumes from global weakening end market conditions. The automotive aftermarket business, where sales were up marginally over the course of the year, continued to demonstrate its resilience.
 
Adjusted operating profit was impacted by lower fixed cost absorption from reduced sales volumes and initiatives to reduce inventory levels, the negative impact of transactional foreign exchange and raw material price increases. However, these factors were partially offset by price increases and the benefit of cost reduction initiatives.
 
Key market trends:
 
Industrial OE and aftermarket
 
 à 
US industrial production declined by 8% in 2008
   
 à 
European industrial production declined by 10% in 2008
   
 à 
Industrial production in India and China softened in 2008
 
Automotive OE
 
 à 
Continued decline in North American auto production
   
 à
Detroit Three on the brink of bankruptcy/accessing government funds
   
 à 
European auto production declined by 5%
   
 à 
Slowdown in emerging economies
 
Automotive aftermarket

 à 
Low consumer confidence causing deferral of discretionary spend
   
 à 
Continued decline in miles driven
   
 à 
Lack of credit threatening the smaller distributors
   
 à 
Destocking by distributors causing challenges in working capital management

16

Operating and financial review (continued)
 
 
 
Fluid Power
 
Sales in 2008 were $832.3 million (2007: $769.1 million).
 
Adjusted operating profit was $46.2 million (2007: $71.0 million). The adjusted operating margin was 5.6% (2007: 9.2%) .
 
Sales were higher due to the impact of price increases, foreign exchange translation gains and the acquisition of A.E. Hydraulic, which more than offset volume declines from weakening end markets, particularly in Europe. Gates Fleximak, which contributed $20.8 million of sales in 2007, was reclassified from Other I&A to the Fluid Power segment in 2008.
 
 
 
17

Operating and financial review (continued)
 
 

 
Fluid Power (continued)
 
Adjusted operating profit decreased principally due to lower fixed cost absorption from reduced volumes, and initiatives to reduce inventory levels, coupled with the impact of higher raw material costs.
 
Gates E&S continued to expand, with the opening of the Kuwait service centre in late 2008 and the Turkey service centre on schedule to open in early 2009. Sales more than doubled during the year, assisted by the acquisition of A.E. Hydraulic early in 2008.
 
Fluid Systems
 
Sales in 2008 were $501.2 million (2007: $583.8 million).
 
Adjusted operating profit was $39.9 million (2007: $55.0 million). The adjusted operating margin was 8.0% (2007: 9.4%) .
 
Sales and adjusted operating profit decreased principally due to the deteriorating automotive OE market in the US, combined with the sale of Stant and Standard-Thompson during the year, offset to some extent by price increases and new contract wins.
 
Sales growth at Schrader Electronics slowed due to the weakness of the automotive OE market. This was partially offset by new contract wins at Mahindra & Mahindra and Ford, coupled with the increased replacement business from the greater number of vehicles fitted with RTPMS. European legislation mandating the application of RTPMS in European vehicles is currently expected and should drive continued growth in RTPMS.
 
Schrader Electronics is also working with other Group companies to develop innovative pressure and flow monitoring technologies.
 
Stant and Standard-Thomson were sold on 19 June 2008. Prior to their disposal, these businesses contributed $80.0 million to the Group’s sales in the first half of 2008, compared to $170.3 million in 2007.
 
Other Industrial & Automotive
 
Sales in 2008 were $620.9 million (2007: $896.6 million).
 
Adjusted operating profit was $44.0 million (2007: $84.6 million). The adjusted operating margin was 7.1% (2007: 9.4%) .
 
Other Industrial & Automotive includes the Dexter, Ideal, Plews and Gates Winhere businesses.
 
Other Industrial & Automotive sales decreased principally due to the weakening recreational vehicle and utility trailer end markets and general industrial market. Operating profit decreased principally due to lower volumes and, to some extent, by higher raw materials prices which were not fully offset by price increases.
 
Dearborn Mid-West was sold on 23 November 2007. Prior to its disposal, it contributed $163.7 million to sales and $9.9 million to adjusted operating profit in 2007, with no contribution in 2008.
 
18

Operating and financial review (continued)
 
 
Building Products
 
Overview
 
Sales in 2008 were $1,455.1 million (2007: $1,573.4 million).
 
Adjusted operating profit was $80.2 million (2007: $106.5 million). The adjusted operating margin was 5.5% (2007: 6.8%) .
 
             
$ million, unless stated otherwise 
 
2008
   
2007
 
Sales 
           
– Air Systems Components 
    1,112.3       1,083.6  
– Other Building Products 
    342.8       489.8  
Total sales 
    1,455.1       1,573.4  
Adjusted operating profit 
    80.2       106.5  
Adjusted operating margin 
    5.5%        6.8%   
Net capital expenditure : depreciation 
 
0.8 times
   
0.8 times
 
Average number of employees 
    11,272       12,444  
 
 
 
 
 
19

Operating and financial review (continued)
 
 
Key market trends:
 
Non-residential construction
 
à 
Significant declines in construction measured on square foot basis
   
à 
Lack of credit affecting market
   
à 
Vacancy rates rising
   
à 
ABI suggesting significant decline in 2009
   
à 
Increasing focus on ‘green’ buildings through demand for LEED-certified buildings
 
Residential construction
 
à 
Seasonally adjusted annual housing starts declined to 560,000 units in December 2008
   
à 
Significant lack of credit availability restricting purchasing power
   
à 
Increasing inventory of unsold homes
   
à 
Declining property values
   
à 
Rising foreclosures
 
Manufactured housing
 
à
Continued decline in manufactured housing
 
Market background
 
Non-residential construction in the US, as measured by Dodge, contracted on a square foot basis by 19% in 2008, but remained broadly flat on a value basis. Building Products’ key markets of offices, warehousing, retail, education and hospitals were flat or declined. The US Architectural Billings Index, which is regarded as a leading indicator of future commercial construction activity, fell to historically low levels in 2008.
 
Residential construction in the US, measured by housing starts, declined by 33% in 2008 (according to the NAHB), the third straight year of decline, and 56% below the peak in 2005. Despite the reduction in housing construction, the number of months’ supply of unsold homes remained high throughout 2008 and, at the end of the year, stood at approximately nine months.
 
Air Systems Components
 
Sales in 2008 were $1,112.3 million (2007: $1,083.6 million).
 
Adjusted operating profit was $104.2 million (2007: $102.5 million). The adjusted operating margin was 9.4% (2007: 9.5%) .
 
Sales into the non-residential construction markets remained broadly unaffected by the worsening economic environment, with the order backlog substantially maintained throughout the year. The combination of our new, ‘green’, energy-efficient products, geographic expansion into higher growth markets, and acquisitions completed during the year enabled us to outperform the market. Our acquisition of Trion, an indoor air quality business, was integrated successfully. Ruskin introduced its range of energy recovery ventilators, an energy-saving product that recycles conditioned air and reduces energy usage in HVAC systems. An additional facility was opened in India, expanding the geographic reach of our Indian businesses.
 
Sales and profits were adversely affected by the continued downturn in residential construction, mainly affecting our Hart & Cooley and Selkirk businesses. Adjusted operating profit increased in 2008 as a result of strong performance in our non-residential construction business. The adverse effect of higher raw materials costs, coupled with decreases in volumes, was offset by price increases, the contribution of acquisitions and the positive impact of restructuring initiatives.

 
20

Operating and financial review (continued)
 
 
Other Building Products
 
Sales in 2008 were $342.8 million (2007: $489.8 million).
 
An adjusted operating loss of $24.0 million was recognised in 2008 (2007: profit of $4.0 million). The adjusted operating margin was (7.0)% (2007: 0.8%).
 
Other Building Products includes Lasco Bathware and Philips Products doors and windows business. Both businesses experienced further declines in sales in 2008 due to the continued weakening of residential construction, manufactured housing and remodelling markets. Adjusted operating profit decreased due to lower volumes combined with increased raw material and freight costs associated with higher diesel costs. Performance in the second half of 2008 improved as a result of continued restructuring initiatives in these businesses.

Liquidity and capital resources
 
Cash flow
 
Operations 
 
In 2008, cash generated from operations was $628.7 million (2007: $638.7 million).
 
Operating cash flow, which excludes net capital expenditure, was $442.8 million (2007: $441.8 million). During 2008, improved working capital management resulted in cash inflows of $69.8 million (2007: outflow of $37.8 million).
 
Cash costs associated with restructuring projects were $16.3 million (2007: $1.2 million).
 
Cash conversion was 113.8% (2007: 82.9%).
 
Supplier payment policy

Our businesses determine terms and conditions of payment with their suppliers. Suppliers are made aware of the agreed terms and how any disputes are to be settled and payment is made in accordance with those terms.
 
The number of dayscredit taken by the Company and the Group for trade purchases was as follows:
 
   
2008
Days
   
2007
Days
 
Company      37       30  
Group (range of days)      12-166       16-132  
Group (average days)      60       59  
 
 
 
21

Operating and financial review (continued)
 
 
Capital expenditure

Capital expenditure on property, plant and equipment and non­integral computer software was $193.8 million (2007: $236.5 million) and the Group realised $7.9 million in cash (2007: $39.6 million) on the disposal of property, plant and equipment.
 
In 2008, net capital expenditure was 0.9 times depreciation (2007: 0.9 times). Capital expenditure represented 3.5% of sales within the Group’s continuing operations (2007: 3.9%).
 
Management continues to maintain strict control on capital expenditure commensurate with the expected levels of demand for the Group’s products. In 2009, capital expenditure is expected to be approximately $150 million, however this would be revisited should there be a further deterioration in trading conditions.
 
Free cash flow

Free cash flow generated in 2008 was $300.9 million, compared with $290.0 million in 2007.
 
Dividends

Dividends paid on the Company’s ordinary shares amounted to $246.2 million (2007: $247.3 million). Based on management’s targeted level of dividends, dividend payments are expected to amount to $48.5 million in 2009.
 
Acquisitions and disposals
 
During 2008, the cash inflow on the disposal of non­core businesses (net of cash disposed with those businesses) was $124.6 million, principally from the sale of Stant and Standard­-Thomson. During 2007, the Group realised $216.3 million in cash on the disposal of businesses, principally from the sale of Trico, Lasco Fittings and Dearborn Mid­West.
 
In 2008, the cash outflow in relation to the acquisition of interests in subsidiaries was $65.8 million (2007: $17.0 million). In addition, $10.4 million (2007: $3.8 million) was spent on the acquisition of interests in associates. Acquisitions during the period are analysed in note 44 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
After taking into account cash and debt acquired and disposed with subsidiaries, the Group’s acquisitions and disposals activity during 2008 had the effect of reducing net debt by $49.9 million (2007: $202.0 million).
 
Net debt
 
As shown in the following table, net debt decreased by $115.1 million to $476.4 million during 2008.
 
 
 
2008
   
2007
 
 
 
$m
   
$m
 
Opening net debt
    (591.5 )      (920.8 )
Cash generated from operations
    628.7       638.7  
Capital expenditure
    (193.8 )      (236.5 )
Disposal of property, plant and equipment
    7.9       39.6  
Operating cash flow
    442.8       441.8  
Income taxes paid (net)
    (84.5 )      (86.2 )
Interest and preference dividends (net)
    (44.3 )      (56.0 )
Other movements
    (13.1 )      (9.6 )
Free cash flow to equity shareholders
    300.9       290.0  
Ordinary dividends
    (246.2 )      (247.3 )
Acquisitions and disposals (net)
    49.9       202.0  
Ordinary share movements
    (4.5 )      (4.5 )
Foreign currency movements
    16.1       (39.3 )
Cash movement in net debt
    116.2       200.9  
Non­cash movement in net debt
    (1.1 )      (1.6 )
Conversion of preference shares
          130.0  
Total movement in net debt
    115.1       329.3  
 
Closing net debt
    (476.4 )      (591.5 )
 
A detailed analysis of the movement in net debt is presented on page 153.
 
22

Operating and financial review (continued)
 

Treasury management
 
The Group’s central treasury function is responsible for procuring the Group’s capital resources and maintaining an efficient capital structure, together with managing the Group’s liquidity, foreign exchange and interest rate exposures.
 
All treasury operations are conducted within strict guidelines and policies that are approved by the Board. Compliance with those guidelines and policies is monitored by the regular reporting of treasury activities to the Board.
 
A key element of the Group’s treasury philosophy is that funding, interest rate and currency decisions and the location of cash and debt balances are determined independently of each other. The Group’s borrowing requirements are met by raising funds in the most favourable markets. Management aims to retain net debt in proportion to the currencies in which the net assets of the Group’s businesses are denominated. The desired currency profile of net debt is achieved by entering into currency derivative contracts.
 
Where necessary, the desired interest rate profile of net debt in each currency is achieved by entering into interest rate derivative contracts.
 
From time to time, the Group also enters into derivative contracts to manage currency transaction exposures.
 
We do not hedge the proportion of foreign operations effectively funded by shareholdersequity. While the net income of foreign operations is not hedged, the effect of currency fluctuations on the Group’s reported net income is partly offset by interest payable on net debt denominated in foreign currencies.
 
An analysis of the Group’s exposure to liquidity risk, credit risk and market risk is presented in note 33 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
Credit ratings
 
We have established long-­term credit ratings of Baa3 Stable with Moody’s and BBB Stable with Standard & Poor’s and short-­term credit ratings of 3 with Moody’s and 2 with Standard & Poor’s. We aim to achieve an appropriate mix of debt and equity to ensure an efficient capital structure and to preserve these ratings.
 
Credit ratings are subject to regular review by the credit rating agencies and may change in response to economic and commercial developments.
 
Capital structure
 
We consider that the Group’s capital comprises shareholdersequity plus net debt. At the end of 2008, the Group’s capital was $2,087.2 million (2007: $2,729.3 million).
 
We manage the Group’s capital structure to maximise shareholder value whilst retaining flexibility to take advantage of opportunities that arise to grow the business. Our policy is to fund new investments first from existing cash resources and then from borrowings. It is our intention to maintain surplus undrawn committed borrowing facilities sufficient to enable us to manage the Group’s liquidity through the operating and investment cycles.
 
We maintain a regular dialogue with the rating agencies, and the potential impact on our credit rating is taken into consideration when making capital allocation decisions.
 
Following approval by the Company’s shareholders at the 2008 AGM and subsequent ratification by the High Court, the Company’s ordinary shares were redenominated in US dollars on 22 May 2008. New ordinary shares of 9 cents each were attributed to holders of the Company’s existing ordinary shares of 5 pence each on a one­-for-­one basis.
 
During 2008, the Board announced that it would consider utilising the authority it has from shareholders to make on­market repurchases of up to 10% of the Company’s issued share capital for cancellation. Due to the subsequent deterioration in economic conditions, no repurchases were made during 2008, but renewal of the relevant authority will be sought at the 2009 AGM.
 
Borrowings
 
Borrowing facilities
 
Borrowing facilities are monitored against forecast requirements and timely action is taken to put in place, renew or replace credit lines. Our policy is to reduce financing risk by diversifying our funding sources and by staggering the maturity of our borrowings. We aim to retain sufficient liquidity to maintain our financial flexibility and to preserve our investment grade credit ratings.
 
The Group has committed borrowing facilities amounting to $1,175.7 million, of which $720.6 million was drawn at the end of 2008.

23

Operating and financial review (continued)
 
 
Borrowing facilities (continued)
 
We have two bonds outstanding under our EMTN Programme: £150 million repayable in December 2011 and £250 million repayable in September 2015.
 
We also have a £400 million multi­currency revolving credit facility that expires in August 2010. At the end of 2008, we had drawn down $129.3 million under this facility (the maximum amount drawn down during 2008 was $210.1 million).
 
We include within committed facilities our borrowings under finance leases, which amounted to $6.9 million at the end of 2008.
 
In addition to our committed facilities, we have uncommitted facilities of $495.4 million (of which we had drawn down $34.7 million at the end of 2008) and we have outstanding performance bonds, letters of credit and bank guarantees amounting to $164.5 million.
 
Overall, at the end of 2008, we had committed borrowing headroom of $420.4 million (in addition to cash and cash equivalents of $291.9 million).
 
       Facility      
Drawings
       Total  
       $m        $m        $m  
Committed facilities 
                       
– ­Bonds
    584.4       (584.4 )      
– ­Credit facility
    584.4       (129.3 )     455.1  
– ­Finance leases
    6.9       (6.9 )      
      1,175.7       (720.6 )     455.1  
Uncommitted facilities
                       
– ­Credit facilities
    495.4       (34.7 )     460.7  
Total headroom
    1,671.1       (755.3 )     915.8  
Less: Uncommitted facilities
                    (495.4 )
Committed (minimum) headroom
                    420.4  
 
Cash and cash equivalents 
                     291.9  

In the event of a change of control over the Company, the bonds may have to be redeemed and the credit facility may be withdrawn.
 
Level of borrowing and seasonality
 
We operate in a wide range of markets and geographic locations and, as a result, there is little seasonality of our borrowing requirements. Fluctuations in the Group’s borrowing level are caused principally by the timing of capital expenditure and dividend and interest payments.
 
During 2008, the principal amount of the Group’s borrowings decreased from $878.1 million to $749.0 million and peaked, in May, at $1,072.9 million.
 
Interest rate profile
 
The majority of the Group’s borrowings are denominated in sterling and bear interest at fixed rates.
 
We use interest rate swaps to swap the Group’s sterling fixed rate borrowings to floating rates. At the end of 2008, the weighted average interest rate on the floating legs of these swaps was 4.6% (2007: 7.7%).
 
We use foreign currency derivatives in effect to re­denominate the majority of the Group’s sterling borrowings into a number of other currencies (principally the US dollar).
 
We use interest rate swaps to swap a portion of the Group’s effective US dollar borrowings from floating rates to fixed rates. At the end of 2008, $65.0 million of these borrowings had been swapped to a fixed interest rate of 4.6% until December 2009. The effective interest maturity of the remainder of the Group’s borrowings was less than three months.
 
The weighted average cost of the Group’s outstanding borrowings at the end of 2008 was 4.5% (2007: 7.6%).
 
Borrowing covenants
 
We are subject to covenants, representations and warranties commonly associated with investment grade borrowings on our issued bonds and on our multi­currency revolving credit facility.
 
24

Operating and financial review (continued)
 
 
We are subject to two financial covenants under our multi­currency revolving credit facility that are calculated by applying UK GAAP extant as at 31 December 2002 and are therefore unaffected by the transition to IFRS. The ratio of net debt to earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation must not exceed 2.5 times (at the end of 2008, the ratio was 0.8 times) and the ratio of operating profit to the net interest charge must not be less than 3.0 times (for 2008, the ratio was 7.5 times).
 
Cash balances
 
We manage our cash balances such that there is no significant concentration of credit risk in any one bank or other financial institution. We monitor closely the credit quality of the institutions that hold our deposits. Similar considerations are given to the Group’s portfolio of derivative financial instruments.
 
At the end of 2008, 92% of the Group’s cash balances were held with institutions rated at least 1 by Standard & Poor’s and 1 by Moody’s.
 
Our central treasury function is responsible for maximising the return on surplus cash balances within the constraints of our liquidity and credit policy. We achieve this, where possible, by controlling directly all surplus cash balances and pooling arrangements on an ongoing basis and by reviewing the efficiency of all other cash balances across the Group on a weekly basis.
 
Our policy is to apply funds from one part of the Group to meet the obligations of another, wherever possible, in order to ensure maximum efficiency in the use of the Group’s funds. No material restrictions apply that limit the application of this policy.
 
At the end of 2008, cash balances (including collateralised cash) were $295.7 million, of which $255.8 million was interest-­bearing. All interest­-bearing deposits attract interest at floating rates.
 
The weighted average interest rate on cash deposits at the end of 2008 was 1.8% (2007: 3.6%).
 
Currency profile of net debt
 
At the end of 2008, the notional principal amount of the foreign currency derivative contracts that we use to manage the currency profile of the Group’s net debt was $888.7 million (2007: $1,167.4 million). We show below the effect of currency translation hedges on the currency profile of the Group’s net debt at the end of 2008.
 
             
Effect of
     
Net debt
 
       Net debt        currency        after currency  
       before currency        translation        translation  
       translation hedges      
hedges
       hedges  
       $m        $m        $m  
Currency: 
                       
– US dollar
    (38.0 )     343.8       305.8  
­– Sterling
    662.5       (649.8 )     12.7  
­– Euro
    0.6       94.0       94.6  
­– Canadian dollar
    (21.9 )     126.3       104.4  
­– Other
    (126.8 )     85.7       (41.1 )
      476.4             476.4  
 
25

Operating and financial review (continued)
 
 
Other assets and liabilities
 
Intangible assets
 
Goodwill
 
At the end of 2008, the carrying amount of goodwill was $415.9 million (2007: $660.0 million). During 2008, the carrying amount of goodwill was reduced by $228.6 million due to the impairment of Stackpole, Gates Mectrol and Selkirk. We recognised additional goodwill on acquisitions of $8.4 million during 2008.
 
Other intangible assets
 
At the end of 2008, the carrying amount of other intangibles was $108.8 million (2007: $93.1 million).
 
During 2008, identifiable intangibles recognised on acquisitions amounted to $37.4 million, principally in relation to customer relationships and additions to non-­integral computer software amounted to $10.4 million.
 
Applied research and development is important to the Group’s manufacturing businesses and there are development centres in the US, Europe and Japan that focus on the introduction of new and improved products, the application of technology to reduce unit and operating costs and to improve services to customers. During 2008, research and development expenditure was $92.7 million (2007: $99.2 million), of which $0.6 million (2007: $0.4 million) was capitalised.
 
Amortisation of other intangibles was $26.0 million (2007: $20.6 million).
 
Property, plant and equipment
 
Property, plant and equipment amounted to $1,167.3 million at the end of 2008 (2007: $1,414.4 million), including $9.9 million (2007: $12.6 million) held under finance leases. Additions during 2008 were $180.6 million and the depreciation charge for the period was $203.1 million (2007: $215.9 million). Also during 2008, the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment was reduced by $113.8 million due to impairments.
 
With the exception of the assets held under finance leases, which are secured by a lessor’s charge over the leased assets, the Group’s property, plant and equipment was not subject to any encumbrances.
 
The Group’s manufacturing facilities, distribution centres and offices are located in various countries throughout the world, with a large proportion in North America. The Group owns the vast majority of these facilities and continues to improve and replace them to meet the needs of its individual operations. At the end of 2008, the Industrial & Automotive business group operated 95 manufacturing facilities and 41 distribution centres in 23 countries. The Building Products business group operated 70 manufacturing facilities and 15 distribution centres, predominantly in North America. The following table shows the geographic analysis of the Group’s property, plant and equipment at the end of 2008.
 
Property, plant and equipment
 
   
Carrying amount
 
   
$m
   
%
 
U      533.2       45.7
U      56.9       4.9
Rest of Europ      169.3       14.5
Rest of the world                 
– ­Canad      157.0       13.5
– ­Chin      87.8       7.5
– ­Mexic      50.6       4.3
– ­Other countrie      112.5       9.6
      407.9       34.9
Tota      1,167.3       100.0
 
Due to the diverse nature of the business, at the end of 2008, there was no individual facility, the loss of which would have a material adverse impact on the Group’s operations. Equally, there are no plans to construct, expand or improve facilities that would, on completion or cancellation, significantly affect the Group’s operations.
 
During 2008, management continued to take prompt action to rationalise any under-­utilised manufacturing facilities.
 
26

Operating and financial review (continued)
 
 
Post­-employment benefits
 
Pensions
 
The Group operates a number of defined benefit pension plans, principally in the UK and the US. All of the plans are closed to new entrants and certain of them are also closed to future service accrual by current employees. The majority of the plans are funded by contributions by the Group and current employees at rates determined by independent actuaries taking into account any funding objectives prescribed by local legislation.
 
In 2008, the charge to operating profit in respect of defined benefit pension plans was $6.3 million (2007: $8.0 million).
 
At the end of 2008, the net pension liability was $180.6 million (2007: $120.9 million). During the year, the US dollar appreciated against sterling such that the US dollar value of the assets and benefit obligations of the UK pension plans both fell by approximately 27% due to the effect of currency translation. Overall, the net pension liability increased by $8.5 million due to currency translation effects. 
 
Excluding currency translation effects, the fair value of the plan assets fell by $119.9 million during 2008, largely due to the fall in equity prices, although this was mitigated by the effect of lower market interest rates on the value of the fixed interest rate bonds held by the plans. Benefit payments, net of employer contributions, amounted to $30.3 million in 2008.
 
Excluding currency translation effects, the present value of the benefit obligation decreased by $43.9 million, due principally to the decline in market interest rates.
 
 
 
 
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
$m
   
$m
 
Fair value of the plan assets      862.1       1,125.0  
Present value of the benefit obligation      1,018.1       1,196.5  
Deficit in the plans      156.0       71.5  
Effect of the asset ceiling      24.6       49.4  
Net pension liability      180.6       120.9  
 
Changes in the net pension liability are analysed in note 34 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
27

Operating and financial review (continued)
 
 
Pensions (continued)
 
The Group considers the net pension liability to be similar to debt. Management of the risks associated with the Group’s defined benefit pension plans is the responsibility of the Group’s treasury function. Our primary objective is to identify and manage the risks associated with both the assets and liabilities of the defined benefit pension plans and we continue to work with the trustees of our pension plans to improve the management of our defined benefit pension risks.
 
The principal risks affecting the present value of the benefit obligation are: interest rate risk, inflation risk and mortality risk.
 
Management of the plan assets is the responsibility of trustee boards, over which the Group has varying degrees of influence depending on local regulations. The Group has made the trustee boards aware of its preference that, where plan assets are invested so as to match the cash flow and risk profiles of the benefit obligations, these arrangements are effective, and that other plan assets not so invested are held in investment grade bonds or broad-based local equity indices.
 
During 2005, the Group’s US plans began hedging the interest rate risk implicit in their benefit obligations. At the end of 2008, the benefit obligation of the funded US plans amounted to $586.5 million and was hedged using a combination of bonds and interest rate swaps with an average duration of 10.5 years. We estimate that a 0.5% decrease in market interest rates would increase the pension liability by 5.7%, or $58.2 million.
 
Only 64.5% of the benefit obligation of $1,018.1 million at the end of 2008 is exposed to future salary increases. We estimate that a 0.5% increase in the salary scale would increase the net pension liability by 3.2%, or $5.8 million.
 
Unless the benefit obligation is subject to a buy-out or buy-in, it is not possible to mitigate the effects of mortality risk. We estimate that if the average life expectancy of plan members increased by one year at age 65, the net pension liability would increase by 11.8%, or $21.3 million.
 
Cash contributions made by the Group to defined benefit pension plans amounted to $45.4 million (2007: $68.0 million). The Group expects to contribute approximately $43 million to defined benefit pension plans in 2009.
 
Other benefits
 
The Group provides other post-employment benefits, principally health and life-insurance cover, to certain of its employees in North America through a number of unfunded plans. In 2008, the charge to operating profit in respect of these benefits was $1.1 million (2007: $0.4 million).
 
At the end of 2008, the liability in respect of these benefits was $147.7 million (2007: $180.8 million). During 2008, benefits paid were $13.0 million and there was a decrease in the liability of $33.1 million. Management took action to reduce the cost of the plans that outweighed the increase in the liability caused by the effect of lower market interest rates.
 
Taxation
 
The Group’s central tax function is responsible for planning and managing the tax affairs of the Group efficiently within the various local tax jurisdictions in which we operate, so as to achieve the lowest cash tax charge in compliance with local tax regulations.
 
At the end of 2008, the Group recognised income tax liabilities amounting to $81.4 million (2007: $96.3 million), including a provision for uncertain tax positions of $63.5 million (2007: $67.6 million). Income tax recoverable was $47.6 million (2007: $29.5 million).
 
At the end of 2008, the Group recognised a net deferred tax asset of $35.1 million (2007: $5.2 million) and had accumulated tax losses and tax credits amounting to $2,874 million (of which $2,382 million can be carried forward indefinitely) on which no deferred tax asset can be recognised because it is not probable that taxable profits will be available against which they can be utilised. At the end of 2008, the Group’s share of the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries on which no deferred tax has been provided amounted to $3,181 million.
 
28

Operating and financial review (continued)
 
 
Contractual obligations
 
As at 3 January 2009, the Group’s contractual obligations were as follows:
 
         
Earliest period in which payment/(receipt) due
 
         
Less than
                   
   
Total
   
1 year
   
1 – 3 years
   
3 – 5 years
   
After 5 years
 
   
$m
   
$m
 
 
$m
   
$m
   
$m
 
Bank and other loans:                               
Principal      735.4       20.9       348.5       0.6       365.4  
– Interest payments(1) (2)     204.4       41.6       79.8       44.8       38.2  
Derivative financial instruments:                                         
– Payments(2) (3)     682.9       677.0       5.9              
– Receipts(2) (3)     (663.8 )       (655.9 )       (7.9            
Finance lease      9.5       1.9       2.6       1.4       3.6  
Operating lease      229.5       41.3       64.5       46.6       77.1  
Post-­employment benefits(4)     43.2       43.2                    
Purchases(5)     46.0       42.5       1.2       0.9       1.4  
Total(6)     1,287.1       212.5       494.6       94.3       485.7  
 
(1)
Future interest payments include payments on fixed and floating rate debt and are presented before the effect of interest rate derivatives.
(2)
Floating rate interest payments and payments and receipts on the floating rate legs of interest rate derivatives are estimated based on market interest rates prevailing as at 3 January 2009.
(3)
Receipts and payments on foreign currency derivatives are estimated based on market exchange rates prevailing as at 3 January 2009.
(4)
Post-employment benefit obligations represent the Group’s expected cash contributions to its defined benefit plans in 2009. It is not practicable to present expected cash contributions for subsequent years because they are determined annually on an actuarial basis to provide for current and future benefits.
(5)
A ‘purchase obligationis an agreement to purchase goods or services that is enforceable and legally binding on the Group and that specifies all significant terms, including: the fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction.
(6)
We have not shown the Group’s provision for uncertain tax positions because it is not practicable to reliably estimate the timing of the related cash outflows in future years as these cash flows will only be determined after final audit by the tax authorities of previously filed tax returns.
 
Off-­balance sheet arrangements
 
The Group has not entered into any transaction, agreement or other contractual arrangement that is considered to be an off-balance sheet arrangement that is required to be disclosed under applicable regulations, other than operating lease commitments that are analysed in note 47 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
Going concern
 
As discussed under the heading “Outlook” on page 5, the Group’s end markets are expected to remain very challenging during 2009. Current economic conditions make forecasting extremely difficult and there is the possibility that the Group’s actual trading performance during the coming year may be materially different from management’s expectations. The principal risks and uncertainties that may affect the Group’s results, cash flows and financial position are discussed on pages 36 to 37.
 
As detailed under the heading “Borrowings” on page 23, the Group’s committed borrowing facilities of $1,175.7 million include the £400 million multi- currency revolving credit facility which expires in August 2010. Management is involved in initial discussions with banks concerning the renewal or replacement of this facility.
 
Based on internal forecasts and projections that take into account reasonably possible changes in the Group’s trading performance, the Directors believe that the Company and the Group have adequate financial resources to continue in operation for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the Company’s and the Group’s financial statements.
 
Management regularly provides investors with updates on the Group’s performance and financial position. We publish an interim management statement during the first and second half of the financial year that describes the Group’s performance during the relevant period, its financial position at the end of the period and the effect of any material events or transactions that have taken place. We also publish a half-yearly report that includes an interim management report and condensed financial statements prepared in accordance with IAS 34 “Interim Financial Statements”. Additionally, from time to time, the Company may publish trading updates. All announcements made by the Company to the London Stock Exchange are published on the Company’s website, www.tomkins.co.uk, and are furnished to the SEC in the US.
 
29

Operating and financial review (continued)
 
 
Operating results
2007 compared with 2006
 
Group
 
Overview
 
Sales in 2007 were $5,886.1 million (2006: $5,746.1 million).
 
Adjusted operating profit was $530.5 million (2006: $545.3 million). The adjusted operating margin was 9.0% (2006: 9.5%).
 
Continuing operations
$ million, unless stated otherwise
 
2007
   
2006
 
Sales
    5,886.1       5,746.1  
Operating profit
    586.3       519.2  
Amortisation of intangible assets arising on acquisitions
    (7.2 )     (5.0 )
Restructuring costs
    (27.6 )     (23.9 )
Net gain on disposals and the exit of businesses
    91.4       5.7  
Impairments
    (0.8 )     (2.9 )
Adjusted operating profit
    530.5       545.3  
Adjusted operating margin
    9.0 %     9.5 %
Profit before tax
    525.4       448.6  
Tax
    (139.9 )     (65.6 )
Profit after tax
    385.5       383.0  
Diluted earnings per share
    40.91 c     42.13 c
Adjusted diluted earnings per share
    37.14 c     44.24 c

During 2007, the Group faced some challenging end markets: in particular, the automotive OE and residential construction markets in the US. However, the Group’s diversity, both in terms of our end markets and the regions in which we operate, helped us to maintain a healthy operating margin in 2007.
 
Automotive OE in North America represented approximately 11% of the Group’s sales in 2007 (approximately 7% of the Group’s sales were to the Detroit Three in North America). Sales to the Detroit Three worldwide were approximately 10% of the Group’s sales in 2007. Sales to the residential construction market in North America comprised approximately 10% of the Group’s sales in 2007.
 
During 2007, we continued to expand our presence in the high growth regions of China, India, Eastern Europe and the Middle East, consistent with our aim to both manufacture locally to supply these growing markets and to supply some of our traditional markets from these lower-cost regions. In 2007, sales to Asia, Latin America and Eastern Europe comprised approximately 12% of the Group’s sales.
 
We undertook a number of initiatives to manage our cost base in the face of difficult end markets. We reduced headcount across the Group during 2007 and accelerated our strategic manufacturing initiatives. We continued to rationalise some of our older facilities in North America and Europe and invested in new plant and equipment, especially in Asia and Eastern Europe.
 
We seek to procure lower-cost materials to mitigate the effect of rising raw material prices and, in 2007, we established functions in both China and India to source low-cost materials for our worldwide operations.
 
In 2007, we made good progress in the introduction of new products that focus on energy-efficiency and reduced emissions that resulted in a number of contract wins.
 
We pursued our strategy of securing bolt-­on acquisitions in high-growth markets. In Industrial & Automotive, we acquired Swindon Silicon Systems Limited, which designs, develops and supplies integrated circuits, as a bolt-on for Schrader Electronics and increased from 60% to 100% our interest in Schrader Engineered Products (Kunshan) Co. Ltd, which manufactures valves and fittings in China. In Building Products, we acquired a 50% interest in Caryaire, a leading manufacturer and distributor of HVAC products in India.
 
During 2007, we completed the disposal of four non-­core Industrial & Automotive businesses: Trico, Dearborn Mid­West, Lasco Fittings and Tridon’s side indicator and detection business.
 
In the second quarter of 2007, we announced the intended disposal of two further non-core Industrial & Automotive businesses: Stant and Standard-Thomson.
 
Restructuring costs
 
In 2007, restructuring costs were $27.6 million and principally related to the rationalisation of production facilities within the Lasco Bathware and Philips Products businesses in the US, the outsourcing of IT services and the initiatives within Fluid Power and Air Systems Components that began in 2006.
 
30

Operating and financial review (continued)
 
 
In May 2007, we announced that Stackpole was to be integrated into Gates. At that time, management carried out an assessment of the carrying value of Stackpole, taking into account the outlook for its markets and customers. Following this assessment, and a subsequent update in December 2007, management concluded that the carrying value of the business was supported by its projected future cash flows.
 
In 2006, restructuring costs were $23.9 million and principally related to the transfer of Fluid Power’s production at St. Neots in the UK to a new facility at Karvina in the Czech Republic, the closure of Stackpole’s pump components facility and the rationalisation of production facilities within Air Systems Components.
 
Net gain on disposals and on the exit of businesses
 
During 2007, the Group recognised a gain of $65.2 million on the disposal of Lasco Fittings, a gain of $13.4 million on the disposal of Dearborn Mid­West and a loss of $2.6 million on the disposal of Tridon’s indicator and side object detection business. Also during 2007, we recognised a gain of $15.4 million on the disposal of corporate property.
 
During 2006, the Group recognised a gain of $5.7 million on the disposal of property, plant and equipment relating to businesses sold in previous years.
 
Share of profit of associates
 
In 2007, the Group’s share of the profit after taxation of its associates was $0.8 million (2006: $2.8 million).
 
Net finance costs
 
Net finance costs attributable to continuing operations were $60.9 million (2006: $70.6 million).
 
Net interest payable on net borrowings was unchanged at $52.8 million with the effect of lower average net debt having been offset by higher average interest rates during 2007 compared to 2006.
 
Net finance costs in relation to post-employment benefits were $1.3 million (2006: $6.6 million) as follows:
     
 2007
$m
     
 2006
$m
 
Interest cost on benefit obligation
    76.3       67.7  
Expected return on plan assets
    (75.0 )     (61.1 )
Net finance costs on
               
post-employment benefits
    1.3       6.6  

Net finance costs included $1.2 million (2006: $9.9 million) in relation to dividends payable on the convertible preference shares that were redeemed in July 2007.
 
Other finance expense was $5.6 million (2006: $1.3 million), which principally related to financial instruments held by the Group to hedge its currency translation exposures that either did not qualify for hedge accounting or in respect of which there was hedge ineffectiveness.
 
Income tax expense
 
In 2007, the income tax expense was $139.9 million (2006: $65.6 million) which represented an effective tax rate of 26.6% (2006: 14.6%) applied to profit before tax of $525.4 million (2006: $448.6 million).
 
In 2007, the income tax expense was reduced by non-recurring tax benefits of $25.8 million. Excluding these benefits, the Group’s effective tax rate was 31.5%.
 
In 2006, the Group released provisions for uncertain tax positions amounting to $92.8 million which reflected the successful resolution of outstanding tax issues in the US, the change in certain tax laws and the change in views on the likely outcome of challenges of the various tax authorities. Also in 2006, however, the income tax expense was affected by non-recurring tax charges of $13.2 million. Excluding these items, the Group’s effective tax rate was 32.4%.
 
Discontinued operations
 
In 2007, the Group recognised a loss of $59.6 million before tax on the disposal of Trico. Also during 2007, the Group recognised a gain of $2.4 million before tax on the receipt of additional proceeds in relation to businesses sold in previous years. After the attributable tax expense of $8.0 million, the loss on disposal of discontinued operations was $65.2 million.
 
In 2006, the Group recognised an impairment of $45.9 million when Trico was classified as held for sale and additional consideration of $4.6 million in relation to businesses sold in previous years. After the attributable tax credit of $37.4 million, the loss on disposal of discontinued operations was $3.9 million.
 
Minority interests
 
In 2007, the profit after tax attributable to minority shareholders in subsidiaries not wholly owned by the Group was $25.0 million (2006: $20.5 million).
 
Earnings per share
 
In 2007, the profit attributable to equity shareholders was $293.8 million (2006: $341.2 million) and diluted earnings per share were 33.37 cents (2006: 39.72 cents).
 
Adjusted earnings for calculating diluted earnings per share from continuing operations were $328.3 million (2006: $391.0 million). Adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations were 37.14 cents (2006: 44.24 cents), a decrease of 16%.

31

Operating and financial review (continued)
 
 
Dividend
 
Dividends on the Company’s ordinary shares in respect of 2007 and prior years were declared and paid in sterling. The declared dividend for 2007 was 13.89 pence per share, unchanged compared with 2006.
 
For comparative purposes, dividends in respect of 2007 and prior years have been translated from sterling into US dollars at the exchange rate on their respective payment dates. On this basis, the dividend for 2007 was 27.68 cents per share (2006: 27.26 cents per share).
 
Foreign currency translation
 
Currency translation differences affect the Group’s results and cash flows on the translation of the results and cash flows of the Group’s operations from their functional currencies into US dollars. In 2007 compared with 2006, adjusted operating profit benefited by $10.6 million due to the effects of currency translation, principally because of the strengthening of the average euro and Canadian dollar exchange rates against the US dollar during 2007.
 
Effect of inflation
 
General price inflation in countries where the Group has its most significant operations remained at a low level during 2007 and the impact was not material to the Group’s results.
 
Industrial & Automotive
 
Overview
 
Sales in 2007 were $4,312.7 million (2006: $3,984.0 million).
 
Adjusted operating profit was $477.4 million (2006: $444.3 million). The adjusted operating margin was stable at 11.1% (2006: 11.2%).
 
$ million, unless stated otherwise
 
2007
   
2006
 
Sales
           
Power Transmission
    2,063.2       1,851.2  
Fluid Power
    769.1       709.4  
Fluid Systems
    583.8       447.4  
Other Industrial & Automotive
    896.6       976.0  
Total sales
    4,312.7       3,984.0  
Adjusted operating profit
    477.4       444.3  
Adjusted operating margin
    11.1%       11.2%  
Net capital expenditure: depreciation
 
1.0 times
   
1.0 times
 
Average number of employees
    21,296       20,888  

Market background
 
CSM reported global production of light vehicles was around 54.9 million units in 2007, an increase of approximately 3% on 2006. In North America, the automotive OE market was challenging with 15.0 million light vehicles produced, down approximately 2% compared with 2006. In Europe, light vehicle production increased by approximately 6% to 21.5 million units and production in Japan and Korea grew by about 2%. Growth continued to be strong in the emerging markets of China, India and Latin America.
 
Overall, the automotive aftermarket showed steady growth in 2007. Our automotive aftermarket businesses increased their market share in North America and Europe with new products, new distribution and promotional efforts focused on professional installers.
 
In 2007, the industrial OE market showed good growth in all regions. In the US, industrial production was higher, but capacity utilisation was flat in 2007 compared with 2006. Our businesses in the US were affected by the continued weakness of the residential construction sector, but the oilfield, mining and agricultural markets showed good growth, especially outside North America. Industrial replacement markets performed strongly in 2007, reflecting the strength of the industrial OE markets.
 
Our axle and chassis business is heavily reliant on the markets for recreational vehicles and manufactured housing in the US. Shipments of towable recreational vehicles in the US fell by nearly 11% compared with 2006. Shipments of manufactured housing in the US fell by nearly 19% during 2007 due to the weaker housing market which suppressed demand, particularly for multi-­section manufactured homes.
 
32

Operating and financial review (continued)
 
 
Strategic development
 
Within our I&A businesses, in 2007 we continued to implement lean processes to drive manufacturing efficiencies, material cost reductions and increased output in facilities. Internal successes led to initiatives with key customers to further eliminate waste in shipping and product handling activities.
 
During 2007, I&A extended its manufacturing and distribution capability. In Eastern Europe, a sales office was added in Moscow. Activities in India, the Middle East and South Africa continued to focus on building local presence and developing staff to support growth. Where oilfield and mining operations are significant, such as in Australia, the Gulf and Canada, I&A provides heavy-duty belts and oilfield hose products. Gates Winhere began the expansion of its manufacturing capacity by constructing a new plant in Yantai, China.
 
Our I&A businesses continued to focus on the development of innovative technology. Schrader ElectronicsRTPMS, Stackpole’s variable vane technology for oil pumps and Gatesnew hybrid technology all address safety and environmental concerns.
 
Power Transmission
 
Sales in 2007 were $2,063.2 million (2006: $1,851.2 million).
 
Adjusted operating profit was $266.8 million (2006: $258.2 million). The adjusted operating margin was 12.9% (2006: 13.9%).
 
Power Transmission had another solid year with strong underlying growth in most of its industrial and automotive OE and automotive replacement markets, though it was affected by weakness in the automotive OE market in North America.
 
Record automotive OE programmes of $186 million were concluded during 2007, with customers such as Audi, Nissan, Hyundai and Chery. Approximately 70% of these programmes were outside North America.
 
We launched Poly Chain® GT® Carbonbelts in the industrial markets. Demand for improved fuel economy and reduced emissions propelled electro-mechanical drive technology and spurred numerous automotive application projects in Asia.
 
During 2007, Power Transmission opened a new manufacturing facility in Chennai, India to supply local customers with belts and tensioners for the industrial and automotive sectors. We expanded hose production in Chandigarh, India. In Suzhou, China, investment was made to increase capacity at our clamp facility. Investments were also made in facilities at Aachen, Germany, Glade Springs, Virginia, and Springfield, Tennessee.
 
Fluid Power
 
Sales in 2007 were $769.1 million (2006: $709.1 million).
 
Adjusted operating profit was $71.0 million (2006: $64.4 million). The adjusted operating margin was steady at 9.2% (2006: 9.1%).
 
Fluid Power primarily serves the industrial OE and replacement markets and in 2007 benefited from the strong growth in many of its end markets, particularly in the agriculture, oil and gas and mining sectors. However, it was adversely affected by the continued weakness of US residential construction.
 
Fluid Power progressed with the relocation of manufacturing from St. Neots, UK to Karvina, Czech Republic. It was intended that this move would improve Fluid Power’s competitive position in Europe. During 2007, Fluid Power increased the manufacturing capacity at its facility in Chandigarh, India to support the high-growth hydraulic market in India, and established a manufacturing facility in China to grow its business in Asia.
 
The Quick­lok® family of products has attracted customer interest due to the leak-preventing technology and consequent warranty cost reductions for customers. New awards with revenue of approximately $16 million were launched in 2007 in both North America and Europe.
 
In 2007, Fluid Power engineers continued to drive innovation through hose connector interface technology that provides customers with added product safety, reliability and core product enhancements such as the new XtremeHeat hose.
 
Fluid Systems
 
Sales in 2007 were $583.8 million (2006: $447.4 million).
 
Adjusted operating profit was $55.0 million (2006: $22.9 million). The adjusted operating margin increased substantially to 9.4% (2006: 5.1%).
 
Fluid Systems had a strong year in 2007, principally due to continued growth in its RTPMS business.
 
Schrader Electronics successfully ramped-up production of RTPMS, primarily to meet demand in the US as the TREAD Act requiring RTPMS to be fitted on new vehicles became effective. Outside North America, in 2007, momentum grew for similar mandatory use of RTPMS, particularly in Europe where there is a major focus on lowering CO2 emissions and improving safety. Several European vehicle manufacturers now provide RTPMS as an option. During 2007, Schrader Electronics had contract wins for its snap-in RTPMS with Mahindra & Mahindra, Mitsubishi and General Motors. Sales of RTPMS retrofit kits to the aftermarket started to come through in the second quarter of 2007.
 
In September 2007, Schrader Electronics acquired Swindon Silicon Systems, thereby accelerating its product development capability based on ASIC technology with a view to expanding the product offering into new industrial applications.

33

Operating and financial review (continued)
 
 
Other Industrial & Automotive
 
Sales in 2007 were $896.6 million (2006: $976.0 million).
 
Adjusted operating profit was $84.6 million (2006: $98.8 million). The adjusted operating margin was 9.4% (2006:10.1%).
 
Dexter’s axle and chassis businesses were adversely affected by weaker volumes in the manufactured housing and recreational vehicle markets in 2007.
 
Gates Fleximak and Gates Winhere, which were acquired in 2006, made positive contributions in 2007 and demonstrate the successful expansion of the Gates platform into new markets. In 2007, Gates Winhere’s water pumps penetrated the automotive aftermarket, with product implementation at NAPA, one of North America’s largest automotive distributors, and the first water pump awards in Australia and Canada.
 
Ideal continued to expand its small but growing presence in Europe and China.
 
Dearborn Mid-West was sold in November 2007.
 
Building products
 
Overview
 
Sales in 2007 were $1,573.4 million (2006: $1,762.1 million).
 
Adjusted operating profit was $106.5 million (2006: $153.6 million). The adjusted operating margin declined to 6.8% (2006: 8.7%).
 
$ million, unless stated otherwise
 
2007
   
2006
 
Sales
           
Air Systems Components
    1,083.6       1,070.6  
Other Building Products
    489.8       691.5  
Total sales
    1,573.4       1,762.1  
Adjusted operating profit
    106.5       153.6  
Adjusted operating margin
    6.8%       8.7%  
Net capital expenditure : depreciation
 
0.8 times
   
0.9 times
 
Average number of employees
    12,444       13,247  

Market background
 
During 2007, the US residential construction market declined to a 16­year low, with only 1.4 million housing starts, compared to 1.8 million in 2006 and the recent peak of 2.1 million in 2005. US non-­residential construction, as measured by Dodge, remained flat overall in 2007 compared to 2006 when measured in square footage terms. However, office construction increased by 4% and the construction of public buildings increased by 38%, which, as Building Products has a significant exposure to these sectors, helped to mitigate the effect of the decline in US residential construction.
 
Strategic development
 
Building Products continued to focus on restructuring its production and distribution network to meet demand for shorter lead times and the lowest possible delivered costs. Accordingly, we continue to promote lean manufacturing, the strengthening of regional manufacturing where lead times and shipping costs are critical and, where regional production is not required to meet customer demand, the relocation of production to lower­cost facilities. We sourced a number of high­volume products in China, and other production was moved to existing and new facilities in Mexico. We placed an increased emphasis on Asia and the Middle East as the non-residential construction markets continued to expand significantly in those regions.
 
During 2007, Building Products reacted to difficult end markets by reducing production capacity and by reducing the cost base in its ongoing facilities.
 
34

Operating and financial review (continued)
 
 
Air Systems Components
 
Sales in 2007 were $1,083.6 million (2006: $1,070.6 million).
 
Adjusted operating profit was $102.5 million (2006: $106.3 million). The adjusted operating margin was 9.5% (2006: 9.9%).
 
In 2007, ASC performed strongly in the non-residential construction market, increasing its market share due to its focus on growing segments of the market such as public buildings and offices and on developing products for energy-efficient or ’greenbuildings. While ASC’s sales to the residential construction market were adversely affected by the sharp reduction in US housing starts, the business was able to mitigate the effect of this downturn by controlling costs and driving operational efficiencies.
 
During 2007, we completed the integration of the operations of HeatFab and Eastern Sheet Metal, which were acquired in late 2006. Both companies have provided important entries into specialised venting markets and spiral ducting for non-residential construction.
 
Also in 2007, ASC made good progress in expanding its offering outside the US. ASC has served the Chinese market from overseas for a number of years but, in 2007, began production in China. In August 2007, the Group formed a joint venture with Caryaire, a manufacturer and distributor of HVAC products in India.
 
Other Building Products
 
Sales in 2007 were $489.8 million (2006: $691.5 million).
 
Adjusted operating profit was $4.0 million (2006: $47.3 million). The adjusted operating margin fell significantly to 0.8% (2006: 6.8%).
 
Both the Lasco Bathware business and the Philips doors and windows business were impacted by the continuing weakness in the US residential construction market, which was compounded by the impact of softer manufactured housing and recreational vehicle markets during 2007.
 
Lasco Bathware’s sales are driven primarily by new home construction. Although we increased our market share, overall demand fell significantly during 2007. Management therefore focused on realigning capacity with current demand levels and on increasing our share of the institutional and renovation markets with the introduction of new products to meet the needs of those sectors.
 
Philipssales have historically depended on the residential construction and manufactured housing markets. With the downturn in those markets, our focus during 2007 was on growing our share of vinyl window sales in the residential replacement and renovation markets.
 
Management reacted quickly to mitigate the impact of weak end markets. During 2007, we closed two Lasco Bathware facilities and two Philips facilities and took action to reduce the cost base in our ongoing facilities.
 
Lasco Fittings was sold in February 2007.
 
35


Principal risks and uncertainties
 
Background
 
Tomkins operates globally in a variety of markets and is affected by a number of risks inherent in its activities.
 
Business risk can be considered either as downside risk (the risk that something can go wrong and result in a financial loss or exposure) or volatility risk (the risk associated with uncertainty, meaning there may be an opportunity for financial gain as well as the potential for loss).
 
We outline below our principal risks and uncertainties, i.e. those that the Board believes have the greatest potential to impact the Group’s results or financial position. We have not listed these risks in any order of priority. Details of the Group’s risk management procedures are set out under the heading “Internal Controlon page 48.
 
Additional risks not currently known to us, or risks that currently we do not regard as significant, could also have a material adverse effect on our results or financial position and our analysis of our principal risks and uncertainties should therefore be read in conjunction with the cautionary statement regarding forward-looking statements set out on the inside front cover.
 
When applying the Group’s accounting policies, management must make assumptions and estimates about the future that may differ from actual outcomes. We discuss the key sources of estimation uncertainty that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying value of the Group’s assets and liabilities in note 4 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
Our strategy
 
Risks associated with acquisitions and disposals
 
We seek to reshape our portfolio by making strategic bolt-on acquisitions of complementary businesses to expand our product portfolio and geographic presence and by disposing of non-core businesses.
 
Acquisitions and disposals, particularly investments in emerging markets, involve legal, economic and political risks. We also encounter risks in the selection of appropriate investment and disposal targets, execution of the transactions, integration of acquired businesses and a risk that we may not generate the anticipated returns and savings from our acquisitions and disposals.
 
Risks inherent in operating in emerging economies
 
We aim to expand our activities in the high-growth potential emerging markets of Eastern Europe, Asia, the Middle East and South and Central America. We face inherent risks in operating in these markets that include, but are not limited to, economic and political instability, restrictive or complex laws and regulations, volatility in currency exchange rates, protection of intellectual property and strong competition from companies that are already established in these markets. If we are unable to adequately assess these risks and develop and execute appropriate mitigating strategies, we may have to decline growth opportunities which may adversely impact the Group’s sales, profitability and cash flows.
 
Our funding
 
Risks arising from illiquid credit markets
 
Despite the efforts of national governments, restrictions on the availability of credit continue and many companies are finding it difficult to obtain or renew borrowing facilities on commercially acceptable terms. We finance our business principally through equity and bank and other borrowings. While we currently have considerable headroom under our committed borrowing facilities, our £400 million multi-currency revolving credit facility expires in August 2010. We may have to accept less favourable terms when we come to renew or replace the facility.
 
Failure to obtain sufficient funding to meet our liquidity requirements may result in lost business opportunities or the curtailment of capital spending, research and development and other important strategic programmes.
 
Illiquid credit markets may also restrict the reshaping of our portfolio because the reduced access to credit may adversely impact the ability of both the Group and potential buyers to finance the acquisition of businesses.
 
If we were unable to replace or renew our borrowing facilities as they expire, there may be a threat to the Group’s status as a going concern. If we were able to obtain funding on less favourable terms, there may be an adverse impact on the Group’s profitability and cash flows.
 
Our markets
 
Risks associated with economic downturn
 
Demand for our products is driven directly or indirectly by consumer demand and preferences. Our markets tend to be cyclical and the recent decline in asset prices, severe limitations on the availability of credit and the volatility in the prices of oil and other commodities have eroded market confidence and driven down consumer spending in a number of our end markets.
 
36

Principal risks and uncertainties (continued)
 
 
While the downturn began in the US, it has spread to the developed economies in Europe and parts of Asia and we are now faced with a global recession. It is likely that this will continue to reduce demand for our products, increase pressure on prices, reduce margins and accelerate customer consolidation. We expect these pressures will continue to be particularly acute in our residential, commercial construction and automotive markets.
 
Risks associated with the major US automotive manufacturers
 
In 2008, the Group derived 9.7% of its sales from General Motors, Ford and Chrysler. For some time, the global automotive industry has been characterised by overcapacity and fierce competition and, in North America, it is also affected by significant pension and healthcare liabilities. In recent years, the Detroit Three have seen a decline in their market share of vehicle sales, particularly in North America, due to Asian and European automobile manufacturers increasing their presence and the preference of customers for fuel-efficient vehicles. North American vehicle production declined sharply from 15.1 million in 2007 to 12.6 million in 2008 and is projected to fall further to 9.5 million in 2009. As a consequence, the Detroit Three are in severe financial difficulty and have been offered financial assistance from the US government. Should one or more of the Detroit Three file for reorganisation under US bankruptcy laws, we may not be able to recover amounts owed to us by them.
 
We expect that the production capacity of the Detroit Three in North America will be severely cut back and that any recovery in sales may take some years as they replace their vehicle platforms.
 
Risk of increased competition from low-cost producers
 
Many of our end markets are highly competitive, particularly in the automotive industry. Customers are expanding their sourcing of products by looking to regions that enjoy economic advantages such as lower labour costs, cheaper raw materials or export subsidies. If we are unable to continue to provide technologically superior or better quality products or to match the prices of these low-cost suppliers, there is a risk that customers will switch to these suppliers, leading to a loss of market share and reductions in sales and margins.
 
Risks inherent in the supply chain
 
Failure to deliver products within acceptable timeframes in our competitive markets could have an adverse effect on the business. Customer-driven reductions in lead times, carrier consolidation, the availability and cost of fuel and longer supply chains resulting from low-cost country sourcing may all impact service levels resulting in lost market share or missed opportunities. Shorter lead times can also make it difficult to predict trends or market changes, hampering accurate forecasting.
 
Our products
 
Risks associated with the cost and availability of production inputs
 
Steel, aluminium, rubber and rubber-based materials are some of the key inputs needed in many of our products. Energy is another significant part of the Group’s costs, affecting both production and distribution costs. If prices of these and other inputs increase and we are unable to pass these increases on to customers, there is a risk that our margins may not be sustained and profitability may be adversely affected.
 
During 2008, we have seen both significant rises and falls in the prices of many inputs. If such price volatility continues, it may hinder accurate forecasting and costing and make it difficult to pass cost increases on to customers.
 
Our businesses compete globally for key production inputs. The availability of certain raw materials, energy or other key inputs may be disrupted by any number of geopolitical factors. Such disruptions may require additional capital or operating expenditures by the Group or forced reductions in our production volumes.
 
Financial distress of key suppliers as a result of increasing prices, declining demand and a lack of available financing may lead to disruption in the supply of inputs negatively impacting our production and profitability.
 
Risk of product liability claims
 
Due to the nature of our products, we face an inherent risk of product liability claims if failure results in any claim for injury or consequential loss. Litigation is inherently unpredictable and these claims, regardless of their outcome, may be costly, divert management attention and adversely affect our reputation. Supplier consolidation and the increase in low-cost country sourcing may increase the likelihood of receiving defective materials, thereby increasing the risk of product failure and resulting liability claims.
 
Our people
 
Risk that our human resources strategies may not be effective
 
We believe that our future success depends in large measure on our ability to retain and develop our people. If we are unable to identify, attract and retain excellent non-management, management and executive talent, we may not be able to effectively implement our business strategies, or we may experience delays in the development and production of, or face difficulty in selling, our products and services.
 
37

 
Corporate Social Responsibility
 
Our workplace
 
à
19.2% reduction in injury rate
 
à
Three­year wellness initiatives started
 
à
Focus on employee health and well-­being
 
Our global footprint
 
à
Improved environmental performance
 
à
118 sites with environmental management systems
 
à
$1,075,580 charitable assistance
 
Our marketplace
 
à
New supplier charter
 
à
86 sites with quality management systems
 
à
Numerous customer awards
 
Governance/management
 
à
Full policy compliance
 
à
Group anti-discrimination and anti-trust training
 
à
Excellent governance ratings
 
Introduction
 
At Tomkins, social responsibility is an integral part of our everyday business practices and one of the drivers of our success. We understand the need to balance economic, environmental and social responsibilities in a manner that meets the needs of our stakeholders. Indeed, during the current economic crisis, it has become even more important that we maintain our focus on environmental and social matters. We believe that excellence in CSR is consistent with, and enhances, our financial performance.
 
A summary of our progress and performance in 2008 is set out below, describing our continued progress in the four key CSR areas, namely, corporate governance, our workplace, our global footprint and our marketplace. We have again published a separate, in-depth, Corporate Social Responsibility report which is available for download from our website, www.tomkins.co.uk.
 
Corporate governance
 
Corporate governance at Tomkins is recognised to be amongst the best in class. At Board level, we continue to address the demands of the changing regulatory environment and place a strong emphasis on corporate governance in all our activities.
 
Each year, we require our Company Presidents to confirm compliance with our corporate policies; TomkinsCode of Conduct and Ethics, Human Rights and HSE policies. I am pleased to report there were no material cases of non-compliance.
 
This year, at an operational level, we undertook Group-wide training on ethics, discrimination and harassment avoidance and anti-trust issues. The training programme covered over 11,000 employees around the world. In December 2008, in recognition of our increasingly global reach and the need to manage risk, we introduced a new training initiative on the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977.
 
Our workplace: health and safety
 
The importance placed on health and safety by the Board and management of Tomkins is reflective of the belief that our commercial success is tied to strong health and safety performance. We aspire to achieve the same high safety standards throughout the Group, regardless of the type of operation or its location. This focus on safety has resulted in a 19.2% reduction in the incident rate and a 2.7% fall in severity rate in 2008 versus 2007. These improvements were achieved through the continuous efforts of all employees to make safety a way of life.
 
Our Excellence Award Programme ran again in 2008, with an increased number of our facilities participating. The Excellence metrics were reviewed at the end of the year to determine their effectiveness. No new criteria were proposed for 2009, but it was recommended that the targets for safety be more rigorous to encourage innovation and leadership in achieving excellent performance.
 
We selected employee wellness as one of our CSR focus areas for 2008. As part of our wellness initiative, we introduced a ‘tobacco-free in threeprogramme as an option for our companies. As at the end of 2008, there are only restricted outdoor areas at the majority of Company properties where employees may smoke. However, all locations are encouraged to be tobacco-free in three yearstime. Additionally, we have been pursuing many voluntary preventive healthcare initiatives at the operating level, ranging from personal health assessments, annual health fairs, smoking-cessation programmes, pre-shift stretching exercises, company contributions to gym memberships through to weight-loss competitions and the provision of healthy-eating options.
 
Our workplace: employees
 
In the workplace, our aim is to be an employer of choice. We believe there is a strong correlation between effective people practices and business success. We can improve the performance of the business by developing our employees to their full potential, by motivating staff appropriately and through prudent succession planning. Our Human Resources function operates on a decentralised structure, mirroring the organisation of the Group. This reflects our belief that localised teams, operating under common principles, are best equipped to deal with the varying cultures, operating structures and geographic locations that exist around the Group. It also helps foster local entrepreneurship, a key element in Tomkinsculture.
 
38

Corporate Social Responsibility (continued)
 
 
Key performance indicators
 
   
2008
   
Number of facilities
reporting
   
2007
   
Number of facilities
reporting
 
Total waste (million metric tonnes)      0.179       132       0.195       126  
Landfill waste (million metric tonnes)     0.040       132       0.044       126  
Total energy consumed (billion KWh)     1.577       127       1.604       114  
Water consumption (million m3)     2.534       128       2.550       121  
Total greenhouse gas emissions (million tonnes)      0.177       127       0.137       114  
 
Each business in the Group is encouraged to implement comprehensive employment policies designed to motivate employees and to determine ways in which knowledge and skills can best contribute towards the success of the business. Schemes are operated to encourage loyalty and performance. For instance, the Tomkins 2005 Sharesave Scheme provides an opportunity to purchase shares in Tomkins plc.
 
Employee involvement and communication programmes continue to be developed that are designed to provide equal opportunity to all, irrespective of sex, race, religion or colour. Each business in the Group endeavours to provide equality of opportunity in recruiting, training, promoting and developing the careers of disabled persons.
 
Our global footprint: environment and climate change
 
Our facilities began reporting energy and water usage, air emissions, waste and recycling efforts in 2007. We have found this data allows our companies to better manage their businesses and we have seen a corresponding improvement in our environmental performance as evidenced by our key performance indicators.
 
In the table above, we have set out absolute figures for waste production, energy and water consumption and greenhouse gas emissions for 2008 and 2007. Although this data does not cover 100% of our operations, we believe it provides a meaningful guide as to the impact of our operations.
 
Tomkins recognises that climate change is a global business challenge. We are committed to reducing our greenhouse gas emissions through efficiency improvements and, in particular, the application of lean manufacturing techniques. We continue to make significant investments in our facilities, reducing energy consumption, water usage and waste in order to achieve optimal efficiency levels. Climate change and the environment are also increasingly important drivers of product and process innovation within Tomkins.
 
Our global footprint: community
 
We recognise our responsibilities to the wider communities in which our businesses operate. These responsibilities range from consulting with local bodies, to providing charitable assistance and supporting community and corporate citizenship projects. Total charitable donations in the year were $1,075,580 (2007: $908,728), of which the UK accounted for $297,020 (2007: $196,036); in the US they totalled $593,671 (2007: $541,329), of which $297,054 (2007: $245,149) came from a Tomkins-funded charitable trust; and in the remaining overseas companies they totalled $184,889 (2007: $171,363). It is Tomkinspractice not to use shareholdersfunds to make political donations either in the form of monetary donations or other in-kind benefits. No political donations were made during the year (2007: $nil).
 
Our marketplace
 
We value highly our relationships with our many, diverse customers. Our products are sold in highly competitive markets and so excellence in customer service, product quality and innovation are always our priority. Likewise, we continue to value our relationships with our wide supplier base.
 
In late 2008, we introduced a Supplier Charter which outlines our expectations with regards to standards in our supply chain. We believe this initiative further evidences our commitment to CSR by mandating the ethical and respectful treatment of individuals, the environment and wider community. The full Supplier Charter can be downloaded from our website.
 
We maintain open communication channels with the investment community and have devoted considerable time and resources to our Investor Relations programme. We responded to many queries and requests for further information on our CSR programme from a variety of stakeholders, ranging from third-party survey and assessment organisations, local communities, through to the Carbon Disclosure Project. We maintained our status as a constituent member of the FTSE4Good Index in 2008 and were particularly pleased to have been very highly rated by GovernanceMetrics International, a leading socially responsible investment rating agency which specialises in corporate governance ratings.
 
Conclusion
 
We are pleased with the progress achieved with our CSR programme this year, in particular the addition of a new Supplier Charter and our improved environmental performance. This progress is testimony to the efforts of all our employees around the Group who, despite challenging economic and financial pressures, continue to value the pursuit of our CSR activities. We will endeavour to further improve our CSR performance on a continued basis.
 
Struan Robertson
Chairman, Corporate Social Responsibility Committee
 
24 February 2009
 
39

 
Board of Directors
 
 

 
 
1
David Newlands R, Aged 62
Non-­Executive Chairman
Appointed to the Board in August 1999 and became Chairman in June 2000. He is Chairman of KESA Electricals plc and PayPoint plc, and a director of a number of other companies. He was formerly Finance Director of The General Electric Company, p.l.c., Chairman of Britax International plc and Deputy Chairman of Standard Life Assurance.
 
4   
Richard Gillingwater A R, Aged 52
Senior Independent Non­-Executive Director
Appointed to the Board in December 2005. He is Dean of Cass Business School and previously held senior appointments in the UK Government and the City of London, as Chairman of the Shareholder Executive, the body responsible for the Government’s shareholdings in major, public-owned businesses, and at CSFB, BZW and Kleinwort Benson.
 
2
James Nicol C, Aged 55
Chief Executive Officer
Appointed to the Board in February 2002. Former President and Chief Operating Officer of Magna International Inc., the Canadian automotive parts company. He joined Magna in 1987 as Vice-President, Special Projects, following a successful career as a commercial lawyer. He left in 1992 to set up TRIAM Automotive Inc. and returned to Magna as Vice-Chairman when Magna acquired TRIAM in 1998.
 
5   
John McDonough A R C, Aged 57
Independent Non­-Executive Director
Appointed to the Board in June 2007. He is the Group Chief Executive of Carillon plc having been appointed in 2001. He was previously Vice President, Integrated Facilities Management, Europe, the Middle East and Africa of Johnson Controls Inc and is currently Chairman of the CBI’s Construction Council, Vice Chairman of the CBI’s Public Services Strategy Board and a member of the CBI’s President’s Committee.
 
3
John Zimmerman Aged 45
Finance Director
Appointed to the Board in October 2007. He is a Chartered Accountant (S.A.) and practised for a number of years at Deloitte in South Africa. He joined Braxton Associates in Toronto in 1990 and then became a partner at Orenda Corporate Finance in 1994. He joined Tomkins as Vice President of Corporate Development in 1999.
 
6   
Leo Quinn A R, Aged 52
Independent Non-­Executive Director
Appointed to the Board in July 2007. He was Group Chief Executive Officer of De La Rue plc until his resignation on 31 December 2008, following the sale and return of proceeds of half the company. Before this, he was Chief Operating Officer of Invensys plc’s Production Management Division. Prior to his time at Invensys, he spent 16 years with Honeywell Inc. in a variety of senior management roles in the USA, Europe, the Middle East and Africa.


 
40

 
Board of Directors (continued)
 
 
David Richardson A, Aged 57
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed to the Board in March 2006. He is a non-executive director of Serco Group plc, Dairy Crest Group plc and Forth Ports PLC and he was Chairman of De Vere Group plc. Previously, he held a number of senior financial management and strategic planning positions in Whitbread PLC from 1983 to 2005 becoming Group Finance Director in 2001. Prior to his time at Whitbread, he had worked for ICL plc and Touche Ross & Co. (now Deloitte LLP).
 
8   
Struan Robertson C, Aged 59
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed to the Board in December 2005. He is currently a non-executive director of Forth Ports PLC, Henderson TR Pacific Investment Trust plc, International Power plc and Salamander Energy plc. He was Group Chief Executive of Wates Group Limited 25 years with BP plc in a number of senior positions. He was the Senior Independent Director at WS Atkins plc from 2000 to 2005.
 
 ____________________
A     Member of the Audit Committee
R      Member of the Remuneration Committee
C      Member of the CSR Committee
 
Directors’ interests in the Company
 
The interests of the Directors in the share capital of the Company are shown below. No Director had any beneficial interest in the shares or loan stock of any other Group undertaking. No changes took place in Directors interests during the period from 4 January 2009 to 24 February 2009.
 
   
As at 3 January 2009
Number of shares(1)
   
As at 29 December 2007
Number of shares(2)
 
 
 
Beneficial
   
Non-
beneficial
   
Beneficial
   
Non-
beneficial
 
Executive Directors
                       
J Nicol     2,251,034             2,095,652        
J W Zimmerman     303,122             228,400        
                                 
Non-Executive Directors                                
R D Gillingwater     11,000             9,000        
J McDonough
    9,000             7,000        
D B Newlands
    327,515             322,515        
L M Quinn     24,000             22,000        
D H Richardson     19,729             17,729        
D D S Robertson     12,500             10,500        
Notes
(1) Includes 338,918 deferred shares for J Nicol and 91,108 deferred shares for J W Zimmerman.
(2) Includes 431,271 deferred shares for J Nicol and 98,398 deferred shares for J W Zimmerman.
 
Senior management
 
Denise Burton  Company Secretary, aged 49: was appointed to her current role in November 2007. She joined the Company in March 1989 as Assistant Company Secretary and subsequently was Deputy Company Secretary for over ten years.
 
David Carroll  Executive Vice President  Corporate Development, aged 51: was appointed to his current position in October 2007, having previously had executive responsibilities for four business units within the Group since joining in 2003. He joined the Group from Magna International Inc. where he had operated in various sales and planning roles since 1984 becoming Executive Vice President, Marketing and Corporate Planning in 2002.
 
Terry O'Halloran  Chief Operating Officer  Building Products, aged 61: was appointed to his current role in May 2007, having served as the President  Building Products since January 2007, and having been Group President  Air Systems Components Division since 1999. He has had 23 years experience with the Group in the Building Products business group, including his roles as President of Air Systems Components Limited Partners and President of Ruskin.
 
George Pappayliou  General Counsel, aged 54: was appointed to his present role on 9 April 2003. He joined the Group in August 1990 with the acquisition of Philips Industries. Thereafter he served as the General Counsel of Tomkins Industries and later as the Groups General Counsel  North America.
 
Alan Power  Executive Vice President  Industrial and Automotive, aged 46: joined the Group in his current role in September 2008 from Van Rob where he was President and Chief Operating Officer. He has held similar positions at National Rubber Technologies and Decoma International where he spent a large part of his career.
 
Mildred Woryk – Vice President – Human Resources, aged 49: was appointed to her current role on 1 May 2006. She joined the Group in October 1993 and, prior to her current appointment, served as Assistant General Counsel.
 
41

 
Key governance principles
 
The Board promotes the highest standards of corporate governance within the Company through its support and application of the Principles of Good Governance set out in section 1 of the Combined Code. A summary of the Companys system of applying the principles and the manner in which the provisions in section 1 have been complied with are set out below. Section 1 of the Combined Code sets out the main and supporting Principles of Good Governance for companies which are split into the following areas:
 
1. Directors
2. Remuneration
3. Accountability and audit
4. Shareholder relations
 
Each of these areas is addressed in turn.
 
1.     Directors
 
A.    The Board
 
The Company is controlled through its Board of Directors whose main roles are to:
 
–    
create value for shareholders;
   
–    
provide leadership of the Company;
   
–    
approve the Company’s strategic objectives;
   
–    
ensure that the necessary financial and other resources are made available to the management to enable them to meet those objectives; and
   
–    
operate within a framework of effective controls which enables the assessment and management of principal business risks.
 
The Board, which has reserved certain specific matters to itself for decision (set out in a Schedule of Reserved Matters), is responsible for approving overall Group strategy and financial policy, acquisition and divestment policy and major capital expenditure projects. It also appoints and removes members of the Board and Board Committees, reviews recommendations of the Audit Committee, Remuneration Committee and Nomination Committee, and the appointment of the independent auditor. It also reviews the financial performance and operation of each of the Companys businesses. The Company has granted qualifying third- party indemnities to the Directors that remain in force at the time of this report.
 
The Board sets the standards and values of the Company and much of this has been embodied in the Companys Code of Conduct and Ethics and Human Rights Policy which can be found on the Companys website, www.tomkins.co.uk. The Code of Conduct and Ethics applies to all Directors, officers and employees, including the principal executive, financial and accounting officers, as required by section 406 of Sarbanes-Oxley, the related rules of the SEC and the rules of the NYSE. The Code of Conduct and Ethics contains provisions (Reporting of Violations) under which employees can report violations of company policy or any applicable law, rule or regulation, including those of the SEC. US employees have the added protection of section 806 of Sarbanes-Oxley, which prohibits the discrimination by a company or others against an employee where such violations are reported. The current procedure, which is set out in Tomkins Code of Conduct and Ethics, provides for information to be given anonymously or by named employees under conditions of confidentiality. Those employees who come forward and give their name are assured that they will receive the full protection of section 806 of Sarbanes-Oxley and no retaliation will take place. This is of particular importance since 48% of the Companys employees are based in the US. Furthermore, the Company ensures that the principles are applied in other jurisdictions, subject to compliance with local employment and other laws.
 
The Board has delegated to the CEO responsibility for the day-to-day management of the Group subject to certain financial limits above which Board approval is required. The delegated authority includes such matters as operations, acquisitions and divestitures, investments, capital expenditure, borrowing facilities and foreign currency transactions.
 
The Board comprises a Non-Executive Chairman, five additional Non-Executive Directors and two Executive Directors who, together with their different financial, commercial, technical and operational expertise and cultures, bring with them a wide range of experience to the Company.
 
42

Key governance principles (continued)
 
 
The Board has determined that the Non-Executive Directors, Richard Gillingwater, John McDonough, Leo Quinn, David Richardson and Struan Robertson, are independent, as they are independent of the Companys executive management and free from any material business or other relationship with the Company (either directly or as a partner, shareholder or officer of an organisation that has a relationship with the Company). Accordingly, the Board believes that there are no such relationships that could materially interfere with the exercise of its independent judgement.
 
Non-Executive Directors are normally appointed for a minimum period of two years which is renewable by agreement with the Board and is subject to approval by shareholders at the AGM. The terms and conditions of appointment of Non-Executive Directors are available for inspection at the Companys registered office during normal business hours on weekdays and will also be available for inspection at the place of the AGM from 15 minutes before the meeting until it ends. The Combined Code recommends the appointment of a senior independent Non-Executive Director, and Richard Gillingwater fulfilled this role in 2008. The roles of Non-Executive Directors are to:
 
scrutinise the performance of management in meeting the agreed objectives;
   
help develop proposals on strategy; and
   
monitor the reporting of performance, including satisfying themselves as to the integrity of financial information and that financial controls and systems of risk management put in place by the Company are robust and effective.
 
They meet together from time to time in the absence of management and the Chairman normally presides over such meetings.
 
On appointment, Non-Executive Directors receive a range of information about the Company by way of an induction programme which aims to provide an understanding of the Company as a whole, including its strategy, structure, geographic spread of operations, financial position, markets, products, technologies and people, as well as their legal responsibilities as Directors and, where appropriate, any training that is necessary for them to carry out their duties effectively. The Board and its Committees receive, in a timely manner, detailed information concerning the matters to be discussed at meetings to enable them to make informed decisions. The Directors have access to the advice and services of the Company Secretary (whose removal may be effected only with the approval of the Board) and can obtain independent professional advice at the Companys expense in furtherance of their duties, if required.
 
The Board ordinarily meets not less than five times a year and will hold additional meetings when circumstances require. During the year ended 3 January 2009, the Board met on five occasions. Between meetings, the Chairman and CEO update the Non-Executive Directors on current matters and there is frequent contact to progress the affairs of the Company. With the encouragement of the CEO, the Non-Executive Directors have regular contact with senior management through their presentations at Board meetings, at strategic reviews and on other occasions.
 
Attendance by each individual Director at Board and principal Committee meetings held during 2008
 
   
Board
   
Audit
Committee
   
Remuneration
Committee
   
Nomination
Committee*
   
Corporate Social
Responsibility
Committee
 
Meetings held in 2008
   
5
     
4
     
5
     
3
      4  
Meetings attended:
                                       
David Newlands
    5       n/a       4       3       n/a  
Richard Gillingwater
    5       4       5       3       n/a  
John McDonough
    5       3       5       3       4  
James Nicol
    5       n/a       n/a       n/a       4  
Leo Quinn
    5       3       5       3       n/a  
David Richardson
    5       4       n/a       3       n/a  
Struan Robertson
    5       n/a       n/a       3       4  
John Zimmerman
    5       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a  
*By written resolution
                                       
 
Notes
n/a = not applicable (where a Director is not a member of a Committee).
 
43

Key governance principles (continued)
 
 
1.     Directors (continued)
 
A.    The Board (continued)
 
All of the Directors served throughout the year. John McDonough and Leo Quinn were unable to attend one Audit Committee meeting and David Newlands was unable to attend one Remuneration Committee meeting. The remaining Directors attended all Board and relevant Committee meetings in 2008. During the year, other Directors have attended meetings of the Directors’ membership of Committees Audit Committee, Remuneration Committee, Nomination Committee and Corporate Social Responsibility Committee by invitation. These details are not included in the table above. On the rare occasion when a Director cannot attend a meeting, he will normally make his views on the agenda items known prior to the meeting to the Chairman or, in respect of Committee meetings, to the Chairman of the respective Committee.
 
Directors' membership of Committees
 
  Audit
Nomination
Remuneration
Corporate
Social
 Responsibility
Disclosure
General
Purposes
David Newlands  
C
M
 
C
 
James Nicol      
M
M
C
John Zimmerman        
M
M
Richard Gillingwater
M
M
M
 
   
John McDonough
M
M
C
M
   
Leo Quinn
M
M
M
     
David Richardson
C
M
       
Struan Robertson  
M
       
C – Chairman    M – Member
 
At the Companys forthcoming AGM, and in accordance with the Companys Articles of Association, Richard Gillingwater and Struan Robertson will retire from the Board by virtue of length of service and will seek reappointment.
 
B.    Chairman and CEO
 
There is a clear division of responsibility between the Chairman and the CEO, with neither having unfettered powers of decision with respect to substantial matters. The Chairman is responsible for running the Board and ensures that all Directors receive sufficient relevant information on financial, business and corporate matters to enable them to participate effectively in Board decisions. In advance of each meeting, the Board is provided with comprehensive briefing papers on items under consideration.
 
The Chairman, David Newlands, is also Chairman of KESA Electricals plc and PayPoint plc. Whilst these are important appointments, the Board believes that the Chairman continues to be able to carry out his duties and responsibilities effectively for the Company. In view of this, as set out in the Remuneration Committee report, the Board renewed David Newlands letter of appointment for a further three years from 18 February 2009. This was felt to be appropriate in order to take advantage of his knowledge of the Company, his experience of earlier recessions, his experience in chairing Tomkins during the current period of unprecedented economic turmoil and finally his guidance in relation to the refinancing of the Companys banking facilities.
 
The CEOs primary role is the running of the Companys businesses and the development and implementation of strategy. The Non-Executive Directors have the opportunity to meet with the Chairman and with the Chief Executive periodically, either together or separately, to consider and discuss a wide range of matters affecting the Company, its business, strategy and other matters.
 
C.    Board Committees
 
The Board has established a number of committees and receives reports of their proceedings. Each committee has its own delegated authority as defined in its terms of reference which are reviewed periodically by the Board. The Board is satisfied that its committees have written terms of reference which conform with best corporate governance practice. The terms of reference for all Board committees can be found under Governance in the Responsibilities area of the Companys website, www.tomkins.co.uk, or a copy can be obtained by application to the Company Secretary at the Companys registered office.
 
The Board appoints the chairmen and members of all Board committees upon the recommendation of the Nomination Committee. The Company Secretary is Secretary to all Board committees. The principal committees, their membership and a brief description of their duties are set out below.
 
Audit Committee
 
Details of the Audit Committee and its work can be found on pages 50 and 51.
 
Nomination Committee
 
The Nomination Committee makes recommendations to the Board on all proposed appointments of Directors through a formal and transparent procedure. The Committee meets as and when required.
 
44

Key governance principles (continued)
 
 
In accordance with the Companys Articles of Association, Directors are subject to reappointment at the AGM immediately following the date of their appointment and thereafter they have to seek reappointment no more than three years from the date they were last reappointed. The Committee recommends to the Board the names of the Directors who are to seek reappointment at the AGM in accordance with the Companys Articles of Association. The Companies Act 2006 imposed new duties on Directors to avoid a conflict of interests, particularly in relation to third-party arrangements and, during the year, the Board delegated to the Nomination Committee the duty of looking at new appointees and examining any possible sources of potential conflict. This duty was incorporated into the Nomination Committees terms of reference in July 2008. The Committee and the Board are aware of and support the principles set out in section A.4 of the Combined Code relating to appointments to the Board.
 
Corporate Social Responsibility Committee
 
The Corporate Social Responsibility Committee meets at least three times a year. The Committee is chaired by an independent Non-Executive Director and its membership also includes the CEO. Its principal role is to determine, on behalf of the Board, the framework or broad policy and objectives on CSR and, in particular, in the areas of health, safety and the environment and propose any amendments to existing policies for approval by the Board. It also reviews managements performance in the achievement of HSE objectives and reviews HSE reports produced by business units for compliance with all local health, safety and environmental codes of practice, legislation and relevant industry practice.
 
More details of the work of the Corporate Social Responsibility Committee can be found in the Corporate Responsibility Report to shareholders available on the Companys website, www.tomkins.co.uk.
 
Remuneration Committee
 
Details of the Remuneration Committee and its work can be found on pages 52 to 60.
 
Disclosure Committee
 
The Disclosure Committee meets as and when required for the purpose of, inter alia, reviewing and approving for release all price-sensitive information relating to the Company and compliance with the Disclosure and Transparency Rules of the UKLA.
 
General Purposes Committee
 
The General Purposes Committee meets as and when required. It comprises Executive Directors and senior executives and the quorum requires the presence of at least one Executive Director. The Committee deals principally with day-to-day matters of a routine nature and matters delegated to it by the Board.
 
D.    Board, Committee and Chairman evaluations
 
Under the direction of the Senior Independent Director, Richard Gillingwater, evaluations of the effectiveness of the Board, its Committees and Chairman were conducted during the year. The evaluation processes followed the same approach as the previous year which drew on the experiences of the previous evaluations of the Board and its Committees and concentrated on six key elements:
 
 the optimum mix of skills and knowledge amongst the Directors;
 
clarity of goals and processes;
 
tailoring the evaluation to the specific circumstances of Tomkins;
 
 the culture of candour that encourages constructive evaluation;
 
regular reviews of assessment criteria; and
 
full disclosure of procedures and criteria to the Board.
 
Board and Committees
 
A Board performance evaluation took place during the year, and a report was prepared and considered by the Board. The vast majority of questions were answered with positive comments and with scores indicating a high degree of satisfaction with the Board, Committees and Chairman and there was a very strong conclusion that we have a well-functioning Board and Committees.
 
There were some suggestions for improvement, including the allocation of more time on the Companys longer-term objectives and planning, with particular reference to the sufficiency of the number of Board meetings in the current macroeconomic climate. Executive and senior management succession planning and talent development within the Company was another area which came under scrutiny, with particular reference to the positions of the Chairman, and the CEO and his immediate reports. Other areas considered were the effectiveness of Board activities in terms of considering certain financial and structural issues in a proactive way and improvement of budgetary control. In relation to strategic planning and objectives, there were suggestions for improvement in simple KPIs to measure business performance as well as financial performance, KPIs for CSR matters being of particular use. Suggestions for improving specific Non- Executive Director contributions to the Board included more location visits.
 
45

Key governance principles (continued)
 
 
1.     Directors (continued)
 
D.    Board, Committee and Chairman evaluations (continued)
 
Board and Committees (continued)
 
In relation to the Committees, the scores were high. It was noted that the Audit Committee is well served by staff functions and it was thought that both internal and external audit had worked well, though there was a request for more discussion and understanding of the principal risks and uncertainties faced by the Company and mitigation actions. In relation to the Remuneration Committee, it was suggested that more work on major remuneration developments was needed. The strong commitment to the CSR initiative was commended, together with the quality of review and effectiveness of the process and it was recommended that the CSR Committee continue to support the environmental and community aspects of the CSR initiative.
 
Chairman
 
For the evaluation of the Chairman, the questionnaire sought views across a broad range of his responsibilities. There was considerable positive feedback from Directors on the role of the Chairman and his effective leadership of the Board, his interaction with the CEO, his excellent relationship with members of the Board, the high regard in which he is held by senior management and, in particular, his efforts to ensure a clear distinction between the role of the Board and that of management.
 
The Senior Independent Director discussed various matters raised with the Chairman and the Non- Executive Directors as appropriate and arrangements were made to address the matters raised by the respective evaluations.
 
2.     Remuneration
 
See the Remuneration Committee report on pages 52 to 60.
 
3.     Accountability and audit
 
A.    Financial reporting
 
In the Directors report, the Board seeks to provide a detailed understanding of each business of the Group, together with a balanced and understandable assessment of the Groups position and prospects.
 
B.    Internal control
 
Further information on the internal control environment within which the Group operates may be found in the Directors statement on internal control on pages 48 and 49.
 
C.    ‘Whistleblower’ reporting procedures
 
Under section 301 of Sarbanes-Oxley, all SEC-registered companies, including non-US companies such as Tomkins, acting through the Audit Committee of the Board, must provide a procedure for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the Company regarding accounting, internal controls or auditing matters. The Audit Committee and the Board have established a procedure for the confidential and anonymous submission by employees of concerns regarding these matters.
 
4.     Shareholder relations
 
The Company places a high degree of importance on maintaining good relationships and communications with both institutional and private investors and ensures that shareholders are kept informed of significant Company developments.
 
To assist members of the Board to gain an understanding of the views of institutional shareholders, at each of its meetings the Board receives an Investor Relations Report which covers a wide range of matters including a commentary on the perception of the Company and views expressed by the investment community, media reports, share price performance and analysis. Analysts reports and estimates are also made available to all Directors. The announcement of interim management statements, half- year and full-year results provides opportunities for the Company to answer questions from institutional shareholders covering a wide range of topics. The Chairman, CEO, Finance Director and Investor Relations staff hold an ongoing dialogue with institutional shareholders to ensure the mutual understanding of objectives. The CEO and other senior executives participate in industry conferences which are attended by existing and potential shareholders. The Company exercises care to ensure that all price-sensitive information is released to all shareholders at the same time, as required by the Listing Rules of the UKLA and consistent with the SEC Regulation FD in the US.
 
The Companys website provides shareholders and potential investors with information about the Company, including annual and half-yearly reports, recent announcements, investor presentations, share price information, Group policies, corporate responsibility and governance matters. Shareholders are also able to put questions to the Company via its website.
 
Shareholders also have the opportunity to attend the AGM to put questions to the Board. Full details of the 2009 AGM are in the Notice of Meeting. It has been the Companys practice to send the Notice of Meeting and related papers to shareholders at least 20 working days before the AGM and to propose separate resolutions on each substantially separate issue.
 
The Board notes that section 2 of the Combined Code seeks to encourage more active participation by institutional shareholders, including entering into a dialogue with companies and making considered use of their votes  principles which the Company supports.
 
46

Key governance principles (continued)
 
 
Substantial shareholdings
 
Voting rights notified under the Disclosure and Transparency Rules of the UKLA at 24 February 2009 are set out in the table below.
 
 
No. of shares
% of total
voting rights
Schroders plc
88,316,340
10.02
Sprucegrove Investment Management Limited
43,969,223
4.99
Invesco Ltd (through AiM Trimark, Powershares etc.)
43,431,651
4.93
Aberdeen Asset Management, PLC
42,965,662
4.87
Tradewinds Global Investors, LLC
39,043,040
4.43
Legal & General Group plc
35,075,908
3.98
 
Shareholder rights
 
The Companys issued share capital is comprised of ordinary shares of 9 cents each and deferred shares of £1 each. The Companys authorised share capital previously included convertible cumulative preference shares of $50 each and convertible cumulative redeemable preference shares of $50 each, both of which were convertible into ordinary shares. No preference shares were in issue at the beginning of 2008, and the authority for them was removed at the AGM on 1 May 2008. See also notes 38 and 39 to the Groups consolidated financial statements.
 
Significant agreements and change of control
 
The Group has issued bonds totalling £400 million. The terms of the bonds entitle the holders to require redemption where there is a change of control of the Company combined with a ratings downgrade. In addition, under the Groups £400 million credit facility, the lenders are entitled, on a change of control, to require prepayment of amounts outstanding.
 
In addition, the service agreement of James Nicol entitles him to the payment of one years salary, the value of certain benefits and certain additional bonus entitlements where his employment is terminated (either by the Company or by himself) within three months after a change of control.
 
Compliance statement
 
Except where indicated, the Company complied throughout the year ended 3 January 2009 with all the provisions set out in section 1 of the Combined Code. The certifications of the CEO and Finance Director required under sections 302 and 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley, and the related rules of the SEC, will be filed as exhibits to the Companys Form 20-F. Pursuant to section 303A of the listing standards of the NYSE, the Foreign Private Issuer Annual Written Affirmation was sent to the NYSE in June 2008, affirming without qualification that Tomkins has complied with the requirements laid down by the NYSE with such exceptions as are permitted for Foreign Private Issuers, as described below.
 
A general summary of the significant ways in which the Companys corporate governance differs from that followed by domestic US companies under the NYSEs listing standards, as required by section 303A.11 is as follows:
 
Compensation of the CEO
 
Under 303A.05(b), the compensation committee must have a written charter that addresses the committees purpose and responsibilities which, inter alia, has responsibility to review and approve corporate goals and objectives relevant to CEO compensation, evaluate the CEOs performance in light of those goals and objectives, and, either as a committee or together with the other independent directors (as directed by the board), determine and approve the CEOs compensation level based on this evaluation.
 
The Remuneration Committee of Tomkins, has been delegated by the Board the authority to ...review and determine the total individual remuneration packages of each Executive Director for approval by the Board.
 
Re-appointment of independent external auditors
 
The Companys practice, in accordance with UK company law and the Combined Code in relation to the appointment and termination of the external auditor, is that a recommendation is made by the Audit Committee to the Board, which will then make a recommendation to shareholders in general meeting. This differs from the procedure in the US, where the external auditor is accountable to the audit committee, which has the authority to appoint or dismiss the external auditors without reference to shareholders.
 
Corporate governance guidelines
 
It is not the Companys practice for the Nomination Committee to have responsibility for developing corporate governance principles, this being a matter for the entire Board. This is a common approach amongst UK listed companies. The evaluation of the Board, its Committees and Directors, is overseen by the Senior Independent Director.
 
47

 
Internal control
 
The Directors have overall responsibility for the Groups system of internal control and for reviewing its effectiveness. To fulfil this responsibility, the Directors have established a Performance Management Framework within which each of the Groups businesses operates. Within this framework, the management of each of the businesses considers strategic, operational, commercial and financial risks, and identifies risk-mitigation actions. Whilst acknowledging the overall responsibility for the system of internal control, the Directors are aware that the system is designed to manage rather than eliminate the risk of failure to achieve business objectives and can provide reasonable and not absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss.
 
During the period under review, the Directors were not aware of any control breakdowns which resulted in a material loss to the Group.
 
The Performance Management Framework, which includes an ongoing process for identifying, evaluating and managing the significant risks faced by the Group, has been in place throughout the financial year and up to the approval date of the Directors Report and Accounts. Each business units management identifies and assesses the key business risks affecting the achievement of its objectives. Business unit management also identifies the risk management processes used to mitigate the key risks to an acceptable level and, where appropriate, additional actions required to further manage and mitigate them. The risk summaries developed out of this process are updated at least annually. In addition, Group-level management considers those risks to the Groups strategic objectives that may not be identified and managed at the business unit level. The key risks, which are detailed on pages 36 and 37, and mitigation strategies are also discussed at least annually with the Audit Committee as well as the full Board.
 
The risk management processes described above are applied to major decision-making processes such as acquisitions as well as operational risks within the business including environmental, health and safety.
 
The other key elements of the Performance Management Framework, which constitutes the control environment are:
 
Business strategy reviews
 
Each business is required to prepare a strategic position assessment taking into account the current and likely future market environment and competitive position of the business with specific consideration given to strategic risk. Group-level management reviews the strategy with each business and the Board is presented with a summary of the plans.
 
Business reviews
 
On a quarterly basis, Group-level management performs extensive reviews with each business. These reviews consider current and projected financial and operating results, and address the progress of key strategic and operating initiatives and risk management activities.
 
Financial plans
 
Each business prepares financial plans in accordance with a prescribed format, which includes consideration of risks. Group-level management reviews the financial plans with the business units and a summary is presented to the Board for approval.
 
Balance sheet reviews and walkthroughs of controls
 
Business unit and Group-level financial management conduct periodic, on-site reviews of the underlying rationale, support and controls for the significant line item components comprising the balance sheets for each business in the Group. In 2008, an adjunct programme of remotely-conducted walkthroughs of controls over transaction processes for our newer, smaller businesses and joint ventures was initiated to reach those distant locales cost effectively.
 
Investment project authorisation
 
All significant investment project expenditures are subject to a formal investment project authorisation process which takes into account, inter alia, operational, financial and technical risks. Post-investment analysis is conducted to facilitate continuous improvement in the investment planning process, including risk identification and mitigation.
 
Reporting, analysis and forecasts
 
All businesses are required to report monthly to Group-level management on financial performance. Comparisons are made with plan, forecast and prior year, and significant variances and changes in the business environment are explained. Each business reassesses its forecast for the financial year on a monthly basis. Quarterly, each business prepares a forecast for the following 18 months and reviews projections for the current and following year.
 
Financial strategy
 
The financial strategy includes assessment of the major financial risks related to interest rate exposure, foreign currency exposure, debt maturity and liquidity. There is a comprehensive global insurance programme using the external insurance market and some limited use of an internal captive insurance company. Group Treasury manages hedging activities, relating to financial risks, with external cover for net currency transaction exposures. The Group Tax function manages tax compliance and tax risks associated with the Groups activities. The Audit Committee, through periodic direct reports from the Group Treasurer and the Vice-President, Tax, oversees the financial strategy as well as the tax strategy, and considers the associated risks and risk-management techniques being used by the Group.
 
48

Internal control (continued)
 
 
Reporting certifications
 
In connection with the preparation of the annual financial statements, senior business general management and financial management sign a certificate which includes a declaration regarding the existence of internal controls, the proper recording of transactions and the identification and evaluation of significant business risks. These certifications were expanded to encompass section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley in support of statements required to be made by the Companys CEO and CFO.
 
Sarbanes-Oxley
 
As a foreign private issuer listed on the NYSE in the US, the Group is subject to the provisions of Sarbanes-Oxley. In particular, section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley requires certifications by management regarding the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting and requires the independent auditors to express an opinion on such internal controls. Accordingly, the Group undertakes each year a comprehensive, risk-based approach to testing its internal controls to ensure compliance with the requirements of section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley. The Companys CEO and CFO have issued their report attesting to the Groups compliance with section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley as at 3 January 2009. While managements certification and the external auditors opinion on internal controls over financial reporting are necessarily reported in the Companys SEC filings, the results of its compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley also serve to underpin the internal control framework for the Group.
 
During the year ended 3 January 2009, there have not been any changes in the Group's internal controls over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Group's internal controls over financial reporting.
 
The CEO and the CFO have evaluated the effectiveness of the Companys disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a 15(e) and 15d  15(e) under the Exchange Act) as at 3 January 2009. Based on such evaluation, those officers have concluded that, as at 3 January 2009, the Companys disclosure controls and procedures are effective in alerting them on a timely basis to material information relating to the Company (including its consolidated subsidiaries) required to be included in the periodic filings under the Exchange Act.
 
Internal Audit
 
The Group has an established internal audit function; the Vice-President, Internal Audit directs the activities of the internal auditors on a day-to-day basis and has a direct reporting line to the Chairman of the Audit Committee. Internal Audits responsibilities include performing independent objective assurance activities in order to evaluate the adequacy and effectiveness of the Groups system of internal control and risk management processes. The Internal Audit plan is constructed to provide geographic coverage on a cyclical basis while tailoring to address specific risk concerns. During the year, it reported regularly to the Audit Committee on its internal audit reviews of the Groups operations.
 
The Directors confirm that the effectiveness of the system of internal control for the year ended 3 January 2009 has been reviewed in line with the criteria set out in the guidance for Directors in the Combined Code.
 
49

 
Audit Committee report
 
 
This Report has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of paragraph C.3.3 of the Combined Code and paragraphs 5.1 and 5.2 of the Guidance on Audit Committees produced by Sir Robert Smith. The report describes the role of the Audit Committee in meeting these requirements.
 
Terms of reference
 
The Committees terms of reference, a copy of which can be found in the Responsibilities  Governance area on the Companys website, are reviewed from time to time and approved by the Board. They are based on the model terms of reference set out in the Guidance Note produced by the Institute of Chartered Secretaries and Administrators and take account of the requirements of Sarbanes-Oxley and the Guidance Notes set out in Sir Robert Smiths Report published in January 2003.
 
The terms of reference cover membership and appointment, meetings, duties and responsibilities, authority and a number of other matters. The Companies Act 2006 imposed new duties on Directors to avoid a conflict of interests, particularly in relation to third-party arrangements and, during the year, the Board delegated to the Audit Committee the duty of looking at each Director in turn and examining any possible sources of potential conflict. This duty was incorporated into the Audit Committees terms of reference in July 2008. No conflicts were found to exist.
 
Membership and appointment
 
The Audit Committee comprises four independent Non- Executive Directors: David Richardson who was appointed to the Committee in March 2006 and became Chairman in May 2006, Richard Gillingwater who was appointed in December 2005, John McDonough and Leo Quinn who were appointed in July 2007.
 
The Board has determined that all four members of the Audit Committee are independent for the purposes of the Combined Code and rule 10A.3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act and section 303A of the NYSEs Listed Company Manual. The members bring wide-ranging financial, commercial and management experience to the work of the Audit Committee.
 
The Chairman of the Committee, David Richardson, is a Chartered Accountant (FCA), having previously held a number of senior financial management and strategic planning positions in Whitbread plc from 1983 to 2005 (in the UK and US), becoming Group Finance Director in 2001. Prior to 1983, he held financial positions in ICL plc and Touche Ross & Co. In accordance with section 407 of Sarbanes-Oxley, the Board has determined that David Richardson is an audit committee financial expert as that term is defined under the rules of the SEC, having significant, relevant and up-to-date UK and US financial and accounting knowledge and experience.
 
Meetings
 
The Audit Committee meets at least four times a year and on other occasions when circumstances require. The quorum for a meeting of the Committee is two members. The Finance Director and representatives from the independent auditor and the internal auditor attend meetings under a standing invitation. The Chairman of the Board, the CEO and other Directors are able to attend meetings of the Committee under the practice that any Director may attend any meeting of a Committee of the Board, provided that they have no conflict of interest in respect of business to be discussed. It is usual practice for the CEO to attend meetings of the Audit Committee. Other finance and business risk executives attend meetings and the Company Secretary is Secretary to the Committee. The Committee Chairman reports regularly to the Board on its activities. Four meetings were held during the year and attendance is set out in the table on page 43.
 
Work of the Committee
 
The Committee has established an agenda framework which the Company considers vital for maintaining an appropriate focus on the objectives of the Committee. The agenda sets out all of the operational duties and responsibilities outlined in the Committees terms of reference and is based on four regular meetings, in February, April, July and November, which coincide with the interim management statements and the announcement of results. The areas covered by the agenda framework are as follows:
 
1.
Corporate Governance, including the regular review of the Committees terms of reference and annual evaluation, regulatory issues, review of delegated authorities and review of auditor independence.
   
2.
Internal Audit, including the review of the internal audit charter, internal audit review reports on the Groups internal control and risk assessment processes, compliance with auditing standards and progress against its internal audit plan, functional developments and key performance measures.
   
3.
Confidential sessions with the independent auditors and the Vice-President, Internal Audit, in the absence of Directors and Company executives.
   
4.
Financial Reporting, including current accounting and financial reporting matters and review of half-yearly and annual financial statements prior to their submission to the Board for approval, which includes the consistency of judgements adopted.
   
5.
Independent Auditors, including appointment, audit plan and scope, review of audit fees, cost effectiveness, approval of non-audit fees, reports on half-yearly and annual financial statements and the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting, status reports, management letters and the nature and extent of non-audit services.
 
The audit plan and scope sets out details of the areas to be covered and how the audit is to be conducted. The Chairman of the Audit Committee meets periodically with the independent auditors to discuss progress on the audit and the major points to arise, and has the opportunity to assess the effectiveness of the process. The Committee is also able to assess the effectiveness of the auditors and the process through reports made by the independent auditors.
 
50

Audit Committee report (continued)
 
 
In addition to the items considered by the Committee under the agenda framework, during 2008 other important issues considered included a review of the change of the Companys functional currency and the Group's presentation currency from sterling to the US dollar, periodic reporting under the Disclosure and Transparency Rules of the UKLA, a review of the top ten required financial controls and an update of the Committees terms of reference to deal with changes brought about by the Companies Act 2006. The Committee also undertook regular reviews of the internal control systems and the statement to be made in the Directors Report in respect of internal controls, the Group risk profile, Group tax reports, updates on compliance with the Combined Code and approval of Form 20-F. The Committee received reports on the Companys efforts in countering potential fraud in the Group. The Internal Audit function is actively engaged in assessing the adequacy and effectiveness of the Groups system of internal control and risk management processes. Each quarter, the Committee receives a summary of reviews of the businesses risk management processes and any significant related financial exposures are highlighted. The risk assessment process and risk mitigation plans are an important part of the development of business strategies. Business risks are considered at the quarterly reviews with the businesses, where all of the major strategic, operational, compliance and financial risks are discussed. Confidential meetings with representatives of the independent auditors and internal audit functions took place during the year in the absence of executives.
 
In determining its policy on the extent of non-audit services provided by the independent auditors, the Committee has taken account of the rules of the SEC which regulate and, in certain circumstances, prohibit the provision of, certain types of non-audit services by the independent auditors. Non-audit services require the approval of the Chairman of the Audit Committee. During the year, certain projects requiring tax services were awarded to the firm of the independent auditors. In those cases where the work was awarded to the independent auditors, it was concluded that the firm of the independent auditors was best placed to supply such tax services in a cost-effective manner due to the experience and qualifications of the individuals providing such services, the independent auditors knowledge of the Company and its tax affairs and that the best interests of the Company were served by engaging the firm of the independent auditors. The previous adoption of certain other rules by the Committee, including those relating to audit partner rotation, relevant ethical guidance regarding the provision of non-audit services by the independent auditors (in particular that the independent auditors should not audit their own firms work, make management decisions for the Company, create a mutuality of interest nor be put in the position of advocate for the Company), when taken together provide adequate protection of auditor independence. All fees proposed by the independent auditors must be reported to and approved by the Audit Committee or, between meetings, the Chairman of the Audit Committee. Details of audit fees for the year can be found in note 17 to the Groups consolidated financial statements.
 
The Companys practice, in accordance with UK company law and the Combined Code, in relation to the appointment and termination of the independent auditors, involves a recommendation from the Audit Committee to the Board, which will then make a recommendation to shareholders in general meeting. This differs from the procedure in the US, where the independent auditors are accountable to the Audit Committee which has the authority to appoint or dismiss the independent auditors without reference to shareholders.
 
With the approval of the Board, the Committee has established guidelines for the recruitment of employees or former employees of the independent auditors. The Group will not engage, on a part-time or full-time basis, any person who is or was an employee of the Companys independent auditors, where that person has worked on the Groups audit either as a principal or partner at any time during a period of not less than three years prior to the proposed date of joining the Group. Certain less stringent conditions apply to other employees or former employees of the independent auditors.
 
A whistleblowing procedure has been established for the confidential and anonymous submission by employees of concerns regarding accounting, internal controls or auditing matters, in accordance with the requirements of section 301 of Sarbanes-Oxley. Should a call be received on the dedicated telephone line, the Company Secretary or the General Counsel would immediately report to the appropriate management all concerns raised. A course of action is agreed and a report is prepared for review at the next meeting of the Audit Committee, including details of actions taken to deal with the matters raised where the significance of the event warrants such an action. The Chairman of the Committee will report, if appropriate, whistleblowing claims to the Committee and the Board. The Companys Code of Conduct and Ethics includes the whistleblowing procedure. Calls to the designated telephone number, as well as direct contacts with management, are made from time to time, but no whistleblowing issues material to the Company were dealt with by the Committee during the year.
 
Shareholders are given the opportunity at the AGM to ask the Chairman of the Committee questions on this report and any other related matter.
 
David Richardson
Chairman, Audit Committee
 
24 February 2009
 
51

 
Remuneration Committee report
 
1.     Introduction
 
This report to shareholders sets out the membership of the Remuneration Committee and the names of the advisers who provided services to the Committee during the year ended 3 January 2009. The policies that have been followed by the Remuneration Committee during the year in determining the elements of executive remuneration are also set out, together with the policies and principles to be followed by the Committee over the next two years.
 
This report has been prepared in accordance with the Directors Remuneration Report Regulations 2002 (DRRR) which set out statutory requirements for the disclosure of Directors remuneration. The report also meets the relevant requirements of the Listing Rules of the UKLA and describes how the Board has applied the Principles of Good Governance relating to Directors remuneration. The DRRR require the independent auditors to report to the Companys members on the auditable parts of the Remuneration Committee report and to state whether, in their opinion, those parts of the report have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985.
 
The Board keeps under review the terms of reference for the Remuneration Committee which are based on current best practice contained in the model terms of reference set out in the Guidance Note produced by the Institute of Chartered Secretaries and Administrators. The principal responsibility of the Committee is to determine the framework or broad policy for the Companys executive remuneration and the remuneration of the Chairman of the Board, for approval by the Board. The remuneration of Non-Executive Directors is a matter for the Board itself. The terms of reference of the Remuneration Committee can be found under Governance in the Responsibilities area of the Companys website, www.tomkins.co.uk. In addition, the Company takes full account of the guidelines published by the Association of British Insurers and the National Association of Pension Funds.
 
During the year, the Remuneration Committee assessed and approved awards under the PSP. It also advanced the grant dates of PSP awards by three months to deal with timing issues related to the cessation of quarterly reporting, making a one-off 25% reduction in the value of the related awards to take account of the earlier grant. The Committee also made a technical amendment to the PSP award limits, which are expressed in terms of shares but relate to an underlying monetary value, in order to reinforce the principle of the PSP that a participant cannot exceed either the maximum shares or monetary value awarded by the Committee at the end of the performance period. The Committee also reviewed calculations relating to awards made to Directors under the ABIP and approved the granting of awards under the Sharesave Scheme. The annual base salary review for executives within the ABIP was carried out in accordance with the ABIP rules, using the 12-month average Retail Prices Index for UK executives (4.3%) and Consumer Price Index for US executives (4.2%).
 
Details of the emoluments, bonuses, benefits-in-kind, incentive arrangements (including share options and other long-term incentives), pensions and service contracts applicable to each Director who served during the year ended 3 January 2009 are given in this report, which will be put to the vote of shareholders at the forthcoming AGM.
 
2.     Membership of the Remuneration Committee and advisers
 
The Remuneration Committee is made up of the Chairman of the Board, and Non-Executive Directors whom the Board determined to be independent, as each was found to be free from any material business or other relationship with the Company (either directly or as a partner, shareholder or officer of an organisation that has a relationship with the Company). Accordingly, the Board believes that there are no such relationships that could materially interfere with the exercise of their independent judgement. The members of the Remuneration Committee throughout the year ended 3 January 2009 and as at that date, were John McDonough (Chairman), Richard Gillingwater, David Newlands and Leo Quinn and there were no changes to the membership of the Committee during the year. In June 2006, the Financial Reporting Council published an updated version of the Combined Code that, amongst other things, included a provision that permitted the Chairman to sit on the Remuneration Committee. David Newlands served as a member of the Remuneration Committee during the year.

The Committee consults with the CEO concerning matters of executive remuneration. The Committee appointed PA Consulting Group to provide independent verification of the cost of capital in respect of the Company’s PSP and to assist with briefing the Committee on issues relating to the ABIP and to the PSP, and to remuneration generally. Mercer Limited provided professional advice to the Company and to the trustees of the pension schemes of Tomkins and some of its subsidiaries in respect of their respective pension arrangements and Mercer Limited and Buck Consultants (Healthcare) Limited provided professional consultancy advice to Tomkins in respect of the placement and operation of life assurance.

Other than those consulting services mentioned above, PA Consulting Group, Mercer Limited and Buck Consultants (Healthcare) Limited had no connections with the Company.
 
52

Remuneration Committee report (continued)
 
 
 
3.     Statement of the Company’s policy on Directors’ remuneration (unaudited information)
 
The policies operated by the Company during the year and those to be applied over the next two years are set out below:
 
A.  Executive remuneration
 
The Companys policy on executive remuneration is that the Remuneration Committee and the Board should each satisfy itself that executives, including Executive Directors, are fairly rewarded for their individual contributions to the Groups performance. The Remuneration Committee has sought to ensure that Executive Directors receive a level of remuneration that is appropriate to their scale of responsibility and performance, and which will attract, motivate and retain individuals of the necessary calibre. The only pensionable element of Executive Directors remuneration is basic salary. This policy applies whether or not an Executive Director is a member of the Tomkins Retirement Benefits Plan or has a personal pension arrangement.
 
B.    Annual remuneration for executives
 
The Board recognises that one of its key objectives is to grow the value of the business for the benefit of shareholders and that such growth is strongly related, amongst other things, to the degree of entrepreneurial spirit in the Group. In order to create the necessary entrepreneurial impetus within an organisation, compensation arrangements are required which are similar to those that an owner of a business would seek. This has led to the adoption of a remuneration policy under which the levels of total remuneration are set in order to attract, retain and motivate executives.
 
The executive rewards at Tomkins have a standard composition, made up of three principal elements:
 
Base salary
 
 Annual Bonus Incentive Plan
 
 The Performance Share Plan
 
These standard elements form part of a carefully-designed system put in place between 2003 and 2006 to create an entrepreneurial focus on value creation. The process had three stages:
 
– 
first, we agreed a clear set of principles to guide system design
 
– 
secondly, we drafted system structures which would embody these principles
 
– 
finally, we calibrated each element of the system to ensure enhanced rewards for above-target performance  and reduced rewards for below-target performance.
 
Remuneration is benchmarked against a series of comparable UK companies as well as North American auto-component manufacturers and is provided through a combination of base salaries at median level or below and annual bonuses that have a direct and proportionate link to total value created for shareholders. This provides the incentive for executives to act like owners of the business. The Remuneration Committee and the Board believe that this more closely aligns the interests of shareholders and management whereby executives only receive substantial rewards when they have created exceptional value in the business.
 
Over time and subject to the achievement of value- creation, this policy is designed to lead to a realignment of the component parts of total executive remuneration, so that a greater part of the total package received by executives is made up of incentive pay with the remainder coming from base salaries at the median level or below. The performance targets for the ABIP and the PSP ensure that a substantial proportion of total remuneration is directly related to actual measurable performance. Further details of the ABIP and the PSP are set out in section 4B on pages 55 to 57.
 
C.    Non-Executive Directors’ fees and Chairman’s remuneration
 
The Executive Directors review the fees of Non- Executive Directors who play no part in determining their own remuneration. The Chairmans remuneration is determined by the Remuneration Committee and is approved by the Board. The Chairman takes no part in the discussions and decisions relating to his own remuneration. The review of Non-Executive Directors fees and the Chairmans remuneration takes place every two years, the last review having taken place on 1 January 2008 and the next one being due on 1 January 2010.
 
D.    Service contracts
 
The Companys policy on Directors service contracts is that service contracts and letters of appointment for Executive Directors normally provide for notice periods of no longer than 12 months. On appointment, a longer notice period may apply, but this will reduce over time to the normal 12 months notice period. Notwithstanding the provisions in an Executive Directors service contract or letter of appointment concerning termination payments, the Company will seek to reduce any compensation that may be payable to reflect the departing Directors obligation to mitigate loss.
 
E.     External appointments
 
The Companys policy on external appointments is that, with the approval of the Chairman of the Board, Executive Directors are permitted to hold appointments outside the Company. Any fees payable in connection with such appointments are normally retained by Directors unless otherwise agreed.
 
53

Remuneration Committee report (continued)
 
F.     Long-term incentives and share options
 
The Company has operated a number of share-based long-term incentive schemes in the past but, following a review of executive remuneration, the Remuneration Committee and Board expect the number of plans and schemes to reduce over time as they lapse and are not renewed or replaced. As previously reported, the Remuneration Committee and the Board decided not to continue with an executive share option scheme beyond 9 May 2005, the date on which the Company’s executive share option schemes lapsed. Following shareholder approval, the PSP was introduced.
 
The Company operates an employee savings related share option scheme, the Sharesave scheme, which applies to all UK employees.
 
G.    Retirement benefits
 
The Companys defined benefit pension plan was closed to new members in April 2002 and, since that time, the Companys policy has been that new employees, including Executive Directors and senior executives, will receive a payment from the Company to enable them to make contributions to pension plans of their choice on behalf of themselves and their dependants. No change to this policy is expected over the next two years.
 
4.     Elements of remuneration (audited information)
 
Executive remuneration is comprised of base salary, a bonus (in three parts: cash, bonus shares and deferred shares) and benefits-­in-kind. Non-Executive Directors are awarded a basic fee and fees for their work on Board Committees. The table below sets out the remuneration paid to each of the current Directors.
 
A.    Base salary, fees, bonuses and benefits-in-kind
 
                                       
Total emoluments
 
Directors’ emoluments
 
Basic
salary/fees
$000
   
Bonus
cash(1)
$000
   
Bonus
shares(1)
$000
   
Bonus
deferred
shares(2)
$000
   
Benefits-
in-kind(3)
$000
   
Pension contribution(5)
$000
   
Year ended
3 January
2009
$000
   
Year ended
29 December
2007
$000
 
Chairman                                                                
D B Newlands(4)
    407                        
            407       380  
Executive Directors
                                                               
J Nicol
    1,763       433(7)       108(7)       216(7)       73       661       3,254       4,794  
J W Zimmerman
(from 1 October 2007)
    573       203(8)       51(8)       102(8)       26       215       1,170       380(6)  
Non-Executive Directors
                                                               
R D Gillingwater(4)
    150                                     150       142  
J McDonough(4)
(from 14 June 2007)
    143                                     143       68  
L M Quinn(4)
(from 6 July 2007)
    119                                     119       62  
D H Richardson(4)
    124                                     124       124  
D D S Robertson(4)
    122                                     122       132  
      3,401       636       159       318       99       876       5,489       6,082  
 
Notes
(1)
Details of bonus payments in accordance with the Annual Bonus Incentive Plan are given in section B below.
(2)
Deferred shares are held under the Annual Bonus Incentive Plan.
(3)
Benefits-in-kind include medical cover, car and fuel benefits, and other benefits in accordance with their service contract.
(4)
On 4 August 2008, 2,000 shares were purchased for each of the Non-Executive Directors and 5,000 shares were purchased for the Chairman, at a market price of 127.50p per share. The cost of these shares formed part of their remuneration.
(5)
See section 6 ‘Retirement benefits’ below for more details.
(6)
The comparative figure for John Zimmerman relates to the 3 months from 1 October 2007 to 29 December 2007.
(7) Comparative figures for Jim Nicol's bonus elements for 2007 were $1,307,000 bonus cash, $326,000 in bonus shares and $652,000 in bonus deferred shares.
(8)
Comparative figures for John Zimmerman's bonus elements for the 3 months from 1 October 2007 to 29 December 2007 were $114,000 bonus cash, $28,000 in bonus shares and $56,000 in bonus deferred shares.
 
54

Remuneration Committee report (continued)
 
 
Chairman’s remuneration
 
With the assistance of PA Consulting and, having taken into consideration comparative remuneration data, the contribution made by the Chairman to the Companys affairs, the time he devotes to the Companys business and the extra responsibilities placed upon him arising from the changes in corporate governance requirements in the UK and the US, the Remuneration Committee recommended to the Board that his remuneration should be increased from £185,000 ($370,148) plus 2,000 Tomkins plc shares per annum, to £205,000 ($394,687) plus 5,000 Tomkins plc shares per annum with effect from 1 January 2008 for a two-year period. These recommendations were approved by the Board.
 
Non-Executive Directors’ fees
 
With the assistance of PA Consulting, the Executive Directors reviewed the fees paid to Non-Executive Directors and, having taken into consideration comparative remuneration data, the contribution made by individual Non-Executive Directors to the Company’s affairs, the time they devote to the Company’s business and the extra responsibilities placed upon them arising from the changes in corporate governance requirements in the UK and the US, approved an increase in the fees to the following with effect from 1 January 2008 for a two-year period:
 
Basic fee
 
£45,815 p.a. ($88,208) (previously £42,500 p.a. ($85,034)); plus 2,000 Tomkins shares p.a. (unchanged)
 
Additional fees
 
Audit Committee
 
Chairman: £16,170 p.a. ($31,132) (previously £15,000 p.a. ($30,012))
 
Other members: £8,085 p.a. ($15,566) (previously £7,500 p.a. ($15,006))
 
Remuneration Committee
 
Chairman: £10,780 p.a. ($20,755) (previously £10,000 p.a. ($20,008))
 
Other members: £5,390 p.a. ($10,377) (previously £5,000 p.a. ($10,004))
 
CSR Committee
 
Chairman: £13,475 p.a. ($25,943) (previously £12,500 p.a. ($25,010))
 
Other members: £5,390 p.a. ($10,377) (previously £5,000 p.a. ($10,004)) plus £1,617 per meeting day ($3,113) (previously £1,500 per meeting day ($3,001))
 
Senior Independent Director
 
£16,170 p.a. ($31,132) (previously £15,000 p.a. ($30,012))
 
B.    Current incentive schemes
 
Annual Bonus Incentive Plan
 
The Executive Directors and senior managers participate in the ABIP. Each participant in the ABIP receives a percentage of bonusable profit of the business for which he or she has responsibility. Bonusable profit is based on operating profit less a charge for tax, certain exceptional items and a charge for invested capital. The objective of the ABIP is to reward the senior executives for increasing the overall value created in the business. Accordingly, bonusable profit may increase at a faster rate than operating profit where the margin of the return over the cost of capital increases. This aligns the interests of management and shareholders. In arriving at bonusable profit, adjustments may be made for restructuring charges relating to strategic manufacturing initiatives to match the costs of the strategic manufacturing initiatives to the benefits over a period of up to three years. The charge for taxation reflects the ongoing charge for tax excluding any benefit from exceptional adjustments to tax provisions. The charge for invested capital is based on applying the estimated weighted average cost of capital to the average invested capital in the Group. The estimated weighted average cost of capital takes into account the capital structure of the Group and the costs associated with each element of capital. The method of calculation has been agreed by the Remuneration Committee and is subject to review each year. The invested capital is based on the book value of the Groups assets, excluding goodwill relating to acquisitions made prior to 30 December 1999. The cost of capital used in the calculation of bonusable profit for the year under review was 7.73%.
 
The Remuneration Committee carries out a detailed review of the computations involved and ensures that the rules are applied consistently. Furthermore, the independent auditors are asked to perform agreed-upon procedures on behalf of the Remuneration Committee on the calculations which underlie the computation of the bonusable profit. The incentive bonus of the Executive Directors is based on a percentage of the bonusable profit of the Group which, for the year ended 3 January 2009, was $63.6 million (2007: $192.1 million) and the respective bonusable profit percentages were: James Nicol (0.85%) and John Zimmerman (0.4%). James Nicol received through bonus cash and bonus shares the sum of $541,000 (2007: $1,633,000) and John Zimmerman received the sum of $254,000 (three months to December 2007: $142,000). Jim Nicol received through bonus deferred shares a further sum of $216,000 (2007: $652,000) and John Zimmerman received a sum of $102,000 (three months to December 2007: $56,000). Although there is no limit to the bonusable profit on which bonuses are calculated, inordinate growth in bonusable profit in any one year is unlikely to arise due to the nature of the Groups business.
 
55

Remuneration Committee report (continued)
 
 
4.    Elements of remuneration (audited information) (continued)
 
B.    Current incentive schemes (continued)
 
Annual Bonus Incentive Plan (continued)
 
The bonus awards are payable to senior participants, including Executive Directors, as to four-sevenths in cash, one-seventh in bonus shares and two-sevenths in deferred shares. The bonus awards payable to the remaining participants are as to three-quarters in cash, one-twelfth in bonus shares and one-sixth in deferred shares. The bonus is paid at the end of June, September and December based on 75% of the bonus earned to the end of the previous quarter, with the balance of the full entitlement to the bonus for the calendar year paid at the end of March following the calendar year-end. Bonus shares are restricted and vest only after a period of three years from the initial bonus award. Dividends are paid on the bonus shares. Deferred shares are awarded at the time of the initial bonus award but the vesting of the shares is conditional on continued employment with the Group for three years after the award. Dividends are not paid on the deferred shares until they have vested. On leaving the Company, the bonus shares will normally vest in full. In good leaver circumstances, the deferred shares will vest on a pro-rata basis.
 
As a condition of continued participation in the ABIP, senior participants, including Executive Directors, are required to retain shares with a value equivalent to one years total after-tax remuneration including bonus, based on an average of the previous three years. Remaining participants are required to hold shares with a value equivalent to one-half of one years total after- tax remuneration including bonus, based on an average of the previous three years. Increases in annual base salary of all participants, including Executive Directors, are restricted to the equivalent rate of increase in the Retail Prices Index (in the UK) or equivalent index in the country in which a participant works. The restrictions on the increases in salary, together with the growth in bonus, assuming increases in bonusable profit, will result in the incentive pay element of remuneration increasing over time. The share awards will increase the investment each of the participants, including Executive Directors, has in Tomkins plc shares.
 
The Tomkins 2006 Performance Share Plan
 
The PSP is a long-term incentive plan as detailed in the 2006 AGM circular. The purpose of the PSP is two-fold. First, to provide a share-based long-term incentive arrangement for senior executives that more closely aligns the interests of executives with shareholders. Secondly, the PSP is in substitution of the Companys legal obligation to the CEO to provide annual grants of options, which had previously been satisfied by the Executive Share Option Scheme that lapsed in May 2005. The Remuneration Committee considered the alternatives and, with the agreement of the CEO and the assistance of PA Consulting Group, devised a plan that achieves those aims. The PSP will provide rewards in future years only if shareholders have seen value created over the preceding three years. The Remuneration Committee and Board believe that this creates a better alignment between executive reward and the creation of shareholder value than a standard executive share option scheme. The PSP has four key features:
 
  (i)
the performance baseline is established which is equal to the cost of equity and if TSR (comprising dividends and increase in the share price) over three years does not exceed the cost of equity over the same three-year period, no award of shares will be made;
  (ii)
the award of shares will be proportional to the degree of performance over the baseline;
  (iii)
there is a cap on the quantum of share awards and the value of shares awarded at the end of the performance period; and
  (iv)
subject to TSR performance, awards will be made at the end of each three-year performance period.
 
56

Remuneration Committee report (continued)
 
 
The following maximum awards of Tomkins shares have been made to James Nicol and John Zimmerman under the PSP:
 
Director
Date of
award
Vesting
date
 
Maximum
number of
shares
Number
of shares
awarded at
end of
performance
period
Share price
required for
performance
baseline to
have been
achieved(3)
 
Share price
required
for full
vesting(3)
Maximum
value of award
shares at
end of
performance
period
£m
J Nicol
22 Nov 05(2)
22 Nov 08
1,041,666
302.50p
393.49p
4.0(1)
 
22 Nov 06
22 Nov 09
1,152,737
N/A
282.36p
361.66p
4.0
 
22 Nov 07
22 Nov 10
1,606,296
N/A
202.87p
257.12p
4.0
 
20 Aug 08
20 Aug 11
1,744,794
N/A
155.77p
195.62p
3.0
J W Zimmerman
22 Nov 05(2)
22 Nov 08
208,333
302.50p
393.49p
0.8(1)
 
22 Nov 06
22 Nov 09
230,547
N/A
282.36p
361.66p
0.8
 
22 Nov 07
22 Nov 10
481,889
N/A
202.87p
257.12p
1.2
 
20 Aug 08
20 Aug 11
523,438
N/A
155.77p
195.62p
0.9
 
(1)
Matured without award and lapsed
   
(2)
Awards with a performance period commencing on 22 November 2005 were approved by shareholders at the AGM on 22 May 2006.
   
(3)
Due to the nature of the performance criteria, it is impossible to provide exact minimum and maximum share prices that would be required for awards to begin to be made, and be made in full, at the end of the performance period. This is because future dividends and the relevant exchange rate to convert those dividends to sterling are unknown. The illustrative share prices in the above table assume constant dividends and exchange rates throughout the remainder of each of the performance periods.
 
Based on the assumptions above, the net value of outstanding awards based on the share price as at 3 January 2009 was $nil (2007: $nil).
 
The Tomkins 2005 Sharesave Scheme
 
This is a standard HM Revenue & Customs-approved savings related share option scheme which is open to employees who are resident for tax purposes in the UK.
 
C.    Closed incentive schemes
 
The following schemes are now closed.
 
The Tomkins Executive Share Option Scheme No. 3 and The Tomkins Executive Share Option Scheme No. 4
 
ESOS 3 and ESOS 4 lapsed for grant purposes on 9 May 2005 and the Remuneration Committee and the Board decided not to continue with an executive share option scheme beyond that date.
 
ESOS 3 was an HM Revenue & Customs-approved scheme. ESOS 4 was not approved by HM Revenue & Customs. The options under both schemes mature after three years. All outstanding ESOS 4 options were granted to participants within the limit of four times their annual earnings. The performance condition for all outstanding options under ESOS 3 and ESOS 4 required that the growth in Tomkins earnings per share must exceed the growth in the Retail Prices Index by an average of 2% per annum over a three-year period before an option can be exercised, which was in accordance with contemporary practice when the schemes were introduced in 1995.
 
The Tomkins Savings Related Share Option Scheme No. 2
 
This was a standard HM Revenue & Customs-approved savings related share option scheme which lapsed for grant purposes on 9 May 2005.
 
The Tomkins Share Matching Scheme
 
Awards which had been made under a now expired scheme known as The Tomkins Restricted Share Plan and which had vested, were eligible for matching awards for the same number of shares under the SMS. Such awards could be for up to two conditional share matching awards vesting a further two years and four years respectively after the end of the original restricted period. The final grant of SMS awards vested during 2007 and the SMS has therefore now expired. With shareholder approval, this share scheme was introduced in 1996 with no performance conditions attached and, accordingly, it did not comply with Schedule A of the Combined Code.
 
57

Remuneration Committee report (continued)
 
 
4.     Elements of remuneration (audited information) (continued)
 
C.    Closed incentive schemes (continued)
 
Tomkins Premium Priced Option
 
This was an option specifically and solely granted to James Nicol as part of the incentive package to ensure he joined Tomkins. No performance conditions were attached to this option and it therefore does not comply with Schedule A of the Combined Code. It consists of a non-transferable option to acquire 5,076,142 shares. The exercise price was 197p per share in respect of 2,538,072 shares (A option shares), 276p per share in respect of 1,522,842 shares (B option shares) and 345p per share in respect of 1,015,228 shares (C option shares). The options have all vested and will lapse on 11 February 2012 or earlier in certain circumstances.
 
Ongoing option
 
This is an option specifically and solely granted to James Nicol on 11 February 2002 as part of the incentive package to attract him to the Company. It consists of a non-transferable option to acquire 1,522,842 shares at 197p per share, which became exercisable on 18 February 2005 provided the rate of increase of earnings per share over any three-year period was equal to or greater than the rate of increase of the Retail Prices Index plus 9%. This performance condition was met and the option has been exercised in respect of 972,842 shares. The option will lapse on 11 February 2012 or earlier in certain circumstances. If there is a variation in the share capital of the Company, the Remuneration Committee may adjust the number of shares in either the Tomkins Premium Priced Option or the Ongoing Option as it reasonably deems appropriate to take account of the variation.
 
Directors’ share options
 
 
As at 3 January 2009
and 29 December 2007
 
Period of exercise
 
No.
 
From
To
J Nicol
9,409,642
 
4 Jan 09
28 Nov 14
J W Zimmerman
225,000
 
4 Jan 09
28 Nov 14
 
There were no movements in Directors' share options during the year.
 
The table below details the weighted average price each Director would have had to pay to exercise his options and how much they were worth in monetary terms at the year-end and prior year-end.
 
   
Weighted average
exercise price (p)
as at 3 January 2009
   
Weighted average
exercise price (p)
as at 29 December 2007
   
Net value of unexercised options
 
   
Exercise price exceeds
market price
   
Market price exceeds
exercise price
   
Exercise price
exceeds
market price
   
Market price
exceeds
exercise price
   
As at
3 January
2009
£000
    As at
29 December
2007
£000
 
J Nicol
    242.36             242.36                    
J W Zimmerman
    256.31             256.31                    
 
The closing mid-market price of a Tomkins share as at 3 January 2009 was 133.50p with a range of closing prices during the year 30 December 2007 to 3 January 2009 of 93.5p to 194.75p.
 
Options included in the above table at 3 January 2009 relate to ESOS 4 (J Nicol 3,775,486 shares and J Zimmerman 225,000 shares) and, in the case of James Nicol, SAYE 2 (8,014 shares), the Premium Priced Option (5,076,142 shares) and the Ongoing Option (550,000 shares).
 
The Tomkins Share Matching Scheme
 
The value of entitlements held under the SMS was £nil and therefore no current Director was required to retain shares in this respect as at both 3 January 2009 and 29 December 2007.
 
During the year, no shares vested to Directors under the SMS (2007: 4,061 shares worth $15,000).
 
Directors’ interests in Tomkins shares at 3 January 2009
 
The Directors current interests in Tomkins shares are set out on page 41 and, in the case of the Executive Directors, where appropriate these included shares held through their participation in the ABIP.
 
58

Remuneration Committee report (continued)
 
 
5.    Performance graph (unaudited information)
 
The graph below plots TSR on a holding in the Companys shares for each of the past five years ended 31 December, measured against the performance of the FTSE Industrial Engineering Index.
 
This index was chosen because its major constituents are, like Tomkins, moderately-diversified engineering groups with significant manufacturing operations outside the home UK market.
 
 
 
6.    Retirement benefits (audited information)
 
James Nicol and John Zimmerman were not entitled to any retirement benefits defined in terms of final or average salary but, in 2008, they received a payment at an annual rate of 37.5% of their basic salary to enable them to make contributions to retirement benefit schemes of their choice on behalf of themselves and their dependants. For the year ended 3 January 2009, this amounted to $661,000 (2007: $660,000) for James Nicol and $215,000 for John Zimmerman (2007: payments totalling $42,000 made to defined contribution pension plans on behalf of John Zimmerman from 1 October 2007 to the end of December 2007).
 
7.    Service contracts (unaudited information)
 
A summary of the service contract or letter of appointment of each of the Directors is as follows:
 
James Nicol – Chief Executive Officer
 
The Company and James Nicol entered into a contract dated 11 February 2002 which set out the terms and conditions under which he joined the Company as Chief Executive Officer on 18 February 2002. The contract remains in force until terminated by either party giving notice of not less than 12 months. Mr Nicol has been a Director for seven years.
 
John Zimmerman – Finance Director (from 1 October 2007)
 
John Zimmerman’s contract was signed on 18 February 2008 with an effective start date of 1 October 2007. The contract can be terminated by John Zimmerman by giving six months’ notice or by the Company with immediate effect. Termination by the Company would under normal circumstances result in the equivalent of 12 months’ salary and bonus being due to Mr Zimmerman in lieu of a notice period. Mr Zimmerman has been a Director for one year and four months.
 
Non-Executive Directors
 
None of the Non-Executive Directors has a service contract with the Company, their terms of engagement being set out in a letter of appointment. Ordinarily, Non-Executive Directors serve for a period of two years but, subject to agreement with the Board, a Non-Executive Director can be reappointed for a further term of up to three years. The appointment of Non-Executive Directors may be terminated before the conclusion of their two-year term by, and at the discretion of, either party upon two weeks written notice.
 
In the case of David Newlands, the appointment is for a term of three years and may be terminated at any time by either party giving one months written notice. None of the Non- Executive Directors is entitled to compensation for loss of office. The dates from which the respective letters of appointment are effective and the Directors length of service are as follows: Richard Gillingwater: 20 December 2007, three years and one month; David Newlands: 18 February 2009, nine years and six months; John McDonough: 14 June 2007, one year and eight months; Leo Quinn: 6 July 2007, one year and seven months; David Richardson: 1 March 2008, two years and eleven months and Struan Robertson: 20 December 2007, three years and one month.
 
59

Remuneration Committee report (continued)
 
 
8.    Former Directors (audited information)
 
No payments were made to former Directors during the year (2007: $152,000).
 
The amounts awarded to former Directors in 2007 for comparative purposes were as follows: K Lever (to 1 October 2007) $3,307,000; J M J Keenan (to 13 June 2007) $50,000; I J G Napier (from 14 June to 13 December 2007) $60,000; and Sir Brian Pitman (to 13 June 2007) $52,000. The £1,822,000 ($3,645,000) disclosed in the 2007 Annual Report in respect of Ken Lever included a compensation for loss of office payment of £1,006,000 ($2,013,000). This amount included an over-accrual of $338,000 (£169,000), as a reduced amount was paid out in 2008 in the form of a bonus under the ABIP.
 
9.    Sums paid to third parties in respect of a Director’s services (audited information)
 
No amounts are paid to third parties in respect of a Directors services to the Company or any company within the Group.
 
10.  Sums received by Executive Directors from other external directorships (audited information)
 
James Nicol and John Zimmerman hold no external directorships.
 
Compliance statement
 
The Company complies with the requirements of Schedule 7A of the Companies Act 1985 and the Listing Rules of the UKLA unless otherwise indicated. In preparing this report, the Remuneration Committee has given full consideration to the provisions set out in Schedule B to the Combined Code.
 
This Report has been approved by the Remuneration Committee and the Board and signed on their behalf by
 
John McDonough
Chairman, Remuneration Committee
 
24 February 2009
 
 
60

 
 
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
 
Financial statements
 
The Directors are required by UK company law to prepare consolidated financial statements of the Group and individual financial statements of the Company for each financial year.
 
Group
 
The Directors are required by law to prepare the Groups financial statements in accordance with the Companies Act 1985, IFRS and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.
 
The Directors are required to ensure that the Groups financial statements present fairly for each financial year the Groups financial position, financial performance and cash flows which requires the faithful representation of the effects of transactions, other events and conditions in accordance with the definition and recognition criteria for assets, liabilities, income and expenses set out in the IASBs “Framework for the Preparation and Presentation of Financial Statements”.
 
In preparing the Groups financial statements, the Directors are required to select and apply accounting policies, present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and understandable information, and provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements of IFRS is insufficient to enable users to understand the impact of particular transactions, other events and conditions on the Groups financial position, financial performance or cash flows.
 
Company
 
The Directors have prepared the Companys financial statements in accordance with UK GAAP, rather than IFRS.
 
The Directors are required by law to ensure that the Companys financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company at the end of the financial year and of its profit or loss for the financial year. However, the Directors are permitted by section 230 of the Companies Act 1985 not to include the Companys profit and loss account in the financial statements.
 
In preparing the Companys financial statements, the Directors are required to select suitable accounting policies and apply them consistently, make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent, and state whether applicable accounting standards have been followed subject to any material departures that must be disclosed and explained in the financial statements.
 
Accounting records
 
The Directors are responsible for ensuring that proper accounting records are kept which disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and that of the Group, and which enable them to ensure that the financial statements of the Company and those of the Group comply with applicable law.
 
Safeguarding assets
 
The Directors are responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company and those of the Group and hence for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.
 
Directors’ remuneration
 
The Directors are responsible for including in the Annual Report a report on Directors remuneration which complies with the requirements of the Companies Act 1985.
 
Website
 
The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the financial information contained on the Companys website, www.tomkins.co.uk. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.
 
Directors’ responsibility statement
 
In accordance with the Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority, each of the Directors confirms that to the best of his knowledge:
 
the Groups financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS and give a true and fair view of the Groups assets, liabilities and financial position as at 3 January 2009 and of its loss for the financial year then ended; and
the Directors report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Group, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that the Group faces.
 
Disclosure of information to auditors
 
In accordance with section 234ZA of the Companies Act 1985, each of the Directors confirms, with respect to the audit of the financial statements of the Company and those of the Group, that:
 
so far as he is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the auditors are unaware; and
he has taken all the steps that he ought to have taken as a Director in order to make himself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the auditors are aware of that information.
 
Approved by the Board on 24 February 2009 and signed on its behalf by:
 
David Newlands
Chairman
 
61

 
Independent auditors’ report
 
To the members of Tomkins plc
 
We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Tomkins plc and its subsidiaries (together, “the Group”) for the year ended 3 January 2009 (“the Groups financial statements”) which comprise the consolidated income statement, the consolidated cash flow statement, the consolidated balance sheet, the consolidated statement of recognised income and expense, the reconciliation of changes in consolidated shareholders equity and the related notes 1 to 50. The Groups financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the accounting policies set out therein. We have also audited the information in the Remuneration Committees report that is described as having been audited.
 
We have reported separately on the individual financial statements of Tomkins plc for the year ended 3 January 2009.
 
This report is made solely to the Companys members, as a body, in accordance with section 235 of the Companies Act 1985. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Companys members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditors report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Companys members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.
 
Respective responsibilities of Directors and auditors
 
The Directors responsibilities for preparing the Annual Report, the Remuneration Committee report and the Groups financial statements in accordance with applicable law and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as adopted for use in the European Union are set out in the statement of Directors responsibilities on page 61.
 
Our responsibility is to audit the Groups financial statements in accordance with relevant legal and regulatory requirements and International Standards on Auditing (United Kingdom and Ireland).
 
We report to you our opinion as to whether the Groups financial statements give a true and fair view, whether the Groups financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985 and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation and whether the part of the Remuneration Committee report described as having been audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985. We also report to you whether, in our opinion, the information given in the Directors report is consistent with the Groups financial statements.
 
In addition, we report to you if, in our opinion, we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit, or if information specified by law regarding Directors remuneration and other transactions is not disclosed.
 
We review whether the corporate governance statement within the Directors report reflects the Companys compliance with the nine provisions of the 2006 Combined Code specified for our review by the Listing Rules of the Financial Services Authority, and we report if it does not. We are not required to consider whether the Boards statements on internal control cover all risks and controls, or form an opinion on the effectiveness of the Groups corporate governance procedures or its risk and control procedures.
 
We read the other information contained in the Annual Report as described in the contents section and consider whether it is consistent with the Groups financial statements. We consider the implications for our report if we become aware of any apparent misstatements or material inconsistencies with the Groups financial statements. Our responsibilities do not extend to any further information outside the Annual Report.
 
Basis of audit opinion
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (United Kingdom and Ireland) issued by the Auditing Practices Board. An audit includes examination, on a test basis, of evidence relevant to the amounts and disclosures in the Groups financial statements and the part of the Remuneration Committee report to be audited. It also includes an assessment of the significant estimates and judgements made by the Directors in the preparation of the Groups financial statements, and of whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the Groups circumstances, consistently applied and adequately disclosed.
 
We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the information and explanations which we considered necessary in order to provide us with sufficient evidence to give reasonable assurance that the Groups financial statements and the part of the Remuneration Committee report to be audited are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or other irregularity or error. In forming our opinion we also evaluated the overall adequacy of the presentation of information in the Groups financial statements and the part of the Remuneration Committee report to be audited.
 
Opinion
 
In our opinion:
 
the Groups financial statements give a true and fair view, in accordance with IFRS as adopted for use in the European Union, of the state of the Groups affairs as at 3 January 2009 and of its loss for the year then ended;
   
the Groups financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985 and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation;
   
the part of the Remuneration Committee report described as having been audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985; and
   
the information given in the Directors report is consistent with the Groups financial statements.
 
Separate opinion in relation to IFRS
 
As explained in note 3 to the Groups financial statements, the Group, in addition to complying with its legal obligation to comply with IFRS as adopted for use in the European Union, has also complied with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).
 
In our opinion the Groups financial statements give a true and fair view, in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, of the state of the Groups affairs as at 3 January 2009 and of its loss for the year then ended.
 
Deloitte LLP
Chartered Accountants and Registered Auditors
London
 
24 February 2009
 
62

 
Consolidated income statement
 
 
Note
   
Year ended
3 January
2009
$ million
   
Year ended
29 December
2007
$ million
   
Year ended
30 December
2006
$ million
   
Continuing operations                          
Sales
    5       5,515.9       5,886.1       5,746.1    
Cost of sales
            (4,023.7 )     (4,284.6 )     (4,165.9 )  
Gross profit
            1,492.2       1,601.5       1,580.2    
Distribution costs
            (584.5 )     (578.4 )     (564.3 )  
Administrative expenses
            (512.8 )     (500.6 )     (478.4 )  
Impairments
    6       (342.4 )     (0.8 )     (2.9 )  
Restructuring costs
    7       (26.0 )     (27.6 )     (23.9 )  
Net gain on disposals and on the exit of businesses
    7       43.0       91.4       5.7    
Restructuring initiatives
            17.0       63.8       (18.2 )  
Share of (loss)/profit of associates
            (2.1 )     0.8       2.8    
Operating profit
            67.4       586.3       519.2    
                                   
Interest payable
    9       (137.8 )     (142.1 )     (142.6 )  
Investment income
    10       87.8       86.8       73.3    
Other finance expense
    11       (25.0 )     (5.6 )     (1.3 )  
Net finance costs
            (75.0 )     (60.9 )     (70.6 )  
(Loss)/profit before tax
            (7.6 )     525.4       448.6    
Income tax expense
    12       (38.4 )     (139.9 )     (65.6 )  
(Loss)/profit for the period from continuing operations
            (46.0 )     385.5       383.0    
 
                                 
Discounted operations
                                 
Loss for the period from discontinued operations
    13             (66.7 )      (21.3 )  
(Loss)/profit for the period
    14       (46.0 )     318.8       361.7    
Minority interests
            (18.1 )     (25.0 )      (20.5 )  
(Loss)/profit for the period attributable to equity shareholders
            (64.1 )     293.8       341.2    
 
                                 
(Loss)/earnings per share
                                 
Basic
                                 
Continuing operations
            (7.29 ) c   41.42   c   43.21    
Discounted operations
              c   (7.66 ) c   (2.54 )  
Total operations
    15       (7.29 ) c  
33.76
  c   40.67    
                             
Diluted
         
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Continuing operations
         
(7.29
)
c 
40.91
 
42.13
 
c
Discontinued operations
         
 
c
(7.54
(2.41
)
c
Total operations
    15       (7.29 )
c
  33.37  
c
  39.72  
c
                                   
Dividends per ordinary share     16       13.02  
c
  27.68  
c
  27.26  
c
 
63

 
Consolidated cash flow statement
 
   
Note
   
Year ended
3 January
2009
$ million
   
Year ended
29 December
2007
$ million
   
Year ended
30 December
2006
$ million
 
Operating activities                        
Cash generated from operations
    18       628.7       638.7       607.8  
Income taxes paid             (116.3 )     (110.4 )     (151.8 )
Income taxes received
            31.8       24.2       9.4  
Net cash inflow from operating activities
            544.2       552.5       465.4  
Investing activities
                               
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
            (183.2 )     (231.3 )     (193.8 )
Purchase of computer software
            (10.6 )     (5.2 )     (38.3 )
Capitalisation of development costs
            (0.6 )     (0.4 )     (0.6 )
Disposal of property, plant and equipment
            7.9       39.6       25.9  
Purchase of available-for-sale investments
            (0.1 )     (0.2 )     (0.2 )
Sale of available-for-sale investments
            1.6       0.6       0.6  
Purchase of interests in associates
            (10.4 )     (3.8 )     (3.5 )
Purchase of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired
    44       (65.0 )     (17.0 )     (201.0 )
Sale of businesses and subsidiaries, net of cash disposed
    45       124.6       216.3       12.5  
Interest received
            11.2       12.2       18.7  
Dividends received from associates
            0.6       1.4       0.6  
Net cash (outflow)/inflow from investing activities
            (124.0 )     12.2       (379.1 )
Financing activities
                               
Issue of ordinary shares
            0.2       2.4       27.3  
Redemption of convertible cumulative preference shares
                  (1.2 )      
Draw-down of bank and other loans
            114.6       8.4       102.5  
Repayment of bank and other loans
            (15.6 )     (289.9 )     (51.2 )
(Payments)/receipts on foreign currency derivatives
            (178.6 )     (16.3 )     59.9  
Capital element of finance lease rental payments
            (2.8 )     (3.2 )     (3.8 )
Interest element of finance lease rental payments
            (0.5 )     (1.4 )     (1.1 )
Decrease in collateralised cash
            0.7       2.4       2.6  
Purchase of own shares
            (4.7 )     (6.9 )     (8.7 )
Interest paid
            (55.0 )     (64.8 )     (71.1 )
Equity dividend paid
            (246.2 )     (247.3 )     (217.3 )
Preference dividend paid
                  (2.0 )     (13.0 )
Investment by a minority shareholder in a subsidiary
            0.4       3.8       5.9  
Dividend paid to a minority shareholder in a subsidiary
            (13.5 )     (14.4 )     (14.7 )
Net cash outflow from financing activities
            (401.0 )     (630.4 )     (182.7 )
Increase/(decrease) in net cash and cash equivalents
            19.2       (65.7 )     (96.4 )
Net cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period
            280.2       326.4       378.6  
Foreign currency translation
            (21.2 )     19.5       44.2  
Net cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period
            278.2       280.2       326.4  
                           
Analysis of net cash and cash equivalents:
         
As at
   
As at
   
As at
 
           
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
           
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
           
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Cash and cash equivalents
            291.9       295.9       337.6  
Bank overdrafts
            (13.7 )     (15.7 )     (11.2 )
              278.2       280.2       326.4  
 
As at 3 January 2009, the Group’s net debt was $476.4 million (29 December 2007: $591.5 million).
 
A reconciliation of the change in net cash and cash equivalents to the movement in net debt is presented in note 18.
 
64

 
Consolidated balance sheet
 
       
As at 
 
As at 
       
3 January 
 
29 December 
       
2009 
 
2007 
   
Note 
 
$ million 
 
$ million 
Non-current assets 
           
Goodwill 
 
19 
 
415.9 
 
660.0 
Other intangible assets 
 
20 
 
108.8 
 
93.1 
Property, plant and equipment 
 
21 
 
1,167.3 
 
1,414.4 
Investments in associates 
 
22 
 
20.3 
 
17.7 
Trade and other receivables 
 
24 
 
105.9 
 
24.9 
Deferred tax assets 
 
36 
 
64.8 
 
47.4 
Post-employment benefit surpluses 
 
34 
 
5.3 
 
7.2 
 
     
1,888.3 
 
2,264.7 
Current assets 
           
Inventories 
 
23 
 
772.4 
 
799.8 
Trade and other receivables 
 
24 
 
769.7 
 
989.1 
Income tax recoverable 
     
47.6 
 
29.5 
Available-for-sale investments 
 
26 
 
0.8 
 
3.0 
Cash and cash equivalents 
 
27 
 
291.9 
 
295.9 
       
1,882.4 
 
2,117.3 
Assets held for sale 
 
28 
 
 
 
90.9 
Total assets 
     
3,770.7 
 
4,472.9 
Current liabilities 
     
 
   
Bank overdrafts 
 
29 
 
(13.7) 
 
(15.7) 
Bank and other loans 
 
29 
 
(29.5) 
 
(39.8) 
Obligations under finance leases 
 
30 
 
(1.5) 
 
(1.8) 
Trade and other payables 
 
31 
 
(650.1) 
 
(738.7) 
Income tax liabilities 
 
 
 
(17.9) 
 
(28.7) 
Provisions 
 
37 
 
(48.8) 
 
(50.2) 
       
(761.5) 
 
(874.9) 
Non-current liabilities 
         
 
Bank and other loans 
 
29 
 
(762.9) 
 
(820.5) 
Obligations under finance leases 
 
30 
 
(5.4) 
 
(7.8) 
Trade and other payables 
 
31 
 
(51.6) 
 
(43.2) 
Post-employment benefit obligations 
 
34 
 
(333.6) 
 
(306.5) 
Deferred tax liabilities 
 
36 
 
(29.7) 
 
(42.2) 
Income tax liabilities 
 
 
 
(63.5) 
 
(67.6) 
Provisions 
 
37 
 
(23.2) 
 
(27.3) 
       
(1,269.9) 
 
(1,315.1) 
Liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale 
 
28 
 
 
 
(28.1) 
Total liabilities 
     
(2,031.4) 
 
(2,218.1) 
Net assets 
     
1,739.3 
 
2,254.8 
Capital and reserves 
           
Ordinary share capital 
 
38 
 
79.6 
 
65.5 
Share premium account 
 
38 
 
799.1 
 
679.4 
Deferred shares 
 
39 
 
0.1 
 
 
Own shares 
 
40 
 
(14.9) 
 
(18.9) 
Capital redemption reserve 
 
41 
 
921.7 
 
718.8 
Currency translation reserve 
 
41 
 
(169.6) 
 
313.7 
Available-for-sale reserve 
 
41 
 
(1.0) 
 
(0.2) 
(Accumulated deficit)/retained profit 
 
41 
 
(4.2) 
 
379.5 
Shareholders’ equity 
     
1,610.8 
 
2,137.8 
Minority interests 
 
42 
 
128.5 
 
117.0 
Total equity 
     
1,739.3 
 
2,254.8 

Approved by the Board on 24 February 2009 and signed on its behalf by:
 
J Nicol Director
J W Zimmerman Director
 
65

 
Consolidated statement of recognised income and expense
 
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
(Loss)/profit for the period 
    (46.0 )      318.8       361.7  
Net (expense)/income recognised directly in equity 
                       
(Loss)/gain on available-for-sale investments 
    (1.0 )      (0.8 )      1.1  
Post-employment benefits: 
                       
– Net actuarial (loss)/gain
    (98.8 )     95.9       38.0  
Effect of the asset ceiling
    12.3       (43.8 )     (1.6 )
Currency translation differences on foreign operations: 
                 
– Subsidiaries 
    (211.7 )      109.2       (305.1 ) 
– Associates 
    (3.2 )      0.6       (0.9 ) 
Gain/(loss) on net investment hedges 
    57.2       (27.2 )      127.6  
Currency translation differences on change of presentation currency 
          36.1       227.8  
Income tax benefit/(expense) on items taken directly to equity 
    14.3       (12.6 )      (1.8 ) 
      (230.9 )      157.4       85.1  
Transfers from equity to the income statement 
                       
Gain realised on the sale of available-for-sale investments 
    (1.2 )      (0.6 )      (0.4 ) 
Currency translation differences on foreign operations sold 
    6.7       28.4        
      5.5       27.8       (0.4 ) 
Total recognised income and expense for the period 
    (271.4 )      504.0       446.4  
                         
Attributable to:
                       
Equity shareholders     (287.8 )     474.4       421.8  
Minority interests     16.4       29.6       24.6  
      (271.4 )     504.0       446.4  
 
 
Reconciliation of changes in consolidated shareholders’ equity
 
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Shareholders’ equity at the beginning of the period 
    2,137.8       1,769.2       1,140.8  
Total recognised income and expense attributable to equity shareholders 
    (287.8 )      474.4       421.8  
Dividends on ordinary shares 
    (246.2 )      (247.3 )      (217.3 ) 
Ordinary shares issued: 
                       
– Conversion of convertible cumulative preference shares 
          130.0       390.7  
– Exercise of employee share options 
    0.2       2.4       27.4  
Purchase of own shares 
    (4.7 )      (6.9 )      (8.7 ) 
Cost of share-based incentives 
    11.5       16.0       14.5  
Net (reduction in)/addition to shareholders’ equity during the period 
    (527.0 )      368.6       628.4  
Shareholders’ equity at the end of the period 
    1,610.8       2,137.8       1,769.2  
 
66

 
Notes to the financial statements
 
1.    Nature of operations
 
Tomkins plc and its subsidiaries comprise a global engineering and manufacturing business. The Group is organised for management reporting purposes into two principal business groups: Industrial & Automotive and Building Products.
 
Industrial & Automotive manufactures a wide range of systems and components for car, truck and industrial equipment manufacturing markets, and industrial and automotive aftermarkets throughout the world. Industrial & Automotive is comprised of four operating segments: Power Transmission, Fluid Power, Fluid Systems and Other Industrial & Automotive.
 
Building Products is comprised of two operating segments: Air Systems Components and Other Building Products. Air Systems Components supplies the industrial and residential heating, ventilation and air conditioning market, mainly in North America. Other Building Products manufactures a variety of products for the building and construction industries, mainly in North America.
 
2.    Transition to reporting in US dollars
 
Over recent years, the focus of the Groups acquisition activity has been overseas and there has been a reduction in the relative importance of its UK operations. The Groups principal operations are based in the US and the majority of the Groups profit is generated in US dollars. Against this background, the Directors consider that the Companys functional currency changed from sterling to the US dollar at the beginning of 2008.
 
Consistent with the change in the Companys functional currency, the Group changed its presentation currency from sterling to the US dollar with effect from the beginning of 2008. Comparative figures for 2007 and 2006 have been re-presented in US dollars.
 
The change of the Groups presentation currency and that of the Companys functional currency were accounted for in accordance with IAS 21 “The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates”.
 
On the change of the Groups presentation currency, comparative figures previously reported in sterling were translated into US dollars as follows:
 
income and expenses were translated at the average exchange rate for the relevant period;  
 
assets and liabilities were translated at the closing exchange rate on the relevant balance sheet date; and
 
equity items were translated at historical exchange rates.
 
The exchange rates used were as follows:
 
 
2007
2006
2005
2004
 
£1=$
£1=$
£1=$
£1=$
Average rate
2.00
1.83
1.82
1.83
Closing rate
1.99
1.96
1.72
1.92
 
As a result of the change of the Groups presentation currency, a currency translation difference of $338.8 million was recognised in equity as at 29 December 2007 which represented the difference between the Groups assets and liabilities translated from sterling into US dollars at the closing exchange rate on that date of £1=$1.99 and the equity items recognised in the consolidated financial statements that were translated from sterling into US dollars at historical exchange rates.
 
The currency translation difference arose as follows:
 
   
$ million
 
Ordinary share capital
    (22.6 )
Share premium account
    (112.4 )
Own shares
    3.4  
Capital redemption reserve
    (202.9 )
Currency translation reserve
    17.7  
Minority interests
    (22.0 )
      (338.8 )
 
The change of the Companys functional currency was accounted for prospectively from the beginning of 2008. Accordingly, the assets, liabilities and equity items of the Company as at 29 December 2007 were translated from sterling into US dollars at the closing exchange rate on that date of £1=$1.99.
 
As a consequence of applying the closing exchange rate rather than historical exchange rates to the equity items of the Company, $334.5 million of the currency translation difference arising on the change of the Groups presentation currency was transferred from the cumulative currency translation reserve back to the equity items of the Company that are recognised as equity items in the consolidated financial statements.
 
The currency translation difference transferred may be analysed as follows:
 
   
$ million
 
Ordinary share capital
    22.6  
Share premium account
    112.4  
Own shares
    (3.4 )
Capital redemption reserve
    202.9  
      334.5  
 
67

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
3.    Principal accounting policies
 
A.    Basis of preparation
 
The consolidated financial statements on pages 63 to 134 have been prepared on a going concern basis in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards adopted for use in the European Union and, except as described under the heading “Financial instruments”, under the historical cost convention.
 
From the Groups perspective, there are no applicable differences between IFRS adopted for use in the European Union and IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and therefore the financial statements also comply with IFRS as issued by the IASB.
 
The Groups principal accounting policies are unchanged compared with the year ended 29 December 2007.
 
During the period, the Group adopted the following accounting pronouncements that are relevant to its operations, neither of which had any impact on its results or financial position:
 
IFRS 8 “Operating Segments” (adopted early)
   
IFRIC 14 “IAS 19  The Limit on a Defined Benefit Asset, Minimum Funding Requirements and their Interaction”
 
The Groups annual financial statements are drawn up to the Saturday nearest 31 December. These financial statements cover the 53 week period from 30 December 2007 to 3 January 2009 (“2008”) with comparative figures for the 52 week periods from 31 December 2006 to 29 December 2007 (“2007”) and from 1 January 2006 to 30 December 2006 (“2006”).
 
B.    Basis of consolidation
 
The consolidated financial statements include the results, cash flows and assets and liabilities of the Company and its subsidiaries, and the Groups share of the results and net assets of its associates.
 
A subsidiary is an entity controlled, either directly or indirectly, by the Company, where control is the power to govern the financial and operating policies of the entity so as to obtain benefit from its activities. The results of a subsidiary acquired during the period are included in the Groups results from the effective date of acquisition. The results of a subsidiary sold during the period are included in the Groups results up to the effective date of disposal.
 
Where accumulated losses applicable to a minority interest in a subsidiary exceed the minoritys interest in the equity of the subsidiary, the excess is allocated to the Groups interest in the subsidiary, except to the extent that the minority has a binding obligation and is able to make an additional investment to cover its share of the accumulated losses.
 
Intra-Group transactions and balances, and any unrealised gains and losses arising from intra-Group transactions, are eliminated on consolidation.
 
C.    Associates
 
An associate is an entity over which the Company, either directly or indirectly, is in a position to exercise significant influence by participating in, but not controlling or jointly controlling, the financial and operating policies of the entity.
 
Associates are accounted for using the equity method. Losses of an associate in excess of the Groups interest in the entity are not recognised, except to the extent that the Group has incurred obligations on behalf of the entity. Profits and losses recognised by the Company or its subsidiaries on transactions with an associate are eliminated to the extent of the Groups interest in the associate concerned.
 
D.    Foreign currency translation
 
At entity level, transactions denominated in foreign currencies are translated into the entitys functional currency at the exchange rate ruling on the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the exchange rate ruling on the balance sheet date. Currency translation differences are recognised in the income statement.
 
On consolidation, the results of foreign operations are translated into the Groups presentation currency at the average exchange rate for the period and their assets and liabilities are translated into the Groups presentation currency at the exchange rate ruling on the balance sheet date. Currency translation differences are recognised directly in equity in the currency translation reserve.
 
In the event that a foreign operation is sold, the gain or loss on disposal recognised in the income statement is determined after taking into account the cumulative currency translation differences that are attributable to the operation. On adoption of IFRS, the Group elected to deem cumulative currency translation differences to be $nil. Accordingly, the gain or loss recognised on disposal of a foreign operation does not include currency translation differences that arose before 4 January 2004.
 
In the cash flow statement, the cash flows of foreign operations are translated into the Groups presentation currency at the average exchange rate for the period.
 
68

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
E.    Revenue
 
Revenue from the sale of goods is measured at the invoiced amount net of returns, early settlement discounts, rebates and sales taxes and is recognised only where there is persuasive evidence of a sales agreement, the delivery of goods has occurred, the sale price is fixed or determinable and the collectability of revenue is reasonably assured.
 
Interest income is accrued on a time basis using the effective interest method.
 
Dividend income is recognised when payment is received.
 
F.    Restructuring initiatives
 
Restructuring initiatives comprise expenses incurred in major projects undertaken to rationalise and improve the cost competitiveness of the Group and consequential gains and losses arising on the exit and disposal of businesses or on the disposal of assets.
 
G.    Goodwill
 
Business combinations are accounted for using the purchase method.
 
Goodwill arises on the acquisition of interests in subsidiaries and associates. Goodwill represents any excess of the cost of acquisition over the interest acquired by the Group in the fair value of the entitys identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities at the date of acquisition.
 
Goodwill in respect of an acquired subsidiary is recognised as an intangible asset and is allocated to the CGU or group of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the acquisition. Goodwill is not amortised but tested at least annually for impairment and carried at cost less any recognised impairment.
 
Goodwill in respect of an acquired interest in an associate is subsumed within investments in associates.
 
Where the interest acquired by the Group in the fair value of the entitys assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities exceeds the cost of acquisition, the excess is recognised immediately as a gain in the income statement.
 
H.    Other intangible assets
 
Other intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and any recognised impairment losses. All intangible assets recognised by the Group are considered to have finite useful lives.
 
 
(i)
Assets acquired in business combinations
 
An intangible resource acquired in a business combination is recognised as an intangible asset if it is separable from the acquired business or arises from contractual or legal rights. An acquired intangible asset is amortised on a straight-line basis so as to charge its cost, which represents its fair value at the date of acquisition, to the income statement over its expected useful life, which is in the range 2 to 15 years.
     
 
(ii)
Product development costs
   
All research expenditure is charged to the income statement in the period in which it is incurred.
   
Development expenditure is charged to the income statement in the period in which it is incurred unless it relates to the development of a new or significantly improved product, it is incurred after the technical feasibility of the product has been proven, and customer orders have been received that are expected to provide income sufficient to cover the further development expenditure that will be incurred prior to the product going into full production. Capitalised development expenditure is amortised on a straight-line basis such that it is charged to the income statement over the expected life of the resulting product.
     
 
(iii)
Computer software
 
Computer software that is not integral to an item of property, plant and equipment is recognised separately as an intangible asset. Amortisation is provided on a straight-line basis so as to charge the cost of the software to the income statement over its expected useful life, which is in the range 3 to 5 years.
 
I.      Property, plant and equipment
 
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any recognised impairment losses. Freehold land and assets under construction are not depreciated. Depreciation of property, plant and equipment, other than freehold land and assets under construction, is generally provided on a straight-line basis so as to charge the depreciable amount to the income statement over the expected useful life of the asset concerned, which is in the following ranges:
 
Freehold buildings and long-leasehold property
10 to 50 years
Short-leasehold property
Length of lease
Plant, equipment and vehicles
2 to 20 years
 
Borrowing costs attributable to assets under construction are charged to the income statement in the period in which they are incurred.
 
69

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
3.    Principal accounting policies (continued)
 
J.     Leases
 
Leases that confer rights and obligations similar to those that attach to owned assets are classified as finance leases. All other leases are classified as operating leases.
 
Assets held under finance leases are included within property, plant and equipment, initially measured at their fair value or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease payments, and a corresponding liability is recognised within obligations under finance leases. Subsequently, the assets are depreciated on a basis consistent with similar owned assets or over the term of the lease, if shorter. At inception of the lease, the lease rentals are apportioned between an interest element and a capital element so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the outstanding liability. Thereafter, the interest element is recognised as an expense in the income statement while the capital element is applied to reduce the outstanding liability.
 
Operating lease rentals, and any incentives receivable, are recognised in the income statement on a straight- line basis over the term of the lease.
 
K.    Impairment of long-lived assets
 
Goodwill, other intangible assets and property, plant and equipment are tested for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts might be impaired. Additionally, goodwill and any capitalised development expenditure relating to a product that is not yet in full production are subject to an annual impairment test.
 
An asset is impaired to the extent that its carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount, which represents the higher of the assets value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. An assets value in use represents the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from the continued use of the asset. Fair value less costs to sell is the amount obtainable from the sale of the asset in an arms length transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties, less the costs of disposal.
 
Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the recoverable amount is determined for the CGU to which the asset belongs. An assets CGU is the smallest group of assets that includes the asset and generates cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets of groups of assets. Goodwill does not generate cash flows independently of other assets and is therefore tested for impairment at the level of the CGU or group of CGUs to which it is allocated.
 
Where appropriate, impairment of long-lived assets other than goodwill is recognised before goodwill is tested for impairment. When goodwill is tested for impairment and the carrying amount of the CGU or group of CGUs to which the goodwill has been allocated exceeds its recoverable amount, the impairment is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of the goodwill and then to the other long- lived assets belonging to the CGU or group of CGUs pro-rata on the basis of their carrying amounts.
 
Impairments are recognised in the income statement. Impairments recognised in previous periods for long- lived assets other than goodwill are reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the assets recoverable amount, but only to the extent that the carrying amount of the asset does not exceed its carrying amount had no impairment been recognised in previous periods. Impairments recognised in respect of goodwill are not reversed.
 
L.    Inventories
 
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value, with due allowance for any excess, obsolete or slow-moving items. Cost represents the expenditure incurred in bringing inventories to their existing location and condition, which may include the cost of raw materials, direct labour costs, other direct costs and related production overheads. Cost is generally determined on a first in, first out basis. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price less costs to complete and sell.
 
From time to time, the Group enters into forward purchase contracts to fix the price of commodities purchased for use in its manufacturing operations. As used by the Group, such derivative contracts do not fall within the scope of IAS 39 and, therefore, are not recognised as assets or liabilities.
 
M.   Grants
 
Grants received relating to property, plant and equipment are treated as deferred income and recognised as income in equal instalments over the expected useful lives of the assets concerned. Other grants received are recognised as income on a systematic basis so as to match them with the costs they are intended to compensate or, if those costs have already been recognised, the grants are recognised as income in the period in which they are received.
 
70

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
N.  Financial instruments
   
(i)  Investments

Listed investments are classified as available-for-sale and are measured at fair value. Changes in their fair values are recognised in a separate component of equity except to the extent that they represent an other than temporary impairment in which case the impairment loss is recognised in the income statement. Realised gains and losses are transferred from equity to the income statement in the event of the disposal of the investments.
 
(ii)  Trade receivables

Trade receivables represent the amount of sales of goods to customers for which payment has not been received, less an allowance for doubtful accounts that is estimated based on factors such as the credit rating of the customer, historical trends, the current economic environment and other information.
 
(iii)  Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand, deposits available on demand and other short-term, highly liquid investments with a maturity on acquisition of three months or less, and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are presented as current liabilities to the extent that there is no right of offset with cash balances.
     
(iv)  Trade payables

 Trade payables represent the amount of invoices received from suppliers for purchases of goods and services for which payment has not been made.
 
 (v)  Bank and other loans

Bank and other loans are initially measured at fair value, net of directly attributable transaction costs, if any, and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.
     
(vi)  Derivative financial instruments

The Group uses derivative financial instruments, principally foreign currency swaps, forward foreign currency contracts and interest rate swaps, to reduce its exposure to exchange rate and interest rate movements. The Group does not hold or issue derivatives for speculative or trading purposes.
 
Derivative financial instruments are recognised as assets and liabilities measured at their fair values at the balance sheet date. Changes in their fair values are recognised in the income statement and this is likely to cause volatility in situations where the carrying value of the hedged item is either not adjusted to reflect fair value changes arising from the hedged risk or is so adjusted but that adjustment is not recognised in the income statement. Provided the conditions specified by IAS 39 are met, hedge accounting may be used to mitigate this volatility.
 
The Group does not generally apply hedge accounting to transactional foreign currency hedging relationships, such as hedges of forecast or committed transactions. It does, however, apply hedge accounting to translational foreign currency hedging relationships and to hedges of its interest rate exposures where it is permissible to do so under IAS 39. When hedge accounting is used, the relevant hedging relationships are classified as a fair value hedge, a cash flow hedge or, in the case of a hedge of the Groups net investment in a foreign operation, a net investment hedge.
 
Where the hedging relationship is classified as a fair value hedge, the carrying amount of the hedged asset or liability is adjusted by the increase or decrease in its fair value attributable to the hedged risk and the resulting gain or loss is recognised in the income statement where, to the extent that the hedge is effective, it offsets the change in the fair value of the hedging instrument.
 
Where the hedging relationship is classified as a cash flow hedge or as a net investment hedge, to the extent the hedge is effective, changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument are recognised directly in equity rather than in the income statement. When the hedged item in a cash flow hedge is recognised in the financial statements, the accumulated gain or loss recognised in equity is either recycled to the income statement or, if the hedged item results in a non-financial asset, is recognised as an adjustment to its initial carrying amount. Accumulated gains and losses recognised in equity in relation to a net investment hedge are recycled to the income statement on disposal of the foreign operation.
 
Derivative financial instruments are classified as current assets or liabilities unless they are in a designated hedging relationship and the hedged item is classified as a non-current asset or liability.
 
Derivative financial instruments that are not in a designated hedging relationship are classed as trading.
 
71

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
3.   Principal accounting policies (continued)
 
N. Financial instruments (continued)

(vii)  Embedded derivatives

Derivatives embedded in non-derivative host contracts are recognised separately as derivative financial instruments when their risks and characteristics are not closely related to those of the host contract and the host contract is not stated at its fair value with changes in its fair value recognised in the income statement.

(viii) Preference shares

Prior to redemption in July 2007, the Company’s US dollar denominated 5.56% convertible cumulative preference shares were classified as non-current liabilities and translated into sterling at the exchange rate ruling at the balance sheet date. Dividends payable on the preference shares were included in interest payable.

(ix) Own shares

Own shares represent the Company’s ordinary shares that are held by the Company, its subsidiaries and sponsored ESOP trusts in relation to the Group’s employee share schemes. Own shares are deducted at cost in arriving at shareholders’ equity and gains and losses on their sale or transfer are recognised directly in equity.

O.  Post-employment benefits
 
Post-employment benefits comprise pension benefits provided to employees throughout the world and other benefits, mainly healthcare, provided to certain employees in North America.
 
For defined contribution plans, the cost of providing the benefits represents the Groups contributions to the plans and is recognised in the income statement in the period in which the contributions fall due.
 
For defined benefit plans, the cost of providing the benefits is determined based on actuarial valuations of each of the plans that are carried out annually at the Groups balance sheet date by independent, qualified actuaries. Plan assets are measured at their fair value at the balance sheet date. Benefit obligations are measured using the projected unit credit method.
 
The cost of defined benefit plans recognised in the income statement comprises the net total of the current service cost, the past service cost, the expected return on plan assets, the interest cost and the effect of curtailments or settlements. The current service cost represents the increase in the present value of the plan liabilities expected to arise from employee service in the current period. Past service costs resulting from enhanced benefits are recognised in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, or immediately if the benefits have vested.
 
The expected return on plan assets is based on market expectations at the beginning of the period of future returns over the life of the benefit obligation. The interest cost represents the increase in the benefit obligation due to the passage of time. The discount rate used is determined at the balance sheet date by reference to market yields on high-quality corporate bonds, where available, or government bonds. Gains and losses on curtailments or settlements are recognised in the income statement in the period in which the curtailment or settlement occurs.
 
Actuarial gains and losses, which represent differences between the expected and actual returns on the plan assets and the effect of changes in actuarial assumptions, are recognised in the statement of recognised income and expense in the period in which they occur.
 
The defined benefit liability or asset recognised in the balance sheet comprises the net total for each plan of the present value of the benefit obligation, minus any past service costs not yet recognised, minus the fair value of the plan assets, if any, at the balance sheet date. Where a plan is in surplus, the asset recognised is limited to the amount of any unrecognised past service costs and the present value of any amounts that the Group expects to recover by way of refunds or a reduction in future contributions. The net total for all plans in surplus is classified as a non-current asset. The net total for all plans in deficit is classified as a non-current liability.
 
72

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
P.    Share-based incentive
 
Share-based incentives are provided to employees under the Groups share option, bonus and other share award schemes. All existing schemes are classified as equity-settled. The Group recognises a compensation expense in respect of these schemes that is based on the fair value of the awards, where appropriate, measured using an option-pricing model. Fair value is determined at the date of grant and is not subsequently remeasured unless the conditions on which the award was granted are modified. Generally, the compensation expense is recognised on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Adjustments are made to reduce the compensation expense to reflect expected and actual forfeitures during the vesting period due to failure to satisfy service conditions or non-market performance conditions. In the event of a cancellation, the compensation expense that would have been recognised over the remainder of the vesting period is recognised immediately in the income statement.
 
In accordance with IFRS 1 “First-time Adoption of IFRS”, the Group has not applied this policy to awards that were granted on or before 7 November 2002.
 
Q.    Provisions
 
A provision is a liability of uncertain timing or amount and is recognised when the Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that payment will be made to settle the obligation and the payment can be estimated reliably.
 
Provision is made for warranty claims when the relevant products are sold, based on historical experience of the nature, frequency and average cost of warranty claims.
 
Provision is made for the cost of product recalls if management considers it probable that it will be necessary to recall a specific product and the amount can be reasonably estimated.
 
Provision is made for restructuring costs when a detailed formal plan for the restructuring has been determined and the plan has been communicated to the affected parties. Gains from the expected disposal of assets are not taken into account in measuring these provisions and provision is not made for future operating losses.
 
Provision is made for claims for compensation for injuries sustained by the Groups employees while at work. The provision represents managements best estimate of the liability for claims made but not yet fully settled and for incidents which have occurred but have not yet been reported to the Group. The Groups liability for claims made but not yet fully settled is calculated on an actuarial basis by a third party administrator. Historical data trends are used to estimate the liability for unreported incidents.
 
R.    Taxation
 
Current tax is the amount of tax payable or recoverable in respect of the taxable profit or loss for the period. Taxable profit differs from accounting profit because it excludes items of income or expense recognised for accounting purposes that are either not taxable or deductible for tax purposes or are taxable or deductible in other periods. Current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.
 
The Group recognises provisions in respect of uncertain tax positions whereby additional current tax may become payable in future periods following the audit by the tax authorities of previously filed tax returns. Provisions for uncertain tax positions are based upon managements assessment of the likely outcome of issues associated with assumed permanent differences, interest that may be applied to temporary differences, the possible disallowance of tax credits and penalties. Provisions for uncertain tax positions are reviewed regularly and are adjusted to reflect events such as the expiry of limitation periods for assessing tax, administrative guidance given by the tax authorities and court decisions.
 
Deferred tax is tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amount of an asset or a liability and its tax base used in the computation of taxable profit. Deferred tax is accounted for using the liability method, whereby deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised.
 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or from the initial recognition of other assets and liabilities in a transaction other than a business combination that affects neither accounting profit nor taxable profit.
 
Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in foreign subsidiaries and associates, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
 
Deferred tax is calculated using the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period in which the liability is settled or the asset is realised.
 
Tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.
 
Current and deferred tax is recognised in the income statement unless it relates to an item recognised directly in equity, in which case it too is recognised directly in equity.
 
73

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
3.    Principal accounting policies (continued)
 
S.    Assets held for sale and discontinued operations
 
Assets are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered by sale rather than by continuing use in the business. For this to be the case, the asset must be available for immediate sale in its present condition, management must be committed to, and have initiated, a plan to sell the asset which, when initiated, was expected to result in a completed sale within 12 months. An extension of the period required to complete the sale does not preclude the asset from being classified as held for sale, provided the delay was for reasons beyond the Groups control and management remains committed to its plan to sell the asset. Assets that are classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.
 
A discontinued operation is a component of an entity that has either been disposed of, or satisfies the criteria to be classified as held for sale, and represents a separate major line of business or geographic area of operations, is part of a single co-ordinated plan to dispose of a separate major line of business or geographic area of operations, or is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to disposal.
 
T.    Dividends on ordinary shares
 
Dividends payable on ordinary shares are recognised in the financial statements when they have been appropriately authorised and are no longer at the Companys discretion. Accordingly, interim dividends are recognised when they are paid and final dividends are recognised when they are declared following approval by shareholders at the Companys AGM. Dividends on ordinary shares are recognised as an appropriation of shareholders equity.
 
U.    Accounting pronouncements not yet adopted
 
Recently-issued accounting pronouncements that are relevant to the Groups operations but have not yet been adopted are outlined below. With the exception of the revisions to IAS 23 and those to IFRS 3 and IAS 27, management does not expect that the adoption of these pronouncements will have a material impact on the Groups results or financial position.
 
IAS 23 Revised “Borrowing Costs”
 
In March 2007, the IASB published a revised version of IAS 23 that changes the permitted treatment of borrowing costs relating to “qualifying assets”, i.e. assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale. Under the existing standard, the Group recognises all borrowing costs as an expense in the period in which they are incurred. Under the revised standard, borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset must be capitalised as part of the cost of that asset.
 
IAS 23 Revised must be applied to borrowing costs relating to qualifying assets for which capitalisation commences in annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009.
 
Management expects that IAS 23 Revised will have an initial positive impact on the Groups results and financial position because borrowing costs that would have been expensed as incurred will be capitalised as part of the cost of qualifying assets. However, this initial positive impact will be offset over time by the higher depreciation expense that will be recognised in respect of the qualifying assets. Management is not yet able to estimate reliably the effect of IAS 23 Revised as this will depend on the level of expenditure on qualifying assets and prevailing market interest rates.
 
IAS 1 Revised “Presentation of Financial Statements”
 
In September 2007, the IASB published a revised version of IAS 1 which provides for a number of presentational changes to financial statements, including the option to present a single statement of comprehensive income (rather than an income statement and a separate statement of other comprehensive income), the requirement to disclose income tax relating to each component of other comprehensive income, and the requirement to present a balance sheet as at the beginning of the earliest comparative period when an entity applies a change of accounting policy retrospectively or makes a retrospective restatement.
 
IAS 1 Revised is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009.
 
IFRS 3 Revised “Business Combinations” and IAS 27 Revised “Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements”
 
In January 2008, the IASB issued revised versions of IFRS 3 and IAS 27 that introduce a number of changes that will affect the accounting for future business combinations and the accounting in the event of the loss of control over a subsidiary.
 
74

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
Where a business combination involves a minority interest, the Group will be able to choose for each business combination whether to measure the minority interest at fair value or, as at present, at the minoritys share of the fair value of the net assets of the acquired entity. In step acquisitions, previously held interests will be remeasured at fair value and any gain or loss arising will be recognised in the income statement. On the loss of control of a subsidiary, any retained interest will be remeasured at fair value and any gain or loss will be reflected in the gain or loss on loss of control.
 
Other significant changes are that acquisition costs will be expensed and adjustments to contingent consideration will be recognised in the income statement.
 
IFRS 3 Revised and IAS 27 Revised are effective for annual periods commencing on or after 1 July 2009.
 
The financial effect of IFRS 3 Revised and IAS 27 Revised will be dependent on the circumstances surrounding the future transactions to which they will apply, that are at present unknown.
 
Amendment to IFRS 2 “Share-based Payment – Vesting Conditions and Cancellations”
 
In January 2008, the IASB published an amendment to IFRS 2 which clarifies that only service conditions and performance conditions attaching to a share-based incentive are vesting conditions and specifies that all cancellations, whether by the Group or by the participant, should receive the same accounting treatment. It is expected that the principal impact of the amendment will be in relation to the Groups savings-related share option scheme. At present, if a participant in that scheme forfeits an award by ceasing to make payments to the savings contract, the event is treated as a forfeiture. On adoption of the amendment, that event will be treated as a cancellation unless a subsequent award is identified as a replacement, in which case it will be treated as a modification.
 
The amendment to IFRS 2 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009.
 
Improvements to IFRS 2008
 
In May 2008, the IASB published its first annual improvements standard which contains minor amendments to standards that address a number of issues, including the following: the accounting for amendments to retirement benefit plans involving a reduction of benefits and the treatment of plan administration costs; the classification of the assets and liabilities of a subsidiary as held for sale where the parent is committed to sell but will retain a non- controlling interest; the accounting for impairment of an investment in an associate that includes goodwill; and the disclosure of estimates used to determine the recoverable amount of cash-generating units.
 
Most of the amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009.
 
IFRIC 16 “Hedges of a Net Investment in a Foreign Operation”
 
IFRIC 16 provides guidance on net investment hedge accounting, including: which foreign currency risks qualify for hedge accounting, and what amount can be designated; where, within a group, the hedging instrument can be held; and what amount should be reclassified from equity to the income statement on disposal of the hedged foreign operation.
 
IFRIC 16 is effective for annual periods commencing on or after 1 October 2008.
 
4.    Critical accounting estimates
 
A.   Background
 
When applying the Groups accounting policies, management must make assumptions and estimates concerning the future that affect the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date, the disclosure of contingencies that existed at the balance sheet date and the amounts of revenue and expenses recognised during the accounting period. Such assumptions and estimates are based on factors such as historical experience, the observance of trends in the industries in which the Group operates and information available from the Groups customers and other outside sources.
 
Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making assumptions and estimates, actual outcomes could differ from those assumptions and estimates. An analysis of the key sources of estimation uncertainty at the balance sheet date that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of the Groups assets and liabilities within the next financial year is presented below.
 
B.    Post-employment benefits
 
The Group operates pension plans throughout the world, covering the majority of its employees. Pension benefits are provided by way of both defined contribution plans and defined benefit plans. The Groups defined benefit pension plans are closed to new entrants. The Group also provides other post- employment benefits, principally health and life insurance cover, to certain of its employees in North America by way of unfunded defined benefit plans.
 
The Group accounts for post-employment benefits in accordance with IAS 19 “Employee Benefits”, whereby the cost of defined benefit plans is determined based on actuarial valuations of the plans that are carried out annually at the Groups balance sheet date. The actuarial valuations are dependent on assumptions about the future that are made by management on the advice of independent qualified actuaries. If actual experience differs from these assumptions, there could be a material change in the amounts recognised by the Group in respect of defined benefit plans in the next financial year.
 
75

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
4.    Critical accounting estimates (continued)
 
B.    Post-employment benefits (continued)
 
As at 3 January 2009, the present value of the benefit obligation was $1,165.8 million. The benefit obligation is calculated using a number of assumptions including future salary increases, increases to pension benefits, mortality rates and, in the case of post-employment medical benefits, the expected rate of increase in medical costs. The present value of the benefit obligation is calculated by discounting the benefit obligation using market yields on high-quality corporate bonds at the balance sheet date. As at 3 January 2009, the fair value of the plan assets was $862.1 million. The plan assets consist largely of listed securities and their fair values are subject to fluctuation in response to changes in market conditions.
 
Effects of changes in the actuarial assumptions underlying the benefit obligation, effects of changes in the discount rate applicable to the benefit obligation and effects of differences between the expected and actual return on the plan assets are classified as actuarial gains and losses and are recognised directly in equity. During 2008, the Group recognised a net actuarial gain of $98.8 million. Further actuarial gains and losses will be recognised during the next financial year.
 
An analysis of the assumptions that will be used by management to determine the cost of defined benefit plans that will be recognised in the income statement in the next financial year is presented in note 34.
 
C.    Impairment of long-lived assets
 
Goodwill, other intangible assets and property, plant and equipment are tested for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts might be impaired. Additionally, goodwill and capitalised development expenditure relating to a product that is not yet in full production are subject to an annual impairment test. Due to the nature of the Groups operations, it is generally not possible to estimate the recoverable amount for individual long- lived assets and impairment tests are usually based on the value in use of the CGU or group of CGUs to which the asset belongs.
 
Value in use represents the net present value of the cash flows expected to arise from the relevant CGU or group of CGUs and its calculation requires management to estimate those cash flows and to apply a suitable discount rate to them.
 
Management bases the estimated cash flows of the CGU or group of CGUs on assumptions such as the future changes in sales volumes, future changes in selling prices, and expected changes in material prices, salaries and other costs. Management determines a discount rate for each CGU or group of CGUs using a capital asset pricing model, which is based on variables including the applicable risk-free interest rates and, for determining the cost of equity, the long-term equity risk premium and the assumed share price volatility relative to the market, and, for determining the cost of debt, the assumed credit risk spreads.
 
As at 3 January 2009, the carrying amount of long- lived assets was $1,692.0 million, after taking into account impairments totalling $342.4 million that were recognised during 2008. Further impairment losses may be recognised on these assets within the next financial year if there are adverse changes in the variables and assumptions underlying the estimated future cash flows of the CGUs or the discount rates that are applied to those cash flows.
 
Sensitivity analysis of the carrying amount of goodwill to the key assumptions underlying the value in use calculations is presented in note 19.
 
D.    Inventory
 
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value, with due allowance for excess, obsolete or slow-moving items. Net realisable value is based on current assessments of future demand, market conditions and new product development initiatives. As at 3 January 2009, the carrying value of inventories was $772.4 million, net of allowances of $45.1 million. Should demand for the Groups products decline further during the next financial year as a result of the current economic downturn, additional allowances may be necessary in respect of excess or slow-moving items.
 
E.    Financial instruments
 
Derivative financial instruments that the Group holds for the purpose of hedging its currency and interest rate exposures are recognised as assets and liabilities in the Groups balance sheet measured at their fair value at the balance date. As at 3 January 2009, the Group recognised a net asset of $28.4 million in respect of derivatives. The fair value of derivatives continually changes in response to changes in prevailing market conditions and applicable credit risk spreads. Where permissible under IAS 39, the Group uses hedge accounting to mitigate the impact of changes in the fair value of derivatives on the income statement but the Groups results may be affected by changes in the fair values of derivatives where hedge accounting cannot be applied or due to hedge ineffectiveness.
 
76

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
F.    Workers’ compensation
 
Provision is made for claims for compensation for injuries sustained by the Groups employees while at work. The Groups liability for claims made but not fully settled is calculated on an actuarial basis. Historical data trends are used to estimate the liability for unreported incidents. As at 3 January 2009, the workers compensation provision amounted to $25.5 million. Further provision may be necessary within the next financial year if the actual cost of settling claims exceeds managements estimates.
 
G.    Environmental liabilities
 
Provision is made for the estimated cost of known environmental remediation obligations in relation to the Groups current and former manufacturing facilities. Cost estimates include the expenditure expected to be incurred in the initial remediation effort and, where appropriate, in the long-term monitoring of the relevant sites. Management monitors for each remediation project the costs incurred to date against expected total costs to complete and operates procedures to identify possible remediation obligations that are presently unknown.
 
As at 3 January 2009, the provision for environmental remediation costs amounted to $7.4 million. Further provision may be necessary within the next financial year if actual remediation costs exceed expected costs, new remediation obligations are identified or there are changes in the circumstances affecting the Groups legal or constructive remediation obligations.
 
H.    Product warranties
 
Provision is made for the estimated cost of future warranty claims on the Groups products. Management bases the provision on historical experience of the nature, frequency and average cost of warranty claims and takes into account recent trends that might suggest that the historical claims experience may differ from future claims. As at 3 January 2009, the Groups provision for warranty claims amounted to $11.5 million. Further provision may be necessary within the next financial year if actual claims experience differs from managements estimates.
 
I.     Taxation
 
The Group is subject to income tax in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. Management is required to exercise significant judgement in determining the Groups provision for income taxes.
 
Estimation is required of taxable profit in order to determine the Groups current tax liability. Managements judgement is required in relation to uncertain tax positions whereby additional current tax may become payable in the future following the audit by the tax authorities of previously filed tax returns. As at 3 January 2009, the Group holds a provision for uncertain tax positions amounting to $63.5 million. It is possible that the final outcome of these uncertain tax positions may differ from managements estimates.
 
Estimation is also required of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities and their tax base. Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences but, where there exist deductible temporary differences, managements judgement is required as to whether a deferred tax asset should be recognised based on the availability of future taxable profits. As at 3 January 2009, the Group recognised net deferred tax assets amounting to $35.1 million. It is possible that the deferred tax assets actually recoverable may differ from the amounts recognised if actual taxable profits differ from managements estimates.
 
As at 3 January 2009, deferred tax liabilities were not recognised on retained profits of foreign subsidiaries and associates amounting to $3,180.5 million because the Group is able to control the remittance of those profits to the UK and it is probable that they will not be remitted in the foreseeable future. Income tax may be payable on these amounts if circumstances change and either their remittance can no longer be controlled by the Group or they are actually remitted to the UK.
 
77

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
5.     Segment information
 
A.   Background
 
The Groups operating segments are identified by grouping together businesses that manufacture similar products, as this is the basis on which information is provided to the Board for the purposes of allocating resources within the Group and assessing the performance of the Groups businesses.
 
The Group’s business segments are described in note 1.
 
The Board uses adjusted operating profit to measure the profitability of each segment. Adjusted operating profit is therefore the measure of segment profit presented in the Groups segment disclosures. Adjusted operating profit represents operating profit before the amortisation of intangible assets arising on acquisitions, restructuring initiatives (comprising restructuring costs and the net gain or loss on disposals and on the exit of businesses) and impairments.
 
As indicated in note 3, the Group adopted IFRS 8 “Operating Segments” early with effect from the beginning of 2008. Accordingly, certain information for prior years has been restated to conform with the requirements of IFRS 8.
 
B.    Sales and adjusted operating profit – continuing operations

   
Sales
   
Adjusted operating profit
 
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
By operating segment 
                                   
Industrial & Automotive: 
                                   
– Power Transmission 
    2,106.4       2,063.2       1,851.2       229.6       266.8       258.2  
– Fluid Power 
    832.3       769.1       709.4       46.2       71.0       64.4  
– Fluid Systems 
    501.2       583.8       447.4       39.9       55.0       22.9  
– Other Industrial & Automotive 
    620.9       896.6       976.0       44.0       84.6       98.8  
      4,060.8       4,312.7       3,984.0       359.7       477.4       444.3  
Building Products:
                                               
– Air Systems Components
    1,112.3       1,083.6       1,070.6       104.2       102.5       106.3  
Other Building Products     342.8       489.8       691.5       (24.0 )     4.0       47.3  
      1,455.1       1,573.4       1,762.1       80.2       106.5       153.6  
Corporate 
                      (36.5 )     (53.4 )      (52.6 )
      5,515.9       5,886.1       5,746.1       403.4       530.5       545.3  
                                                 
By origin 
                                               
US 
    2,947.6       3,457.0       3,718.7       181.4       300.8       347.3  
UK 
    399.6       408.1       256.7       (4.5 )     7.4       (13.0 )
Rest of Europe 
    787.2       733.9       641.2       55.9       66.1       59.9  
Rest of the world 
    1,381.5       1,287.1       1,129.5       170.6       156.2       151.1  
      5,515.9       5,886.1       5,746.1       403.4       530.5       545.3  
                                                 
By destination 
                                               
US 
    3,178.7       3,712.5       3,840.3                          
UK 
    129.0       149.4       134.2                          
Rest of Europe 
    864.9       809.7       685.2                          
Rest of the world 
    1,343.3       1,214.5       1,086.4                          
      5,515.9       5,886.1       5,746.1                          

Inter-segment sales were not significant.
 
78

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
Reconciliation of adjusted operating profit to (loss)/profit before tax:
 
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Adjusted operating profit 
    403.4       530.5       545.3  
Amortisation of intangible assets arising on acquisitions 
    (10.6 )      (7.2 )      (5.0 ) 
Impairments (see note 6) 
    (342.4 )      (0.8 )      (2.9 ) 
Restructuring initiatives (see note 7) 
    17.0       63.8       (18.2 ) 
Operating profit 
    67.4       586.3       519.2  
Net finance costs 
    (75.0 )      (60.9 )      (70.6 ) 
(Loss)/profit before tax 
    (7.6 )      525.4       448.6  
 
Segmental analysis of the sales and adjusted operating profit of discontinued operations is presented in note 13. C. Segment asset
 
The Board does not review, and is not regularly provided with, an analysis of the Groups total assets by operating segment. In order to comply with the requirements of IFRS 8, an analysis is provided below of the Groups operating assets, goodwill and other intangible assets by operating segment:

C.    Segment assets
 
The Board does not review, and is not regularly provided with, an analysis of the Group’s total assets by operating segment. In order to comply with the requirements of IFRS 8, an analysis is provided below of the Group’s operating assets, goodwill and other intangible assets by operating segment:
 
   
As at
   
As at
   
As at
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
By operating segment 
       
 
       
Continuing operations 
       
 
       
Industrial & Automotive: 
                 
– Power Transmission 
    1,185.0       1,706.6       1,555.9  
– Fluid Power 
    594.5       601.6       557.3  
– Fluid Systems 
    236.3       406.4       334.8  
– Other Industrial & Automotive 
    375.7       422.8       417.2  
      2,391.5       3,137.4       2,865.2  
Building Products: 
                       
– Air Systems Components 
    753.2       771.9       785.9  
– Other Building Products 
    110.8       151.0       205.3  
      864.0       922.9       991.2  
Corporate 
    33.7       27.8       24.9  
      3,289.2       4,088.1       3,881.3  
Discontinued operations 
                       
Industrial & Automotive: 
                       
– Wiper Systems 
                220.3  
      3,289.2       4,088.1       4,101.6  
   
Reconciliation of assets analysed by operating segment to total assets: 
                       
   
As at
   
As at
   
As at
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Segment assets 
    3,289.2       4,088.1       4,101.6  
Cash and cash equivalents 
    291.9       295.9       337.6  
Collateralised cash 
    3.8       5.8       8.0  
Derivatives hedging translational exposures 
    73.4       6.2       4.9  
Deferred tax assets 
    64.8       47.4       71.0  
Income tax recoverable 
    47.6       29.5       42.7  
Total assets 
    3,770.7       4,472.9       4,565.8  

 
79

 
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
5.    Segment information (continued)
 
D.    Non-current assets
 
The geographic analysis of long-lived assets (goodwill and other intangible assets, and property, plant and equipment) and investments in associates was as follows:
 
   
As at
   
As at
   
As at
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
By location 
                 
US 
    957.3       1,047.0       1,098.9  
UK 
    70.1       131.0       124.2  
Rest of Europe 
    192.6       233.3       202.7  
Rest of the world 
    492.3       773.9       679.6  
      1,712.3       2,185.2       2,105.4  
 
Capital expenditure, depreciation and amortisation in respect of long-lived assets was as follows:
 
   
Year ended 3 January 2009
   
Year ended 29 December 2007
   
Year ended 30 December 2006
 
   
Capital
               
Capital
               
Capital
             
   
expenditure
   
Depreciation
   
Amortisation
   
expenditure
   
Depreciation
   
Amortisation
   
expenditure
   
Depreciation
   
Amortisation
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
By operating segment 
                                                     
Continuing operations 
                                                     
Industrial & Automotive: 
                                     
 
             
– Power Transmission 
    83.9       95.2       7.5       91.8       102.1       6.4       98.1       85.7       8.3  
– Fluid Power 
    35.8       27.3       8.8       38.2       26.4       6.9       27.0       18.7       11.0  
– Fluid Systems 
    22.3       26.1       1.2       41.9       29.8       0.8       34.0       27.4       0.6  
– Other Industrial 
                                                                       
& Automotive 
    19.9       16.7       1.4       27.6       18.5       1.3       17.6       17.8       0.7  
      161.9       165.3       18.9       199.5       176.8       15.4       176.7       149.6       20.6  
Building Products: 
                                                                       
– Air Systems Components 
    28.4       26.3       6.6       23.5       26.0       4.7       24.5       27.2       2.7  
– Other Building Products 
    3.3       11.4       0.2       8.8       12.7       0.1       21.5       17.2       0.2  
      31.7       37.7       6.8       32.3       38.7       4.8       46.0       44.4       2.9  
Corporate 
    0.2       0.1       0.3       0.3       0.4       0.4       1.0       0.3       0.6  
      193.8       203.1       26.0       232.1       215.9       20.6       223.7       194.3       24.1  
Discontinued operations 
                                                                       
Industrial & Automotive: 
                                                                       
– Wiper Systems 
                      4.4                   8.4       13.9       0.3  
      193.8       203.1       26.0       236.5       215.9       20.6       232.1       208.2       24.4  
 
The Board regularly reviews the Groups capital expenditure, which represents cash outflows on additions to property, plant and equipment and non-integral computer software included within other intangible assets.
 
 
 
80

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
6.  Impairments
 
As explained in notes 19 and 21, during 2008, the Group recognised impairments totalling $342.4 million which reflected the effect of deteriorating economic conditions on the Group’s end markets.
 
   
Year ended 3 January 2009
   
Year ended 29 December 2007
   
Year ended 30 December 2006
 
   
Goodwill
$ million
   
Property,
plant and equipment
$ million
   
Total
$ million
   
Goodwill
$ million
   
Property,
plant and
equipment
$ million
   
Total
$ million
   
Goodwill
$ million
   
Property,
plant and
equipment
$ million
   
Total
$ million
 
By operating segment
                                                     
Industrial & Automotive:
                                                     
– Power Transmission
    194.6       90.0       284.6                                      
– Fluid Power
          11.7       11.7                                      
– Fluid Systems
          1.1       1.1       0.8             0.8       2.9             2.9  
      194.6       102.8       297.4       0.8             0.8       2.9             2.9  
Building Products:
                                                                       
– Air Systems Components
    34.0             34.0                                      
– Other Building Products
          11.0       11.0                                      
      34.0       11.0       45.0                                      
      228.6       113.8       342.4       0.8             0.8       2.9             2.9  

 
7.  Restructuring initiatives
 
 A.  Restructuring costs
 
In 2008, restructuring costs principally related to the closure of Power Transmission’s facility at Moncks Corner, South Carolina, further rationalisation of the Lasco Bathware business in the US and the closure of Hart & Cooley’s production facility at Tucson, Arizona, and further costs associated with outsourcing of IT services that began in 2007.

In 2007, restructuring costs principally related to the rationalisation of production facilities within the Lasco Bathware and Philips Products businesses in the US, the outsourcing of IT services, and the initiatives within the Fluid Power and Air Systems Components business groups that began in 2006.

In 2006, restructuring costs related to the transfer of the activities of Fluid Power’s facility at St. Neots, UK to a new facility in the Czech Republic, the closure of Air Systems Components facility at Holland, Michigan in the US, and the closure of Stackpole’s pump components facility and Air Systems Components’ facilities at Englewood, Ohio and Tabor City, North Carolina that began in 2005.
 
81

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
7.  Restructuring initiatives (continued)
 
B.  Disposals and exit of businesses
 
In 2008, the Group recognised a gain of $43.2 million on the disposal of Stant and Standard-Thomson.
 
In 2007, the Group recognised a gain of $65.2 million on the disposal of Lasco Fittings Inc., a gain of $13.4 million on the disposal of Dearborn Mid-West and a loss of $2.6 million on the disposal of Tridon Electronics’ indicator and side object detection businesses. Also during the year, the Group recognised a gain of $15.4 million on the disposal of Corporate property. In 2006, the Group recognised a gain of $5.7 million on the sale of property, plant and equipment relating to businesses sold in previous years.
 
   
Year ended 3 January 2009
   
Year ended 29 December 2007
   
Year ended 30 December 2006
 
   
Restructuring
costs
$ million
   
Disposals
and exit of businesses
$ million
   
Total
$ million
   
Restructuring
costs
$ million
   
Disposals
and exit of
businesses
$ million
   
Total
$ million
   
Restructuring
costs
$ million
   
Disposals
and exit of
businesses
$ million
   
Total
$ million
 
By operating segment
                                                     
Industrial & Automotive:
       
 
                                           
– Power Transmission
    (13.8 )           (13.8 )     (6.0 )     0.2       (5.8 )     (11.7 )     5.9       (5.8 )
– Fluid Power
    (1.9 )           (1.9 )     (8.6 )           (8.6 )     (5.7 )           (5.7 )
– Fluid Systems
    (0.2 )     43.2       43.0       0.2       (2.8 )     (2.6 )                  
– Other Industrial & Automotive
    (3.2 )           (3.2 )           13.4       13.4       (0.6 )     (0.2 )     (0.8 )
      (19.1 )     43.2       24.1       (14.4 )     10.8       (3.6 )     (18.0 )     5.7       (12.3 )
Building Products:
                                                                       
–Air Systems Components
    (3.6 )           (3.6 )     (7.4 )           (7.4 )     (5.9 )     (0.2 )     (6.1 )
– Other Building Products
    (3.0 )     (0.2 )     (3.2 )     (4.8 )     65.2       60.4             0.2       0.2  
      (6.6 )     (0.2 )     (6.8 )     (12.2 )     65.2       53.0       (5.9 )           (5.9 )
Corporate
    (0.3 )           (0.3 )     (1.0 )     15.4       14.4                    
      (26.0 )     43.0       17.0       (27.6 )     91.4       63.8       (23.9 )     5.7       (18.2 )

 
82

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
8.  Staff costs
 
The average number of persons employed by the Group, excluding the Company’s Non-Executive Directors, was as follows:
 
   
Year ended
3 January
2009
Number
   
Year ended
29 December
2007
Number
   
Year ended
30 December
 2006
 Number
 
By operating segment
 
 
             
Continuing operations
                 
Industrial & Automotive:
                 
– Power Transmission
    9,347       9,298       9,102  
– Fluid Power
    5,252       4,914       4,677  
– Fluid Systems
    2,789       3,133       3,105  
– Other Industrial & Automotive
    3,606       3,951       4,004  
 
    20,994       21,296       20,888  
Building Products:
                       
– Air Systems Components
    8,624       8,836       8,692  
– Other Building Products
    2,648       3,608       4,555  
 
    11,272       12,444       13,247  
Corporate
    158       145       145  
 
    32,424       33,885       34,280  
Discontinued operations
                       
Industrial & Automotive:
                       
– Wiper Systems
          2,009       4,019  
 
    32,424       35,894       38,299  
By location
                       
US
    16,581       19,429       21,433  
UK
    1,933       1,892       1,874  
Rest of Europe
    3,035       2,913       2,714  
Rest of the world
    10,875       11,660       12,278  
      32,424       35,894       38,299  
 
Staff costs recognised in the period were as follows:
 
   
Year ended
3 January
2009
$ million
   
Year ended
29 December
2007
$ million
   
Year ended
30 December
2006
$ million
 
Wages and salaries
    1,164.3       1,283.5       1,256.0  
Social security costs
    144.4       147.7       145.8  
Pensions (note 34)
    44.2       53.4       67.8  
Other post-employment benefits (note 34)
    1.1       0.4       (0.7 )
Share-based incentives (note 35)
    11.5       16.0       14.5  
Termination benefits
    13.8       6.8       9.5  
 
    1,379.3       1,507.8       1,492.9  
Continuing operations
    1,379.3       1,473.6       1,405.1  
Discontinued operations
    -       34.2       87.8  
      1,379.3       1,507.8       1,492.9  

 
83

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
9. Interest payable
 
   
Year ended
3 January
2009
$ million
   
Year ended
29 December
2007
$ million
   
Year ended
30 December
2006
$ million
 
Borrowings:
                 
– Interest on bank overdrafts
    2.3       1.6       3.9  
– Interest on loans
    42.6       57.3       62.9  
– Interest on interest rate swaps in designated hedging relationships:
                       
Payable
    55.6       61.8       51.2  
Receivable
    (47.2 )     (54.6 )             (50.1 )
– Interest on interest rate swaps classed as held for trading:
                       
Payable
    2.8       8.6       8.6  
Receivable
    (2.2 )     (10.4 )        (11.2 )
      53.9       64.3       65.3  
Interest element of finance lease rentals
    0.5       1.4       1.1  
Other interest payable
    5.0       0.1       0.5  
      59.4       65.8       66.9  
Dividends payable on convertible cumulative preference shares
          1.2       9.9  
      59.4       67.0       76.8  
Post-employment benefits:
                       
– Interest cost on benefit obligation (note 34)
    78.4       77.3       72.8  
      137.8       144.3       149.6  
Continuing operations
    137.8       142.1       142.6  
Discontinued operations
          2.2       7.0  
      137.8       144.3       149.6  

 
Interest rate swaps are used to manage the interest rate profile of the Group’s borrowings. Accordingly, net interest payable or receivable on interest rate swaps is included in interest payable.
 
10. Investment income
   
Year ended
3 January
2009
$ million
   
Year ended
29 December
 2007
$ million
   
Year ended
 30 December
 2006
$ million
 
Interest on bank deposits     9.6       8.4       8.8  
Other interest receivable
    2.7       3.4       3.8  
      12.3       11.8       12.6  
Post-employment benefits:
                       
– Expected return on plan assets (note 34)
    75.5       76.2       66.2  
      87.8       88.0       78.8  
Continuing operations
    87.8       86.8       73.3  
Discontinued operations
          1.2       5.5  
      87.8       88.0       78.8  

 

84

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
11. Other finance expense
 
   
Year ended
3 January
2009
$ million
   
Year ended
29 December
2007
$ million
   
Year ended
30 December
 2006
$ million
 
Hedging activities:
                 
– Gain on derivatives in designated hedging relationships
    (0.1 )     (1.6 )        (1.7 )
– Loss on derivatives classed as held for trading
    2.1       3.8       1.7  
– Loss on other instruments not qualifying for hedge accounting
    17.9       3.0       1.3  
      19.9       5.2       1.3  
Other items:
                       
– Loss on embedded derivatives
    5.1       0.4        
      25.0       5.6       1.3  
 
Other finance expense principally represents fair value gains and losses arising on financial instruments held by the Group to hedge its translational exposures where either the economic hedging relationship does not qualify for hedge accounting or to the extent that there is deemed to be ineffectiveness in a designated hedging relationship.
 
Other finance expense is wholly attributable to continuing operations.
 
12.  Income tax expense
 
 
   
Year ended
    Year ended    
Year ended
 
   
3 January
 
  29 December    
30 December
 
   
2009
    2007    
2006
 
   
$ million
    $ million    
$ million
 
Current tax
                 
UK corporation tax on profits for the period
    (13.7 )     2.2       (2.0 )
Decrease in provision for uncertain tax positions
                (35.4 )
Adjustments in respect of prior periods
    0.3             0.7  
Total UK tax
    (13.4 )     2.2       (36.7 )
Overseas tax on profits for the period
    51.2       109.5       101.9  
Decrease in provision for uncertain tax positions
    (3.2 )     (4.0 )           (57.4 )
Adjustments in respect of prior periods
    2.6       (8.2 )          (0.6 )
Total overseas tax
    50.6       97.3       43.9  
Total current tax
    37.2       99.5       7.2  
Deferred tax
                       
Origination or reversal of temporary differences
    (108.2 )     (128.1 )         28.8  
Utilisation of previously unrecognised tax losses
    (4.7 )     (9.8 )           (51.7 )
Tax losses in the period not recognised
    111.4       187.5       36.9  
Other changes in unrecognised deferred tax assets
    3.2       5.6       8.3  
Adjustments in respect of prior periods
    (0.5 )     (4.2 )        3.8  
Total deferred tax
    1.2       51.0       26.1  
Income tax expense for the period
    38.4       150.5       33.3  
 
Continuing operations
    38.4       139.9       65.6  
Discontinued operations (note 13)
    --       10.6       (32.3 )
      38.4       150.5       33.3  
 
During 2006, there was a release of provisions for uncertain tax positions of $92.8 million as a result of tax planning, the clarification of tax legislation, the performance of certain studies and the change of views on the likely outcome of challenges by various tax authorities.
 
 
85

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
12.  Income tax expense (continued) 

The income tax expense for the period recognised in the income statement differs from the product of the (loss)/profit before tax for the period and the rate of UK corporation tax as follows: 
 
   
Year ended
3 January
2009
$ million
   
Year ended
29 December
2007
$ million
   
Year ended
30 December
 2006
$ million
 
Loss)/profit before tax:
                 
- Continuing operations
    (7.6     525.4       448.6  
- Discontinued operations
          (56.1     (53.6
      (7.6     469.3       395.0  
UK corporation tax at 28.5% (2007: 30%; 2006: 30%) on (loss)/profit before tax 
    (2.2     140.9       118.5  
Permanent differences 
    (48.7     (3.4     25.1  
Adjustment in respect of prior periods 
    2.4       (12.4     4.0  
Decrease in provisions for uncertain tax positions 
    (3.2     (4.0     (92.8
Effect of different tax rates on overseas profits 
    (7.1     20.6       24.0  
Foreign tax credits 
    (13.3     (13.8     2.6  
Temporary differences on investment in subsidiaries 
    0.5       (160.7     (41.6
Tax losses in the period not recognised 
    111.4       187.5       36.9  
Utilisation of previously unrecognised tax losses 
    (4.7     (9.8     (51.7
Other changes in unrecognised deferred tax assets 
    3.3       5.6       8.3  
Income tax expense for the period 
    38.4       150.5       33.3  

In addition to the income tax expense recognised in the income statement, an income tax benefit of $14.3 million (2007: expense of $12.6 million; 2006: expense of $1.8 million) was recognised directly in equity.
 
13.  Discontinued operations
 
A.  Background
 
Discontinued operations principally comprise the results and loss on disposal of Trico, the Group’s former Wiper Systems business, that was sold on 29 June 2007.
 
In 2007, the Group recognised a loss of $59.6 million before tax on the disposal of Trico. Also during 2007, the Group recognised a gain of $2.4 million before tax on the receipt of additional proceeds in relation to businesses sold in previous years. After the attributable tax expense of $8.0 million, the loss on disposal of discontinued operations was $65.2 million.
 
In 2006, the Group recognised an impairment of $45.9 million when Trico was classified as held for sale and additional consideration of $4.6 million in relation to businesses sold in previous years. After the attributable tax credit of $37.4 million, the loss on disposal of discontinued operations was $3.9 million.
 
 
86

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
 
The loss for the period from discontinued operations may be analysed as follows:
 
                   
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Loss for the period of discontinued operations 
                 
Sales 
          157.6       343.8  
Cost of sales 
          (131.2 )      (297.0 ) 
Gross profit 
          26.4       46.8  
Distribution costs 
          (12.8 )      (24.6 ) 
Administrative expenses 
          (9.9 )      (21.1 ) 
Restructuring costs 
          (1.6 )      (11.9 ) 
Operating profit/(loss) 
          2.1       (10.8 ) 
Net finance costs 
          (1.0 )      (1.5 ) 
Profit/(loss) before tax 
          1.1       (12.3 ) 
Income tax expense 
          (2.6 )      (5.1 ) 
Loss after tax 
          (1.5 )      (17.4 ) 
Loss on disposal of discontinued operations 
                       
Loss before tax 
          (57.2 )      (41.3 ) 
Income tax (expense)/benefit 
          (8.0 )      37.4  
Loss after tax 
          (65.2 )      (3.9 ) 
Loss for the period from discontinued operations 
          (66.7 )      (21.3 ) 

Restructuring costs in each period relate to the transfer of manufacturing activities from the Wiper Systems facility at Pontypool, UK to more cost-competitive locations.
 
                   
Cash flows arising from discontinued operations during the period were as follows:
             
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities 
          7.3       (0.7 ) 
Cash (outflow)/inflow from investing activities 
          (2.6 )      3.1  
Cash outflow from financing activities 
          (1.2 )      (2.6 ) 
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents from 
                       
discontinued operations 
          3.5       (0.2 ) 

 
87

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
13.  Discontinued operations (continued)
 
C.  Segment sales and adjusted operating profit
 
The segment sales and adjusted operating profit of discontinued operations may be analysed as follows:
 
                                     
   
  Sales
   
  Adjusted operating profit
 
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
By operating segment 
                                   
Industrial & Automotive: 
                                   
– Wiper Systems 
          157.6       343.8             3.7       1.1  
   
By origin 
                                               
US 
          123.1       261.1             5.1       10.0  
UK 
          13.6       41.8             (2.6 )      (10.9 ) 
Rest of Europe 
                0.2                    
Rest of the world 
          20.9       40.7             1.2       2.0  
            157.6       343.8             3.7       1.1  
   
   
By destination 
                                               
US 
          113.6       232.8                          
UK 
          7.5       14.5                          
Rest of Europe 
          9.3       29.0                          
Rest of the world 
          27.2       67.5                          
            157.6       343.8                          

 
Reconciliation of the adjusted operating profit to the profit/(loss) before tax of discontinued operations:
 
                   
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Adjusted operating profit 
          3.7       1.1  
Restructuring costs 
          (1.6 )      (11.9 ) 
Net finance costs 
          (1.0 )      (1.5 ) 
Profit/(loss) before tax 
          1.1       (12.3 ) 
 
 
88

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
14.  (Loss)/profit for the period 
 
(Loss)/profit for the period is stated after charging/(crediting): 


                   
   
Continuing
   
Discontinued
       
   
operations
   
operations
   
Total
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Year ended 3 January 2009 
                 
Inventories: 
                 
– Cost of inventories 
    3,659.1             3,659.1  
– Write-down of inventories 
    6.2             6.2  
Staff costs (note 8) 
    1,379.3             1,379.3  
Goodwill (note 19): 
                       
– Impairments (recognised in operating profit) 
    228.6             228.6  
Other intangible assets (note 20): 
                       
– Amortisation 
    26.0             26.0  
Property, plant and equipment (note 21): 
                       
– Depreciation 
    203.1             203.1  
– Impairments (recognised in operating profit) 
    113.8             113.8  
Research and development costs 
    92.1             92.1  
Government grants: 
                       
– Revenue 
    (3.0 )            (3.0 ) 
– Capital 
    (0.4 )            (0.4 ) 
Net foreign exchange losses 
    9.8             9.8  
Year ended 29 December 2007 
                       
Inventories: 
                       
– Cost of inventories 
    3,976.4       129.1       4,105.5  
– Write-down of inventories 
    7.4       0.6       8.0  
Staff costs (note 8) 
    1,473.6       34.2       1,507.8  
Goodwill (note 19): 
                       
– Impairments (recognised in operating profit) 
    0.8             0.8  
Other intangible assets (note 20): 
                       
– Amortisation 
    20.6             20.6  
Property, plant and equipment (note 21): 
                       
– Depreciation 
    215.9             215.9  
Research and development costs 
    98.8       4.6       103.4  
Government grants: 
                       
– Revenue 
    (2.0 )      (0.2 )      (2.2 ) 
– Capital 
    (0.4 )            (0.4 ) 
Net foreign exchange gains 
    (1.0 )      (0.6 )      (1.6 ) 
Year ended 30 December 2006 
                       
Inventories: 
                       
– Cost of inventories 
    3,731.4       287.3       4,018.7  
– Write-down of inventories 
    10.4       2.4       12.8  
Staff costs (note 8) 
    1,405.1       87.8       1,492.9  
Goodwill (note 19): 
                       
– Impairments (recognised in operating profit) 
    2.9             2.9  
– Impairments (recognised in loss on disposal of discontinued operations) 
          7.5       7.5  
Other intangible assets (note 20): 
                       
– Amortisation 
    24.2       0.2       24.4  
– Impairments (recognised in loss on disposal of discontinued operations) 
          0.4       0.4  
Property, plant and equipment (note 21): 
                       
– Depreciation 
    194.3       13.9       208.2  
– Impairments (recognised in loss on disposal of discontinued operations) 
          38.0       38.0  
Research and development costs 
    85.8       10.5       96.3  
Government grants: 
                       
– Revenue 
    (4.0 )      (0.6 )      (4.6 ) 
– Capital 
    (0.4 )            (0.4 ) 
Net foreign exchange gains 
    (2.2 )      (1.3 )      (3.5 ) 
 
 
89

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
15.  (Loss)/earnings per share
 
A. Basic and diluted (loss)/earnings per share
 
Basic (loss)/earnings per share is calculated by dividing the (loss)/profit for the period attributable to equity shareholders by the weighted average number of the Company’s ordinary shares in issue during the period. The weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the period excludes 4,002,675 shares (2007: 4,331,018 shares; 2006: 3,759,701 shares), being the weighted average number of own shares held during the period.
 
Diluted (loss)/earnings per share takes into account the dilutive effect of options and awards outstanding under the Group’s employee share schemes and, in prior years, the dilutive effect of the potential conversion of the Company’s preference shares into the Company’s ordinary shares. The weighted average number of the Company’s ordinary shares used in the calculation of diluted (loss)/earnings per share excludes the effect of options and awards over 21,476,725 shares (2007: 9,318,429 shares; 2006: 1,229,593 shares) that were anti-dilutive for the periods presented but could dilute earnings per share in the future
 
                   
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Continuing operations 
                 
(Loss)/profit for the period 
    (46.0     385.5       383.0  
Minority interests 
    (18.1     (25.0     (20.5
(Loss)/earnings for calculating basic (loss)/earnings per share 
    (64.1     360.5       362.5  
Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares: 
                       
– Dividends payable on preference shares 
          1.2       9.9  
(Loss)/earnings for calculating diluted (loss)/earnings per share 
    (64.1     361.7       372.4  
Discontinued operations 
                       
Loss for the period for calculating basic and diluted loss per share 
          (66.7     (21.3
Continuing and discontinued operations 
                       
(Loss)/profit for the period 
    (46.0     318.8       361.7  
Minority interests 
    (18.1     (25.0     (20.5
(Loss)/earnings for calculating basic (loss)/earnings per share 
    (64.1     293.8       341.2  
Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares: 
                       
– Dividends payable on preference shares 
          1.2       9.9  
(Loss)/earnings for calculating diluted (loss)/earnings per share 
    (64.1     295.0       351.1  
Weighted average number of ordinary shares 
                       
For calculating basic (loss)/earnings per share 
    879,727,725       870,297,953       838,893,502  
Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares: 
                       
– Share options and awards 
          4,018,619       5,173,658  
– Preference shares 
          9,714,541       39,759,222  
For calculating diluted (loss)/earnings per share 
    879,727,725       884,031,113       883,826,382  

 
16.  Dividends on ordinary shares
 
                   
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
per share
   
per share
   
per share
 
Paid or proposed in respect of the period 
                 
Interim dividend 
    11.02     11.02     10.13
Final dividend 
    2.00     16.66     17.13
      13.02     27.68     27.26

 
 
90

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 
                   
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Recognised in the period 
                 
Interim dividend for the period of 11.02c (2007: 11.02c; 2006: 10.13c) per share 
    97.1       97.0       86.6  
Final dividend for the prior period of 16.66c (2007: 17.13c; 2006: 15.28c) per share 
    149.1       150.3       130.7  
      246.2       247.3       217.3  

Following the redenomination of the Company’s share capital from sterling to US dollars, which became effective on 22 May 2008, the Company’s dividends are declared in US dollars. Dividends in respect of 2007 and prior years were declared and paid in sterling and have been translated into US dollars at the exchange rate on their respective payment dates.
 
The Directors propose a final dividend for 2008 of 2.00c per share that, subject to approval by shareholders, will be paid on 10 June 2009 to shareholders on the register on 8 May 2009.
 
Based on the number of ordinary shares currently in issue, the final dividend for 2008 is expected to absorb $17.6 million.
 
17.  Auditors’ remuneration
 
Fees payable by the Group to the Company’s auditors, Deloitte LLP, and its associates were as follows:
 
                   
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Audit fees: 
                 
– Audit of the Company’s accounts 
    0.8       0.8       0.7  
– Audit of the accounts of the Company’s subsidiaries 
    4.9       5.0       4.0  
– Other statutory services 
    0.2       0.2       2.4  
      5.9       6.0       7.1  
Tax fees: 
                       
– Compliance services 
    0.7       0.5       0.4  
– Advisory services 
    2.1       1.2       0.7  
      2.8       1.7       1.1  
All other fees 
    0.2       0.4       0.9  
Total fees 
    8.9       8.1       9.1  

Fees for the audit of the Company’s accounts represent fees payable to Deloitte LLP in respect of the audit of the Company’s individual financial statements and the Group’s consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS.
 
Other statutory services include the review of the Group’s interim financial statements and, in 2006, the audit of the Group’s consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with US GAAP and fees associated with section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley. In 2008 and 2007, fees associated with section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley are included in audit fees.
 
Other services include advice on accounting matters and non-statutory reporting.
 
The Audit Committee or, between meetings, the Chairman of the Audit Committee, pre-approves the engagement terms and fees of Deloitte LLP for all services. This policy was applied for all services included in the table above.
 
Fees payable by associated pension schemes to Deloitte LLP and its associates were as follows:
 
       
 
Year ended 
Year ended 
Year ended 
 
3 January 
29 December 
30 December 
 
2009 
2007 
2006 
 
$ million 
$ million 
$ million 
Statutory services: 
     
– Audit of the pension schemes of the Company’s subsidiaries 
0.1 
0.1 
0.4 
 
 
91

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
18.  Cash flow
 
A.  Reconciliation of (loss)/profit for the period to cash generated from operations

                   
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
(Loss)/profit for the period 
    (46.0 )      318.8       361.7  
Interest payable 
    137.8       144.3       149.6  
Investment income 
    (87.8 )      (88.0 )      (78.8 ) 
Other finance expense 
    25.0       5.6       1.3  
Income tax expense 
    38.4       150.5       33.3  
Profit from continuing and discontinued operations 
    67.4       531.2       467.1  
Share of loss/(profit) of associates 
    2.1       (0.8 )      (2.8 ) 
Amortisation of intangible assets 
    26.0       20.6       24.4  
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
    203.1       215.9       208.2  
Impairments: 
                       
– Goodwill 
    228.6       0.8       2.9  
– Property, plant and equipment 
    113.8              
(Gain)/loss on disposal of businesses: 
                       
– Continuing operations 
    (43.0 )      (76.0 )      (5.7 ) 
– Discontinued operations 
          57.2       41.3  
Loss/(gain) on sale of property, plant and equipment 
    3.8       (11.2 )      5.3  
Gain on available-for-sale-investments 
    (1.2 )      (0.6 )      (0.4 ) 
Cost of share-based incentives 
    11.5       16.0       14.5  
Decrease in post-employment benefit obligations 
    (49.5 )      (74.2 )      (63.8 ) 
Decrease in provisions 
    (3.7 )      (2.4 )      (17.7 ) 
Operating cash flows before movements in working capital 
    558.9       676.5       673.3  
Increase in inventories 
    (12.8 )      (20.0 )      (37.4 ) 
Decrease/(increase) in receivables 
    143.8       (74.0 )      (18.4 ) 
(Decrease)/increase in payables 
    (61.2 )      56.2       (9.7 ) 
Cash generated from operations 
    628.7       638.7       607.8  

 
B.  Reconciliation of net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents to movement in net debt
 
                   
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Net debt at the beginning of the period 
    (591.5 )      (920.8 )      (1,101.0 ) 
Decrease/(increase) in net debt resulting from cash flows: 
                       
– Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
    19.2       (65.7 )      (96.4 ) 
– (Increase)/decrease in debt and lease financing 
    (96.2 )      284.7       (47.5 ) 
– Redemption of preference shares 
          1.2        
– Decrease in collateralised cash 
    (0.7 )      (2.4 )      (2.6 ) 
      (77.7 )      217.8       (146.5 ) 
Conversion of preference shares 
          130.0       390.7  
Leases disposed of on sale of businesses 
          6.1        
Debt acquired on acquisition of subsidiaries 
    (0.8 )             
Other non-cash movements 
    (1.1 )      (1.6 )      2.0  
Foreign currency translation 
    194.7       (23.0 )      (66.0 ) 
Decrease in net debt during the period 
    115.1       329.3       180.2  
Net debt at the end of the period 
    (476.4 )      (591.5 )      (920.8 ) 
 
92

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
19. Goodwill
 
A. Analysis of movements
 
       
   
$ million
 
Cost 
     
As at 30 December 2006 
    637.3  
Acquisition of subsidiaries 
    (8.0 ) 
Foreign currency translation 
    31.5  
As at 29 December 2007 
    660.8  
Acquisition of subsidiaries (note 44) 
    8.4  
Foreign currency translation 
    (40.0 ) 
As at 3 January 2009 
    629.2  
Accumulated impairment 
       
As at 30 December 2006 
     
Impairments 
    0.8  
As at 29 December 2007 
    0.8  
Impairments 
    228.6  
Foreign currency translation 
    (16.1 ) 
As at 3 January 2009 
    213.3  
Carrying amount 
       
As at 29 December 2007 
    660.0  
As at 3 January 2009 
    415.9  

 
93

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
19.  Goodwill (continued)
 
B.  Allocation of goodwill
 
Goodwill is allocated to the following CGUs or groups of CGUs:
             
             
   
As at
   
As at
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Industrial & Automotive 
           
Power Transmission: 
           
– Stackpole 
          176.4  
– Mectrol 
          37.4  
            213.8  
Fluid Power 
               
– Engineering & Services 
    24.7       16.9  
– Others 
    18.2       19.1  
      42.9       36.0  
Fluid Systems 
    1.8       5.4  
Other Industrial & Automotive: 
               
– Ideal 
    20.9       20.9  
– Dexter Group 
    50.8       50.8  
– Winhere 
    2.2       2.2  
      73.9       73.9  
      118.6       329.1  
Building Products 
               
Air Systems Components: 
               
– Air Systems Components 
    67.7       64.7  
– Hart & Cooley 
    146.0       146.0  
– Ruskin 
    36.2       38.8  
– Selkirk 
    38.3       72.3  
      288.2       321.8  
Other Building Products: 
               
– Bathware 
    9.1       9.1  
      297.3       330.9  
      415.9       660.0  
 
 
C.  Impairment tests

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually and whenever there are indications that it may have suffered an impairment. Goodwill is considered impaired to the extent that its carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount, which is the higher of the value in use and the fair value less costs to sell of the CGU or group of CGUs to which it is allocated. In all impairment tests of goodwill performed during 2008, the recoverable amount was determined based on value in use calculations.
 
Management based the value in use calculations on cash flow forecasts derived from the most recent three-year financial plans approved by the Board, in which the principal assumptions were those regarding sales growth rates, selling prices and changes in direct costs.
 
Cash flows for the years beyond the three-year financial plans for the CGUs to which individually significant amounts of goodwill were allocated were calculated as follows: cash flows in the fourth and fifth years were estimated by management based on relevant industry and economic forecasts; thereafter, the cash flows were projected to grow at 2% per annum, which does not exceed expected long-term growth rates in their principal end markets in North America and Europe.
 
Management applied discount rates to the resulting cash flow projections that reflect current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the CGU or group of CGUs. In each case, the discount rate was determined using a capital asset pricing model. Pre-tax discount rates used in the annual impairment tests of goodwill during 2008 were in the following ranges: Industrial & Automotive businesses 9.0% to 12.9%; and Building Products businesses 11.2% to 13.0%.
 
 
94

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
D.  Impairments recognised during the year
 
Stackpole manufactures power transmission components, systems and assemblies, principally for automotive OEMs, at its facilities in Canada, Germany and South Korea. At the time of the last annual impairment test of goodwill, the recoverable amount of Stackpole only marginally exceeded its carrying amount. During the first half of 2008, there was a deterioration in Stackpole’s end markets and an impairment of $90.5 million was recognised in relation to the goodwill allocated to the business. During the second half of 2008, the further deterioration on Stackpole’s end markets caused the impairment of the remaining goodwill allocated to the business, which amounted to $66.7 million. Management used a pre-tax discount rate of 11.7% (2007: 9.7%).
 
Gates Mectrol manufactures power transmission and motion control belts, principally for industrial and automotive OEMs, at its facilities in the US and Germany. During the second half of 2008, the deterioration in Gates Mectrol’s end markets caused the impairment of the entire goodwill allocated to the business, which amounted to $37.4 million. Management used a pre-tax discount rate of 11.7% (2007: 10.6%).
 
Selkirk manufactures chimney, venting and air distribution products, principally for the residential construction market in North America. During 2008, there was a further deterioration in Selkirk’s end markets and an impairment of $34.0 million was recognised in relation to the goodwill allocated to the business. Management used a pre-tax discount rate of 12.5% (2007: 10.8%).
 
Impairments recognised during the year are analysed by operating segment in note 6.
 
E.  Sensitivity to changes in key assumptions
 
Individually significant CGUs
 
At the end of 2008, the recoverable amount of Selkirk equalled its carrying amount. Management has assessed the sensitivity of the recoverable amount of Selkirk to key assumptions to be as follows: a one percentage point increase in the applicable pre-tax discount rate of 12.5% would reduce the recoverable amount by $15 million; a one percentage point fall in Selkirk’s operating margin would reduce the recoverable amount by $13 million; and a one percentage point fall in the assumed long-term growth rate of 2% would reduce the recoverable amount by $10 million.
 
Management considers that, of the other CGUs or groups of CGUs to which significant amounts of goodwill are allocated, only the recoverable amount of Hart & Cooley may fall below its carrying amount due to reasonably possible changes during the next year in one or more key assumptions. At the end of 2008, the recoverable amount of Hart & Cooley exceeded its carrying amount by $38 million. Management has assessed the sensitivity of the recoverable amount of Hart & Cooley to key assumptions to be as follows: a one percentage point increase in the applicable pre-tax discount rate of 12.4% would reduce the recoverable amount by $32 million; a one percentage point fall in Hart & Cooley’s operating margin would reduce the recoverable amount by $23 million; and a one percentage point fall in the assumed long-term growth rate of 2% would reduce the recoverable amount by $23 million.
 
Other CGUs
 
Management does not consider that a reasonably possible change in one or more key assumptions during the next year could cause the aggregate recoverable amount of other CGUs to fall below their aggregate carrying amount.
 
 
95

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
20. Other intangible assets
 
 
                   
         
Assets
             
   
Development
   
arising on
   
Computer
       
   
costs
   
acquisitions
   
software
   
Total
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Cost 
                       
As at 30 December 2006 
    1.4       47.4       123.7       172.5  
Additions 
    0.4             5.2       5.6  
Acquisition of subsidiaries 
          10.8       0.2       11.0  
Transfer to assets held for sale 
                (2.8     (2.8
Disposals 
                (5.0     (5.0
Foreign currency translation 
          3.2       1.7       4.9  
As at 29 December 2007 
    1.8       61.4       123.0       186.2  
Additions 
    0.6             10.4       11.0  
Acquisition of subsidiaries 
          37.4             37.4  
Disposals 
                (1.1     (1.1
Foreign currency translation 
    (0.6     (7.4     (1.9     (9.9
As at 3 January 2009 
    1.8       91.4       130.4       223.6  
   
Accumulated amortisation 
                               
As at 30 December 2006 
          5.5       72.8       78.3  
Amortisation charge for the period 
    0.2       7.2       13.2       20.6  
Transfer to assets held for sale 
                (2.4     (2.4
Disposals 
                (5.0     (5.0
Foreign currency translation 
          0.7       0.9       1.6  
As at 29 December 2007 
    0.2       13.4       79.5       93.1  
Amortisation charge for the period 
    0.2       10.6       15.2       26.0  
Disposals 
                (1.1     (1.1
Foreign currency translation 
    (0.2     (1.3     (1.7     (3.2
As at 3 January 2009 
    0.2       22.7       91.9       114.8  
   
Carrying amount 
                               
As at 29 December 2007 
    1.6       48.0       43.5       93.1  
As at 3 January 2009 
    1.6       68.7       38.5       108.8  

 
Intangible assets arising on acquisitions principally represent acquired customer relationships.
 
All intangible assets included above have finite useful lives.
 
 
96

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
21.  Property, plant and equipment
 
                         
         
Plant,
             
   
Land and
   
equipment
   
Assets under
       
   
buildings
   
and vehicles
   
construction
   
Total
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Cost 
                       
As at 30 December 2006 
    689.9       2,381.1       82.8       3,153.8  
Additions 
    5.8       55.4       161.7       222.9  
Acquisition of subsidiaries 
    1.2       5.8             7.0  
Disposal of subsidiaries 
          (6.0           (6.0
Transfer from assets under construction 
    14.0       130.7       (144.7      
Transfer to assets held for sale 
    (13.4     (74.2           (87.6
Disposals 
    (27.8     (87.8     (1.2     (116.8
Foreign currency translation 
    29.8       158.7       6.0       194.5  
As at 29 December 2007 
    699.5       2,563.7       104.6       3,367.8  
Additions 
    11.2       42.6       126.8       180.6  
Acquisition of subsidiaries 
    5.8       3.4             9.2  
Disposal of subsidiaries 
          (0.2           (0.2
Transfer from assets under construction 
    16.1       132.5       (148.6      
Transfer from assets held for sale 
    6.2                   6.2  
Disposals 
    (6.1     (90.4     (1.4     (97.9
Foreign currency translation 
    (41.3     (237.8     (6.0     (285.1
As at 3 January 2009 
    691.4       2,413.8       75.4       3,180.6  
   
Accumulated depreciation and impairment 
                               
As at 30 December 2006 
    241.5       1,552.1             1,793.6  
Depreciation charge for the period 
    22.2       193.7             215.9  
Disposal of subsidiaries 
          (3.8           (3.8
Transfer to assets held for sale 
    (6.8     (57.0           (63.8
Disposals 
    (13.0     (78.2           (91.2
Foreign currency translation 
    9.0       93.7             102.7  
As at 29 December 2007 
    252.9       1,700.5             1,953.4  
Depreciation charge for the period 
    22.9       180.2             203.1  
Disposal of subsidiaries 
          (0.1           (0.1
Transfer from assets held for sale 
    3.5                   3.5  
Disposals 
    (3.6     (83.9           (87.5
Impairments 
    10.1       103.7             113.8  
Foreign currency translation 
    (10.7     (162.2           (172.9
As at 3 January 2009 
    275.1       1,738.2             2,013.3  
   
Carrying amount 
                               
As at 29 December 2007 
    446.6       863.2       104.6       1,414.4  
As at 3 January 2009 
    416.3       675.6       75.4       1,167.3  

 
During 2008, against the background of the weakness of the Group’s end markets, particularly the automotive original equipment markets in North America and Europe and the residential construction market in North America, management reviewed the recoverability of the assets of the Group’s businesses that are exposed to those markets. As a result of that review, the following impairments, totalling $113.8 million, were recognised in relation to property, plant and equipment:
 
 
(i) 
$65.9 million on the assets of Stackpole, that was based on the value in use of the business determined by applying a pre-tax discount rate of 11.7%;
     
 
(ii) 
$16.8 million on the assets of Gates’ pulley and tensioners manufacturing facility at London, Ontario in Canada, that was based on fair value less costs to sell (subsequent to the year end, management announced its intention to close the facility);
     
 
(iii) 
$11.0 million on the assets of Philips Products Inc., which manufactures doors, windows and ventilating devices in the US, that was based on fair value less costs to sell; and
     
 
(iv) 
$20.1 million, principally on the assets of businesses in Europe (none of these impairments was individually significant).
 
Impairments recognised during the year are analysed by operating segment in note 6.
 
Where the impairment was based on fair value less costs to sell, fair value was based either on indicative offers made by potential acquirers of the business concerned or on the estimated current market values of the individual assets.
 
97

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
21.  Property, plant and equipment (continued)
 
Land and buildings include freehold land with a carrying value of $63.5 million (29 December 2007: $68.0 million) that is not depreciated.
 
As at 3 January 2009, the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment included $9.9 million (29 December 2007: $12.6 million) in respect of assets held under finance leases. The Group’s obligations under finance leases, which are analysed in note 30, are secured by a lessor’s charge over the leased assets.
 
22.  Investments in associates
 
                   
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Carrying amount 
                 
At the beginning of the period 
    17.7       13.7       7.6  
Share of (loss)/profit of associates 
    (2.1     0.8       2.8  
Dividends received from associates 
    (0.6     (1.4     (0.6
      15.0       13.1       9.8  
Additions 
    10.4       3.8       3.5  
Disposals 
    (1.9            
Foreign currency translation 
    (3.2     0.8       0.4  
At the end of the period 
    20.3       17.7       13.7  
 
Details of the Group’s principal associates are set out on page 152.
 
Segment analysis of the Group’s investments in associates and of its share of associates’ (loss)/profit for the period:
 
   
Investments in associates
         
Share of (loss)/profit of associates
 
   
As at
   
As at
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
By operating segment 
                             
Industrial & Automotive: 
                             
– Power Transmission 
    13.0       7.0       (2.9           (0.2
– Fluid Systems 
    3.8       6.3       0.7       0.6       2.6  
– Other Industrial & Automotive 
    0.5       0.6       0.2       0.2       0.4  
      17.3       13.9       (2.0     0.8       2.8  
Building Products: 
                                       
– Air Systems Components 
    3.0       3.8       (0.1            
      20.3       17.7       (2.1     0.8       2.8  
   
By location 
                                       
US 
    3.4       3.4                          
Rest of the world 
    16.9       14.3                          
      20.3       17.7                          

In 2008, the aggregate sales of the Group’s associates were $232.3 million (2007: $174.2 million) and their aggregate loss for the period was $11.5 million (2007: profit of $2.6 million).
 
As at 3 January 2009, the aggregate total assets of the Group’s associates was $117.0 million (29 December 2007: $78.9 million) and the aggregate total of their liabilities was $51.7 million (29 December 2007: $41.3 million).
 
Schrader Duncan Limited, an associate in which the Group owns a 50% interest, is listed on the Mumbai Stock Exchange. As at 3 January 2009, the fair value of the Group’s investment based on the quoted market price of the associate’s shares was $3.1 million (29 December 2007: $12.8 million).
 
 
98

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
23.  Inventories
 
             
 
           
   
As at
   
As at
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Raw materials and supplies 
    265.4       264.3  
Work in progress 
    83.9       94.5  
Finished goods and goods held for resale 
    423.1       441.0  
      772.4       799.8  

As at 3 January 2009, inventories are stated net of an allowance for excess, obsolete or slow-moving items of $45.1 million (29 December 2007: $43.4 million).
 
24.  Trade and other receivables
 
             
   
As at
   
As at
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Current assets 
           
Financial assets: 
           
– Trade receivables (note 25) 
    684.4       858.5  
– Derivative financial instruments (note 32) 
    1.1       5.6  
– Collateralised cash 
    3.8       5.8  
– Other receivables 
    37.0       74.0  
      726.3       943.9  
Non-financial assets: 
               
– Prepayments 
    43.4       45.2  
      769.7       989.1  
   
   
Non-current assets 
               
Financial assets: 
               
– Derivative financial instruments (note 32) 
    73.4       6.2  
– Other receivables 
    32.5       18.7  
      105.9       24.9  

Collateralised cash represents cash given as collateral under letters of credit for insurance and regulatory purposes.
 
The Group is the beneficiary of a number of corporate-owned life assurance policies against which it borrows from the relevant life assurance company. As at 3 January 2009, the surrender value of the policies was $518.6 million (29 December 2007: $468.9 million) and the amount outstanding on the related loans was $516.5 million (29 December 2007: $466.9 million). For accounting purposes, these amounts are offset and the net receivable of $2.1 million (29 December 2007: $2.0 million) is included in other receivables.
 
99

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
25.  Trade receivables
 
Trade receivables amounted to $684.4 million (29 December 2007: $858.5 million), net of an allowance of $11.4 million (29 December 2007: $11.0 million) for doubtful debts.
 
The Group has a significant concentration of customers in the US, who accounted for 57.6% (2007: 63.1%; 2006: 66.8%) of the Group’s sales during the period, and in the automotive industry, which accounted for 41.9% (2007: 40.9%; 2006: 36.3%) of the Group’s sales during the period. However, no single customer accounted for more than 10% of the Group’s sales and there were no significant amounts due from any one customer.
 
Before accepting a new customer, the Group assesses the potential customer’s credit quality and establishes a credit limit. Credit quality is assessed by using data maintained by reputable credit rating agencies, by checking of references included in credit applications and, where they are available, by reviewing the customer’s recent financial statements. Credit limits are subject to multiple levels of authorisation and are reviewed on a regular basis.
 
Trade receivables are regularly reviewed for bad and doubtful debts. Bad debts are written-off and an allowance is established for specific doubtful debts.
 
Trade receivables may be analysed as follows: 
 
         
As at
   
As at
 
         
3 January
   
29 December
 
         
2009
   
2007
 
         
$ million
   
$ million
 
Amounts neither past due nor impaired 
          554.1       738.0  
   
Amounts past due but not impaired: 
                     
– Less than 30 days old 
          7.0       9.2  
– Between 30 and 60 days old 
          64.6       53.8  
– Between 61 and 90 days old 
          30.0       22.3  
– More than 90 days old 
          24.2       29.1  
            125.8       114.4  
Amounts impaired: 
                     
– Total amounts that have been impaired 
          15.9       17.1  
– Allowance for doubtful debts 
          (11.4     (11.0
            4.5       6.1  
            684.4       858.5  
   
Movements in the allowance for doubtful debts were as follows: 
                     
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
At the beginning of the period 
    11.0       10.2       13.6  
Charge for the period 
    6.0       1.8       1.7  
Acquisition of subsidiaries 
    0.3              
Transfer to assets held for sale 
                (2.8
Utilised during the period 
    (4.4     (1.4     (3.1
Foreign currency translation 
    (1.5     0.4       0.8  
At the end of the period 
    11.4       11.0       10.2  
 
Trade receivables are not generally interest-bearing although interest may be charged to customers on overdue accounts.
 
100

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
26.  Available-for-sale investments 
 
   
$ million
 
Carrying amount 
     
As at 30 December 2006 
    4.1  
Additions 
    0.2  
Fair value loss recognised directly in equity 
    (0.8 ) 
Disposals 
    (0.6 ) 
Foreign currency translation 
    0.1  
As at 29 December 2007 
    3.0  
Additions 
    0.1  
Fair value loss recognised directly in equity 
    (1.0 ) 
Disposals 
    (1.6 ) 
Foreign currency translation 
    0.3  
As at 3 January 2009 
    0.8  
   
Available-for-sale investments comprise listed equities. 
       
 
27.  Cash and cash equivalents
 
             
   
As at
   
As at
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Cash on hand and demand deposits 
    213.2       230.8  
Term deposits 
    78.7       65.1  
      291.9       295.9  

 
As at 3 January 2009, the carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents included accrued interest receivable of $nil (29 December 2007: $0.4 million).
 
The currency and interest rate profile of cash and cash equivalents was as follows: 
 
   
Floating interest rate
             
         
Weighted
             
         
average
   
Non-interest
       
         
interest rate
   
bearing
   
Total
 
   
$ million
   
%
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
As at 3 January 2009 
                       
Currency: 
                       
– US dollar 
    91.2       0.3%        22.1       113.3  
– Sterling 
    4.3       2.7%        0.6       4.9  
– Euro 
    25.4       2.1%        1.2       26.6  
– Canadian dollar 
    15.0       1.6%              15.0  
– Other 
    116.1       3.5%        16.0       132.1  
      252.0               39.9       291.9  
   
   
As at 29 December 2007 
                               
Currency: 
                               
– US dollar 
    79.7       3.6%        6.2       85.9  
– Sterling 
    17.9       4.9%        2.2       20.1  
– Euro 
    22.5       3.0%        1.2       23.7  
– Canadian dollar 
    15.6       3.6%              15.6  
– Other 
    134.3       3.4%        16.3       150.6  
      270.0               25.9       295.9  
 
101

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
28.   Assets held for sale
 
As at 29 December 2007, Stant Manufacturing, Inc., a manufacturer of automotive closure caps, and Standard-Thomson Corporation, a manufacturer of automotive thermostats, were classified as held for sale. Both businesses, which were included in the Fluid Systems business segment, were sold on 19 June 2008.
 
             
Assets classified as held for sale and directly associated liabilities were as follows: 
           
   
As at
   
As at
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Assets held for sale 
           
Intangible assets 
          0.6  
Property, plant and equipment 
          35.7  
Inventories 
          15.5  
Trade and other receivables 
          39.1  
            90.9  
Liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale 
               
Trade and other payables 
          (22.1
Post-employment benefit obligations 
          (2.4
Deferred tax liabilities 
          (2.2
Provisions 
          (1.4
            (28.1
            62.8  
 
As at 29 December 2007, a cumulative currency translation loss of $7.1 million was recognised in equity in relation to foreign operations classified as held for sale.
 
29.  Borrowings 
 
                                     
      As at 3 January 2009       As at 29 December 2007  
   
Current
   
Non-current
         
Current
   
Non-current
       
   
liabilities
   
liabilities
   
Total
   
liabilities
   
liabilities
   
Total
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Carrying amount 
                                   
Bank overdrafts 
    13.7             13.7       15.7             15.7  
Bank and other loans: 
                                               
– Bank loans – secured 
                      0.2             0.2  
– unsecured 
    20.9       129.5       150.4       28.7       35.9       64.6  
– Other loans – unsecured 
    8.3       633.4       641.7       10.5       784.6       795.1  
– Unsecured loan notes 
    0.3             0.3       0.4             0.4  
      29.5       762.9       792.4       39.8       820.5       860.3  
      43.2       762.9       806.1       55.5       820.5       876.0  
 
The carrying amount of borrowings may be reconciled to the principal amount outstanding as follows:
 
             
   
As at
   
As at
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Carrying amount 
    806.1       876.0  
Accrued interest payable 
    (7.8     (9.7
Unamortised transaction costs 
    2.6       4.4  
Fair value hedge adjustment (note 32) 
    (51.9     7.4  
Principal amount 
    749.0       878.1  
 
The maturity analysis of the principal amount outstanding is presented in note 33.
 
102

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
Bank loans
 
Bank loans include amounts drawn down under the Group’s £400 million multi-currency revolving credit facility amounting to
 
$129.3 million (29 December 2007: $35.9 million). Borrowings under the facility attract interest at floating rates determined by reference to LIBOR and the facility expires on 8 August 2010.
 
Other loans
 
The Group has issued two bonds under the EMTN Programme: £150 million repayable at par on 20 December 2011 that bears interest at a fixed rate of 8%; and £250 million repayable at par on 16 September 2015 that bears interest at a fixed rate of 6.125% .
 
Unsecured loan notes
 
The unsecured loan notes must be repaid, at par, on 30 June 2012. Until that time, in certain circumstances, the noteholders have the right to require full or part repayment, at par, half-yearly on 30 June and 31 December and for this reason they are classified as current liabilities.
 
Currency and interest rate profile
 
The currency and interest rate profile of outstanding borrowings, after taking into account the effect of the Group’s currency and interest rate hedging activities, was as follows:
 
                                           
   
Floating interest rate
               
Fixed interest rate
   
Interest-free
       
                           
Weighted
             
         
Weighted
         
Weighted
   
average period
             
         
average
         
average
   
for which
             
         
interest rate
         
interest rate
   
rate is fixed
         
Total
 
   
$ million
   
%
   
$ million
   
%
   
Years
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
As at 3 January 2009 
                                         
Currency: 
                                         
– US dollar 
    360.6       3.7%        65.0       4.6%     
1.5 years
      0.3       425.9  
– Sterling 
    52.0       5.5%                          1.0       53.0  
– Euro 
    116.2       4.5%                                116.2  
– Canadian dollar 
    119.4       4.6%                                119.4  
– Other 
    91.2       6.9%        0.3       3.5%     
8.0 years
      0.1       91.6  
      739.4               65.3                       1.4       806.1  
   
   
As at 29 December 2007 
                                                       
Currency: 
                                                       
– US dollar 
    440.8       7.7%        64.9       7.7%     
4.8 years
      0.4       506.1  
– Sterling 
    35.7       5.6%                          1.2       36.9  
– Euro 
    95.3       7.7%        6.6       2.5%     
3.0 years
            101.9  
– Canadian dollar 
    168.2       7.7%                                168.2  
– Other 
    60.5       8.1%        2.4       13.1%     
2.6 years
            62.9  
      800.5               73.9                       1.6       876.0  
 
 
103

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
30.  Obligations under finance leases 
 
                         
                         
   
Minimum lease payments
    Carrying amount  
   
As at
   
As at
   
As at
   
As at
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
3 January
   
29 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
   
2009
   
2007
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Amounts payable under finance leases 
                       
Within one year 
    1.9       2.4       1.5       1.8  
In the second to fifth years, inclusive 
    4.0       5.8       2.8       4.6  
After more than five years 
    3.6       4.6       2.6       3.2  
      9.5       12.8       6.9       9.6  
Less: Future finance charges 
    (2.6     (3.2            
      6.9       9.6       6.9       9.6  

 
The Group leases certain of its plant, equipment and vehicles under finance leases. All leases are on a fixed repayment basis and no arrangements have been entered into for contingent rental payments. As at 3 January 2009, the average effective interest rate was 6.6% (29 December 2007: 6.4%) .
 
The Group’s obligations under finance leases are secured by the lessors’ title to the leased assets.
 
31.  Trade and other payables 
 
             
 
           
   
As at
   
As at
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Current liabilities 
           
Financial liabilities: 
           
– Trade payables 
    384.9       432.9  
– Other taxes and social security 
    23.7       35.9  
– Derivative financial instruments (note 32) 
    15.7       3.4  
– Other payables 
    26.1       41.9  
      450.4       514.1  
Non-financial liabilities: 
               
– Accruals and deferred income 
    199.7       224.6  
      650.1       738.7  
   
Non-current liabilities 
               
Financial liabilities: 
               
– Derivative financial instruments (note 32) 
    30.4       13.2  
– Other payables 
    17.7       18.5  
Non-financial liabilities: 
               
– Accruals and deferred income 
    3.5       11.5  
      51.6       43.2  

Trade payables are generally not interest-bearing but interest may be charged by suppliers on overdue accounts.
 
104

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
32.  Derivative financial instruments
 
A.   Summary
 
Derivative financial instruments are held in relation to the Group’s financial risk management policy which is described in note 33. The Group does not hold or issue derivatives for speculative or trading purposes.
 
The carrying amount of derivative financial instruments held by the Group was as follows:
 
                                     
      As at 3 January 2009       As at 29 December 2007  
   
Assets
   
Liabilities
   
Net
   
Assets
   
Liabilities
   
Net
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
   
Hedging activities 
                                   
Translational hedges: 
                                   
– Currency forwards 
    10.7       (30.4     (19.7           (13.2     (13.2
– Interest rate swaps 
    62.7       (2.1     60.6       6.2       (0.6     5.6  
      73.4       (32.5     40.9       6.2       (13.8     (7.6
Transactional hedges: 
                                               
– Currency forwards and swaps 
    1.1       (13.6     (12.5     0.6       (2.8     (2.2
      74.5       (46.1     28.4       6.8       (16.6     (9.8
   
Other items 
                                               
Embedded derivatives 
                      5.0             5.0  
      74.5       (46.1     28.4       11.8       (16.6     (4.8
   
   
Classified as: 
                                               
– Current 
    1.1       (15.7     (14.6     5.6       (3.4     2.2  
– Non-current 
    73.4       (30.4     43.0       6.2       (13.2     (7.0
      74.5       (46.1     28.4       11.8       (16.6     (4.8

 
B.  Currency derivatives
 
As at 3 January 2009, the notional principal amount of outstanding foreign exchange contracts that are used to manage the currency profile of the Group’s net assets was $888.7 million (29 December 2007: $1,167.4 million). The Group has designated these contracts as net investment hedges. During 2008, the net fair value gain of $57.2 million (2007: net loss of $31.0 million; 2006: net gain of $79.8 million) in relation to these contracts was recognised directly in equity.
 
Prior to the change in its presentation currency at the beginning of 2008, the Group also designated as net investment hedges the US dollar borrowings under the multi-currency revolving credit facility and, before their redemption in July 2007, the Company’s US dollar denominated preference shares. During 2007, the net currency translation gain of $3.8 million (2006: net gain of $47.8 million) arising on these instruments was recognised directly in equity.
 
The currency profile of the Group’s net assets after taking into account translation hedges is presented in note 33.
 
During 2008, a net loss of $17.9 million (2007: net loss of $3.0 million; 2006: net loss of $1.3 million) was recognised within other finance expense in respect of currency translation hedges that did not qualify for hedge accounting under IAS 39.
 
Also during 2008, a net fair value loss of $9.4 million (2007: net loss of $4.0 million; 2006: net loss of $1.3 million) was recognised within operating profit in respect of currency derivatives that were held to provide an economic hedge of  transactional currency exposures but were not designated as hedges for accounting purposes.
 
 
105

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
32.  Derivative financial instruments (continued)
 
C.  Interest rate swaps
 
Interest rate swaps are used to swap borrowings under the Group’s EMTN Programme from fixed interest rates to floating interest rates. As at 3 January 2009, the nominal value of the contracts outstanding was £400 million (29 December 2007: £400 million). The Group has designated these contracts as fair value hedges in relation to the borrowings. During 2008, the Group recognised a net fair value gain of $75.7 million (2007: net gain of $7.0 million; 2006: net loss of $36.3 million) in relation to these contracts and the carrying amount of the hedged borrowings was increased by $75.6 million (2007: increased by $5.4 million; 2006: reduced by $38.0 million) to reflect the change in the fair value of the borrowings attributable to the hedged risk and the amortisation of the transitional adjustment that was recognised on adoption of IAS 39. During 2008, a net gain of $0.1 million (2007: net gain of $1.6 million; 2006: net gain of $1.7 million) was therefore recognised within other finance expense in relation to these hedges.
 
Interest rate swaps are also used to restrict the amount of floating rate US dollar debt. As at 3 January 2009, the nominal value of these contracts held was $65.0 million (29 December 2007: $130.0 million). During 2008, a net fair value loss of $2.1 million (2007: net loss of $3.8 million; 2006: net loss of $1.7 million) was recognised within other finance expense in relation to these contracts that did not qualify for hedge accounting under IAS 39.
 
 
The profile of interest rate swapsheld by the Group was as follows:
         
         
  Interest rate 
            Payable       Receivable    
   
Notional
                           
   
principal amount
                         
Variable 
   
million
   
Variable
   
Fixed
   
Variable
   
Fixed
 
rate index 
As at 3 January 2009 
                               
Maturity date: 
                               
– December 2011 
  £ 150.0       5.7%                    8.0%   
6 month LIBOR 
– September 2015 
  £ 250.0       4.0%                    6.1%   
3 month LIBOR 
– December 2009 
  $ 65.0             4.6%        1.5%         
3 month LIBOR 
As at 29 December 2007 
                                         
Maturity date: 
                                         
– December 2011 
  £ 150.0       8.6%                    8.0%   
6 month LIBOR 
– September 2015 
  £ 250.0       7.2%                    6.1%   
3 month LIBOR 
– June 2008 
  $ 65.0             3.8%        4.9%         
3 month LIBOR 
– December 2009 
                                         
(commencing June 2008) 
  $ 65.0             4.6%               
3 month LIBOR 
 
33.  Financial risk management
 
A.  Risk management policies
 
The Group’s central treasury function is responsible for procuring the Group’s capital resources and maintaining an efficient capital structure, together with managing the Group’s liquidity, foreign exchange and interest rate exposures.
 
All treasury operations are conducted within strict policies and guidelines that are approved by the Board. Compliance with those policies and guidelines is monitored by the regular reporting of treasury activities to the Board.
 
A key element of the Group’s treasury philosophy is that funding, interest rate and currency decisions and the location of cash and debt balances are determined independently of each other. The Group’s borrowing requirements are met by raising funds in the most favourable markets. Management aims to retain net debt in proportion to the currencies in which the net assets of the Group’s operations are denominated. The desired currency profile of net debt is achieved by entering into currency derivative contracts. The proportion of investments in foreign operations effectively funded by shareholders’ equity is not hedged. The net income of foreign operations is not hedged but the effect of currency fluctuations on the Group’s reported net income is partly offset by interest payable on net debt denominated in foreign currencies.
 
From time to time, the Group also enters into currency derivative contracts to manage currency transaction exposures.
 
The Group’s interest rate profile is managed within the policy established by the Board. The desired interest rate profile of net debt in each currency is achieved by entering into interest rate derivative contracts.
 
 
106

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
The Group’s portfolio of cash and cash equivalents is managed such that there is no significant concentration of credit risk in any one bank or other financial institution. Management monitors closely the credit quality of the institutions with which it holds deposits. Similar considerations are given to the Group’s portfolio of derivative financial instruments.
 
The Group’s borrowing facilities are monitored against forecast requirements and timely action is taken to put in place, renew or replace credit lines. Management’s policy is to reduce liquidity risk by diversifying the Group’s funding sources and by staggering the maturity of its borrowings.
 
The Group has established long-term credit ratings of Baa3 Stable with Moody’s and BBB Stable with Standard & Poor’s and short-term credit ratings of P-3 with Moody’s and A-2 with Standard & Poor’s. Management aims to achieve an appropriate mix of debt and equity to ensure an efficient capital structure and to preserve these ratings.
 
Disclosures about the Group’s capital are set out in note 43.
 
B.  Financial assets and liabilities
 
Financial assets and liabilities analysed by the categories defined in IAS 39 were as follows:
 
                                           
                           
Fair value
             
                     
through profit or loss
             
               
Liabilities
   
Designated
         
Total
       
   
Loans and
   
Available-
   
at amortised
   
hedging
         
carrying
   
Fair
 
   
receivables
   
for-sale
   
cost
   
relationships
   
Trading
   
value
   
value
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
As at 3 January 2009 
                                         
Financial assets 
                                         
Trade and other receivables: 
                                         
– Non-derivative assets 
    757.7                               757.7       757.7  
– Derivative assets 
                      73.4       1.1       74.5       74.5  
      757.7                   73.4       1.1       832.2       832.2  
Available-for-sale investments 
          0.8                         0.8       0.8  
Cash and cash equivalents 
    291.9                               291.9       291.9  
      1,049.6       0.8             73.4       1.1       1,124.9       1,124.9  
   
Financial liabilities 
                                                       
Trade and other payables: 
                                                       
– Non-derivative liabilities 
                (452.4                 (452.4     (452.4
– Derivative liabilities 
                      (32.5     (13.6     (46.1     (46.1
                  (452.4     (32.5     (13.6     (498.5     (498.5
Bank overdrafts 
                (13.7                 (13.7     (13.7
Bank and other loans: 
                                                       
– Current 
                (29.5                 (29.5     (29.0
– Non-current 
                (711.0     (51.9           (762.9     (583.4
Obligations under finance leases 
                (6.9                 (6.9     (6.9
                  (1,213.5     (84.4     (13.6     (1,311.5     (1,131.5
      1,049.6       0.8       (1,213.5     (11.0     (12.5     (186.6     (6.6
 
107

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
33.  Financial risk management (continued)
 
B.  Financial assets and liabilities (continued)
 

                           
Fair value
             
                     
through profit or loss
             
               
Liabilities
   
Designated
         
Total
     
   
Loans and
   
Available-
   
at amortised
   
hedging
         
carrying
    Fair  
   
receivables
   
for-sale
   
cost
   
relationships
   
Trading
   
value
   
value
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
As at 29 December 2007 
                                         
Financial assets 
                                         
Trade and other receivables: 
                                         
– Non-derivative assets 
    957.0                               957.0       957.0  
– Derivative assets 
                      6.2       5.6       11.8       11.8  
      957.0                   6.2       5.6       968.8       968.8  
Available-for-sale investments 
          3.0                         3.0       3.0  
Cash and cash equivalents 
    295.9                               295.9       295.9  
      1,252.9       3.0             6.2       5.6       1,267.7       1,267.7  
Financial liabilities 
                                                       
Trade and other payables: 
                                                       
– Non-derivative liabilities 
                (529.2                 (529.2     (529.2
– Derivative liabilities 
                      (13.2     (3.4     (16.6     (16.6
                  (529.2     (13.2     (3.4     (545.8     (545.8
Bank overdrafts 
                (15.7                 (15.7     (15.7
Bank and other loans: 
                                                       
– Current 
                (39.8                 (39.8     (39.8
– Non-current 
                (827.9     7.4             (820.5     (827.4
Obligations under finance leases 
                (9.6                 (9.6     (9.6
                  (1,422.2     (5.8     (3.4     (1,431.4     (1,438.3
      1,252.9       3.0       (1,422.2     0.4       2.2       (163.7     (170.6

Available-for-sale investments are listed and are valued by reference to quoted market prices.
 
Cash and cash equivalents and current bank and other loans largely attract floating interest rates. Accordingly, their carrying amounts are considered to approximate to fair value.
 
Non-current bank and other loans principally comprise borrowings under the Group’s multi-currency revolving credit facility that attract floating interest rates, the carrying amount of which is considered to approximate to fair value, and the listed bonds issued under the EMTN Programme, the fair value of which is based on their quoted market prices.
 
Finance lease obligations attract fixed interest rates that are implicit in the lease rentals and their fair value has been assessed by reference to prevailing market interest rates.
 
Derivative assets and liabilities represent the fair value of foreign currency derivatives and interest rate derivatives held by the Group at the balance sheet date. Foreign currency derivatives are valued by reference to prevailing forward exchange rates. Interest rate derivatives are valued by discounting the related cash flows using prevailing market interest rates.
 
108

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
C.  Credit risk
 
Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group.
 
Management considers the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk to be as follows:
 
             
   
As at
   
As at
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Trade and other receivables: 
           
– Derivative assets 
    74.5       11.8  
– Non-derivative assets 
    757.7       957.0  
      832.2       968.8  
Cash and cash equivalents 
    291.9       295.9  
      1,124.1       1,264.7  

As at 3 January 2009, 92% (29 December 2007: 86%) of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents were held with institutions rated at least A-1 by Standard & Poor’s and P-1 by Moody’s. Credit risk disclosures with respect to trade receivables are set out in note 25.
 
D.  Liquidity risk
 
Liquidity risk is the risk that an entity will encounter difficulty in meeting obligations associated with financial liabilities.
 
As at 3 January 2009, the Group had undrawn committed borrowing facilities of $455.1 million (29 December 2007: $761.3 million) available under the multi-currency revolving credit facility that expires on 8 August 2010. Borrowings under this facility are at prevailing LIBOR rates, plus an agreed margin, dependent on the period of drawdown. In addition, the Group had uncommitted borrowing facilities of $495.4 million (29 December 2007: $507.6 million), of which $34.7 million (29 December 2007: $44.8 million) had been drawn down for cash. Consequently, the Group’s committed borrowing headroom was $420.4 million (29 December 2007: $532.4 million) in addition to cash and cash equivalents of $291.9 million (29 December 2007: $295.9 million). The Group also had outstanding performance bonds, letters of credit and bank guarantees amounting to $164.5 million (29 December 2007: $184.1 million).
 
The Group is subject to covenants, representations and warranties commonly associated with investment grade borrowings in respect of its committed borrowing facilities and bonds issued under the EMTN Programme.
 
The Group is subject to two financial covenants in respect of its committed borrowing facilities that are calculated by applying UK GAAP extant as at 31 December 2002. The ratio of net debt to consolidated earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation must not exceed 2.5 times (at the end of 2008, the ratio was 0.8 times). The ratio of consolidated operating profit to the consolidated net interest charge must not be less than 3.0 times (for 2008, the ratio was 7.5 times).
 
The Group complied with the borrowing covenants throughout each of the periods presented in the financial statements. Any future non-compliance with the borrowing covenants could, if not waived, constitute an event of default and may, in certain circumstances, lead to an acceleration of the maturity of borrowings drawn down and the inability to access committed facilities
 
109

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
33.  Financial risk management (continued)
 
D.  Liquidity risk (continued)
 
Contractual cash flows related to the Group’s financial liabilities are as follows:

                                           
         
Between
   
Between
   
Between
   
Between
             
   
Within
   
1 and 2
   
2 and 3
   
3 and 4
   
4 and 5
   
After
       
   
1 year
   
years
   
years
   
years
   
years
   
5 years
   
Total
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
As at 3 January 2009 
                                         
Bank overdrafts 
    (13.6 )                                    (13.6 ) 
Bank and other loans: 
                                                       
– Principal 
    (20.9 )      (129.3 )      (219.2 )      (0.3 )      (0.3 )      (365.4 )      (735.4 ) 
– Interest payments 
    (41.6 )      (39.9 )      (39.9 )      (22.4 )      (22.4 )      (38.2 )      (204.4 ) 
Finance lease obligations 
    (1.9 )      (1.5 )      (1.1 )      (0.8 )      (0.6 )      (3.6 )      (9.5 ) 
Trade and other payables: 
                                                       
– Non-derivative liabilities 
    (434.7 )      (17.7 )                              (452.4 ) 
– Derivative liabilities 
                                                       
Payments 
    (677.0 )      (5.9 )                              (682.9 ) 
Receipts 
    655.9       7.9                               663.8  
Cash flows on financial liabilities 
    (533.8 )      (186.4 )      (260.2 )      (23.5 )      (23.3 )      (407.2 )      (1,434.4 ) 
Related financial assets: 
                                                       
– Derivative assets 
                                                       
Payments 
    (328.8 )      (27.2 )      (29.2 )      (17.3 )      (18.2 )      (31.7 )      (452.4 ) 
Receipts 
    353.9       39.8       39.9       22.4       22.4       44.5       522.9  
Cash flows on related financial assets 
    25.1       12.6       10.7       5.1       4.2       12.8       70.5  
      (508.7 )      (173.8 )      (249.5 )      (18.4 )      (19.1 )      (394.4 )      (1,363.9 ) 
                                                         
           
Between
   
Between
   
Between
   
Between
                 
   
Within
   
1 and 2
   
2 and 3
   
3 and 4
   
4 and 5
   
After
         
   
1 year
   
years
   
years
   
years
   
years
   
5 years
   
Total
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
As at 29 December 2007 
                                                       
Bank overdrafts 
    (15.7 )                                    (15.7 ) 
Bank and other loans: 
                                                       
– Principal 
    (45.1 )            (35.9 )      (298.9 )            (498.2 )      (878.1 ) 
– Interest payments 
    (59.2 )      (56.6 )      (56.6 )      (55.8 )      (30.5 )      (91.5 )      (350.2 ) 
Finance lease obligations 
    (2.4 )      (2.0 )      (1.8 )      (1.2 )      (0.8 )      (4.6 )      (12.8 ) 
Trade and other payables: 
                                                       
– Non-derivative liabilities 
    (510.7 )      (18.5 )                              (529.2 ) 
– Derivative liabilities 
                                                       
Payments 
    (1,238.2 )      (13.6 )      (8.4 )                        (1,260.2 ) 
Receipts 
    1,223.2       12.6       8.0                         1,243.8  
Cash flows on financial liabilities 
    (648.1 )      (78.1 )      (94.7 )      (355.9 )      (31.3 )      (594.3 )      (1,802.4 ) 
Related financial assets: 
                                                       
– Derivative assets 
                                                       
Payments 
    (91.9 )      (53.6 )      (53.6 )      (53.6 )      (30.3 )      (91.3 )      (374.3 ) 
Receipts 
    90.9       56.2       56.2       56.2       30.5       91.5       381.5  
Cash flows on related financial assets 
    (1.0 )      2.6       2.6       2.6       0.2       0.2       7.2  
      (649.1 )      (75.5 )      (92.1 )      (353.3 )      (31.1 )      (594.1 )      (1,795.2 ) 

 
110

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
Information on the Group’s exposure to liquidity risk analysed by currency is presented below.
 
                                           
         
Between
   
Between
   
Between
   
Between
             
   
Within
   
1 and 2
   
2 and 3
   
3 and 4
   
4 and 5
   
After
       
   
1 year
   
years
   
years
   
years
   
years
   
5 years
   
Total
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
As at 3 January 2009 
                                         
Cash flows on financial liabilities: 
                                         
– US dollar 
    (771.2     (114.6     (0.4     (0.4     (0.2           (886.8
– Sterling 
    480.0       (75.8     (259.1     (22.7     (22.4     (403.5     (303.5
– Euro 
    (39.6     6.4       (0.7     (0.4     (0.4     (3.7     (38.4
– Canadian dollar 
    (37.8                                   (37.8
– Other 
    (165.2     (2.4                 (0.3           (167.9
      (533.8     (186.4     (260.2     (23.5     (23.3     (407.2     (1,434.4
Cash flows on related financial assets: 
                                                       
– US dollar 
    289.6                                     289.6  
– Sterling 
    2.0       12.6       10.7       5.1       4.2       12.8       47.4  
– Euro 
    (97.8                                   (97.8
– Canadian dollar 
    (105.6                                   (105.6
– Other 
    (63.1                                   (63.1
      25.1       12.6       10.7       5.1       4.2       12.8       70.5  
                                                         
           
Between
   
Between
   
Between
   
Between
                 
   
Within
   
1 and 2
   
2 and 3
   
3 and 4
   
4 and 5
   
After
         
   
1 year
   
years
   
years
   
years
   
years
   
5 years
   
Total
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
As at 29 December 2007 
                                                       
Cash flows on financial liabilities: 
                                                       
– US dollar 
    (773.3     (14.9     (0.6     (0.4     (0.4     (0.4     (790.0
– Sterling 
    749.1       (46.8     (84.5     (354.7     (30.5     (589.7     (357.1
– Euro 
    (222.4     (12.2     (9.6     (0.8     (0.4     (4.2     (249.6
– Canadian dollar 
    (220.9                                   (220.9
– Other 
    (180.6     (4.2                             (184.8
      (648.1     (78.1     (94.7     (355.9     (31.3     (594.3     (1,802.4
Cash flows on related financial assets: 
                                                       
– US dollar 
    (16.1                                   (16.1
– Sterling 
    (0.6     2.6       2.6       2.6       0.2       0.2       7.6  
– Euro 
    (4.0                                   (4.0
– Canadian dollar 
    0.4                                     0.4  
– Other 
    19.3                                     19.3  
      (1.0     2.6       2.6       2.6       0.2       0.2       7.2  

Maturities in all of the liquidity tables above are based on the earliest date on which the Group could be required to settle the liabilities.
 
Floating interest payments and payments and receipts on interest rate derivatives are estimated based on market interest rates prevailing at the balance sheet date.
 
 
111

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
33.  Financial risk management (continued)
 
E.  Interest rate risk
 
Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value of or future cash flows associated with a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates.
 
The interest rate profile of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities, after taking into account the effect of the Group’s interest rate hedging activities, was as follows:
 
                                                 
    As at 3 January 2009     As at 29 December 2007  
      Interest-bearing                
Interest-bearing
             
   
Floating
    Fixed    
Non-interest
         
Floating
   
Fixed
   
Non-interest
       
   
rate
   
rate
   
bearing
   
Total
   
rate
   
rate
   
bearing
   
Total
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Financial assets 
                                               
Trade and other receivables 
    3.8             828.4       832.2       5.8             963.0       968.8  
Available-for-sale investments 
                0.8       0.8                   3.0       3.0  
Cash and cash equivalents 
                                                               
(note 27) 
    252.0             39.9       291.9       270.0             25.9       295.9  
      255.8             869.1       1,124.9       275.8             991.9       1,267.7  
Financial liabilities 
                                                               
Trade and other payables 
                (498.5     (498.5                 (545.8     (545.8
Borrowings (note 29) 
    (739.4     (65.3     (1.4     (806.1     (800.5     (73.9     (1.6     (876.0
Obligations under 
                                                               
finance leases 
          (6.9           (6.9           (9.6           (9.6
      (739.4     (72.2     (499.9     (1,311.5     (800.5     (83.5     (547.4     (1,431.4
      (483.6     (72.2     369.2       (186.6     (524.7     (83.5     444.5       (163.7

On the assumption that the change in interest rates is applied to the risk exposures in existence at the balance sheet date and that designated fair value hedges are highly effective, an increase/decrease of 100 basis points in the interest rates applying to financial assets and liabilities would increase/decrease the Group’s profit before tax by $4.0 million. No amounts would be taken directly to equity.
 
F.  Currency risk
 
Currency risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates. Currency risk arises on financial assets and liabilities that are denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the entity by which they are held.
 
The Group’s exposure to currency risk was as follows:
 
      Net foreign currency financial assets/(liabilities)  
   
US dollar
   
Sterling
   
Euro
   
Canadian dollar
   
Other
   
Total
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
As at 3 January 2009 
                                   
Functional currency of entity: 
                                   
– US dollar 
          (7.0     (1.4           6.4       (2.0
– Sterling 
    3.7             0.5             12.3       16.5  
– Euro 
    (2.3     (0.1           (0.6           (3.0
– Canadian dollar 
    (1.4                       (0.1     (1.5
– Other 
    (11.2     (0.7     19.7       31.7             39.5  
      (11.2     (7.8     18.8       31.1       18.6       49.5  
   
As at 29 December 2007 
                                               
Functional currency of entity: 
                                               
– US dollar 
          (0.2     (3.2     0.2       6.4       3.2  
– Sterling 
    24.3             10.4             0.2       34.9  
– Euro 
    (4.4     (0.2                       (4.6
– Canadian dollar 
    3.0       (0.4     (0.2           (0.4     2.0  
– Other 
    (24.3     (7.4     2.8       (2.2           (31.1
      (1.4     (8.2     9.8       (2.0     6.2       4.4  

Currency exposures shown above take into account the effect of the Group’s transaction hedging activities.
 
112

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
On the assumption that the change in exchange rates is applied to the risk exposures in existence at the balance sheet date and that designated net investment hedges are highly effective, an increase/decrease of 10% in the value of the functional currencies of the entities concerned against the currencies in which the financial assets and liabilities are denominated would increase/decrease the Group’s profit before tax by $5.0 million. No amounts would be taken directly to equity.
 
Currency exposures on the Group’s net assets, after taking into account the translation hedges applied to the Group’s borrowings, were as follows:
 
      As at 3 January 2009       As at 29 December 2007  
   
Net assets
               
Net assets
             
   
excluding net
   
Net
   
Net
   
excluding net
   
Net
   
Net
 
   
(debt)/funds
   
(debt)/funds
   
assets
   
(debt)/funds
   
(debt)/funds
   
assets
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Currency: 
                                   
– US dollar 
    1,164.2       (305.8     858.4       1,390.1       (428.3     961.8  
– Sterling 
    101.9       (12.7     89.2       169.8       (12.4     157.4  
– Euro 
    229.9       (94.6     135.3       241.5       (85.7     155.8  
– Canadian dollar 
    171.6       (104.4     67.2       519.6       (157.0     362.6  
– Other 
    548.1       41.1       589.2       525.3       91.9       617.2  
      2,215.7       (476.4     1,739.3       2,846.3       (591.5     2,254.8  
 
34. Post-employment benefit obligations
 
A. Background
 
The Group operates pension plans throughout the world, covering the majority of its employees. The plans are structured to accord with local conditions and practices in each country and include defined contribution plans and defined benefit plans.
 
The Group provides defined contribution pension benefits in most of the countries in which it operates; in particular, the majority of the Group’s employees in the US are entitled to such benefits. The expense recognised in the income statement in respect of these plans represents the contributions payable by the Group for the period at rates that are specified in the rules of the plans. At the balance sheet date, the Group had not paid over to the plans contributions due amounting to $15.1 million (29 December 2007: $14.9 million). All amounts due for the period were paid over subsequent to the balance sheet date.
 
The Group operates defined benefit pension plans in several countries; in particular, in the US and the UK. Generally, the pension benefits provided under these plans are based upon pensionable salary and the period of service of the individual employees. The assets of the plans are held separately from those of the Group in funds that are under the control of trustees. The majority of the defined benefit pension plans operated by the Group are closed to new entrants. In addition to the funded defined benefit pension plans, the Group has unfunded defined benefit obligations to certain employees.
 
The Group also provides other post-employment benefits, principally health and life insurance cover, to certain of its employees in North America. These plans, which are unfunded, are defined benefit plans.
 
113

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
34.  Post-employment benefit obligations (continued)
 
B.  Summary of financial effect
 
An analysis of the effect of providing post-employment benefits on the Group’s results is set out below.
 
Year ended 3 January 2009
 
      Pensions       Other post-employment benefits  
   
Operating
   
Finance
         
Operating
   
Finance
       
   
profit
   
charges
   
Total
   
profit
   
charges
   
Total
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Defined contribution plans 
    37.9             37.9                    
   
Defined benefit plans 
                                               
Recognised in the income 
                                               
statement: 
                                               
– Current service cost 
    8.7             8.7       0.5             0.5  
– Past service cost 
                      0.6             0.6  
– Settlement and curtailments 
    (2.4           (2.4                  
– Interest cost 
          67.9       67.9             10.5       10.5  
– Expected return on 
                                               
plan assets 
          (75.5     (75.5                  
      6.3       (7.6     (1.3     1.1       10.5       11.6  
   
Recognised in equity: 
                                               
– Net actuarial gain 
                    122.4                       (23.6
– Effect of the asset ceiling 
                    (12.3                      
                      110.1                       (23.6
                      108.8                       (12.0

                                           
Year ended 29 December 2007 
                                 
   
  Pensions
   
Other post-employment benefits
 
   
Operating
   
Finance
   
Loss from
discontinued
         
Operating
   
Finance
       
   
profit
   
charges
   
operations
   
Total
   
profit
   
charges
   
Total
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Defined contribution plans 
    46.8             0.8       47.6                    
   
Defined benefit plans 
                                                       
Recognised in the 
                                                       
income statement: 
                                                       
– Current service cost 
    11.6             0.2       11.8       0.4             0.4  
– Past service cost 
    0.2                   0.2                    
– Settlement and curtailments 
    (3.8           (2.4     (6.2                  
– Interest cost 
          66.1       1.0       67.1             10.2       10.2  
– Expected return on plan assets 
          (75.0     (1.2     (76.2                  
      8.0       (8.9     (2.4     (3.3     0.4       10.2       10.6  
Recognised in equity: 
                                                       
– Net actuarial gain 
                            (89.9                     (6.0
– Effect of the asset ceiling 
                            43.8                        
                              (46.1                     (6.0
                              (49.4                     4.6  
114

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
                                                 
Year ended 30 December 2006 
                                 
     Pensions          
Other post-employment benefits
 
               
Loss from
                     
Loss from
       
   
Operating
   
Finance
   
discontinued
         
Operating
   
Finance
   
discontinued
       
   
profit
   
charges
   
operations
   
Total
   
profit
   
charges
   
operations
   
Total
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Defined contribution plans 
    51.0             2.6       53.6                          
   
Defined benefit plans 
                                                               
Recognised in the 
                                                               
income statement: 
                                                               
– Current service cost 
    12.6             0.7       13.3       0.4                   0.4  
– Past service cost 
    0.7                   0.7                          
– Settlement and curtailments 
    0.2                   0.2       (1.1                 (1.1
– Interest cost 
          57.8       4.9       62.7             9.9       0.2       10.1  
– Expected return on 
                                                               
plan assets 
          (61.1     (5.1     (66.2                        
      13.5       (3.3     0.5       10.7       (0.7     9.9       0.2       9.4  
Recognised in equity: 
                                                               
– Net actuarial gain 
                            (40.7                             2.7  
– Effect of the asset ceiling 
                            1.6                                
                              (39.1                             2.7  
                              (28.4                             12.1  

The net liability recognised in the Group’s balance sheet in respect of defined benefit plans was as follows:
 
      As at 3 January 2009       As at 29 December 2007  
   
Pensions
   
Other benefits
   
Total
   
Pensions
   
Other benefits
   
Total
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Present value of the benefit 
                                   
obligation: 
                                   
– Funded 
    978.9             978.9       1,154.9             1,154.9  
– Unfunded 
    39.2       147.7       186.9       41.6       180.8       222.4  
      1,018.1       147.7       1,165.8       1,196.5       180.8       1,377.3  
Fair value of plan assets 
    (862.1           (862.1     (1,125.0           (1,125.0
      156.0       147.7       303.7       71.5       180.8       252.3  
Effect of the asset ceiling 
    24.6             24.6       49.4             49.4  
Net liability 
    180.6       147.7       328.3       120.9       180.8       301.7  

The net liability is presented in the Group’s balance sheet as follows:
 
      As at 3 January 2009       As at 29 December 2007  
   
Pensions
   
Other benefits
   
Total
   
Pensions
   
Other benefits
   
Total
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Ongoing businesses: 
                                   
– Surpluses 
    (5.3           (5.3     (7.2           (7.2
– Deficits 
    185.9       147.7       333.6       128.1       178.4       306.5  
      180.6       147.7       328.3       120.9       178.4       299.3  
Businesses to be sold (note 28): 
                                               
– Deficits 
                            2.4       2.4  
Net liability 
    180.6       147.7       328.3       120.9       180.8       301.7  
 
115

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
34.  Post-employment benefit obligations (continued)
 
C.  Pensions
 
The principal assumptions used in the actuarial valuations of the defined benefit pension plans were as follows:
 
               
Other
 
   
UK
   
US
   
countries
 
   
% per annum
   
% per annum
   
% per annum
 
   
Valuation as at 3 January 2009 
                 
Salary increases 
    4.00%        5.65%        3.28%   
Increase to pensions in payment 
    3.00%        n/a       n/a  
Increase to deferred pensions 
    3.00%        n/a       n/a  
Long-term rate of return on plan assets 
    6.64%        8.00%        5.97%   
Discount rate 
    6.50%        5.88%        5.95%   
Inflation rate 
    3.00%        0.00%        1.34%   
   
Valuation as at 29 December 2007 
                       
Salary increases 
    4.25%        3.00% – 5.92     1.00% – 3.50%   
Increase to pensions in payment 
    3.25%        n/a       n/a  
Increase to deferred pensions 
    3.25%        n/a       n/a  
Long-term rate of return on plan assets 
    5.25% – 7.00%        8.00     1.00% – 7.00%   
Discount rate 
    5.75$        6.375     2.00% – 6.00%   
Inflation rate 
    3.25%        0.00     0.50% – 3.50%   

The current life expectancies underlying the benefit obligations of the Group’s principal pension plans were as follows:
 
                 
       
UK 
 
US 
 
Other countries 
As at 3 January 2009 
           
Current pensioners (at age 65)– male 
 
21.2 years 
 
17.7 years 
 
19.1 years 
   
– female 
 
24.2 years 
 
20.3 years 
 
21.6 years 
Future pensioners (at age 65) 
 
– male 
 
22.2 years 
 
17.7 years 
 
19.1 years 
   
– female 
 
25.2 years 
 
20.3 years 
 
21.6 years 
As at 29 December 2007 
           
Current pensioners (at age 65)– male 
 
20.5 years 
 
17.7 years 
 
19.1 years 
   
– female 
 
23.4 years 
 
20.2 years 
 
21.6 years 
Future pensioners (at age 65) 
 
– male 
 
22.2 years 
 
17.7 years 
 
19.1 years 
   
– female 
 
25.0 years 
 
20.2 years 
 
21.6 years 

The net liability recognised in the Group’s balance sheet in respect of defined benefit pension plans was as follows:
 
                                                 
    As at 3 January 2009     As at 29 December 2007  
               
Other
               
Other
 
   
UK
   
US
   
countries
   
Total
   
UK
   
US
   
countries
   
Total
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Present value of benefit 
                                               
obligation: 
                                               
– Funded 
    280.5       586.5       111.9       978.9       425.5       586.1       143.3       1,154.9  
– Unfunded 
    5.1       32.4       1.7       39.2       7.7       31.7       2.2       41.6  
      285.6       618.9       113.6       1,018.1       433.2       617.8       145.5       1,196.5  
Fair value of plan assets 
    (294.0     (479.5     (88.6     (862.1     (449.8     (558.8     (116.4     (1,125.0
      (8.4     139.4       25.0       156.0       (16.6     59.0       29.1       71.5  
Effect of the asset ceiling 
    24.6                   24.6       45.6       3.8             49.4  
Net liability 
    16.2       139.4       25.0       180.6       29.0       62.8       29.1       120.9  

 
116

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 
Changes in the present value of the benefit obligation were as follows:
   
      Year ended 3 January 2009       Year ended 29 December 2007  
   
   
UK
   
US
   
Other
countries
   
Total
   
UK
   
US
   
Other
countries
   
Total
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
At the beginning of the period 
    433.2       617.8       145.5       1,196.5       458.4       673.3       138.4       1,270.1  
Current service cost 
    1.1       2.9       4.7       8.7       1.2       5.2       5.4       11.8  
Past service cost 
                            0.2                   0.2  
Curtailments 
    (0.6 )      (2.0 )            (2.6 )      (2.4 )      (4.0 )            (6.4 ) 
Settlements 
          (0.4 )      (3.4 )      (3.8 )      (1.4 )      (0.4 )            (1.8 ) 
Interest cost 
    23.4       37.3       7.2       67.9       23.4       37.3       6.4       67.1  
Special termination benefits 
          0.2             0.2             0.2             0.2  
Net actuarial (gain)/loss 
    (35.2 )      28.5       (16.4 )      (23.1 )      (33.5 )      (42.7 )      (16.7 )      (92.9 ) 
      421.9       684.3       137.6       1,243.8       445.9       668.9       133.5       1,248.3  
Disposal of subsidiaries 
          (15.9 )            (15.9 )            (1.0 )            (1.0 ) 
Employees’ contributions 
    0.2             0.2       0.4       0.4             0.2       0.6  
Benefits paid 
    (19.8 )      (49.5 )      (6.4 )      (75.7 )      (21.4 )      (50.0 )      (9.8 )      (81.2 ) 
Foreign currency translation 
    (116.7 )            (17.8 )      (134.5 )      8.3       (0.1 )      21.6       29.8  
At the end of the period 
    285.6       618.9       113.6       1,018.1       433.2       617.8       145.5       1,196.5  
   
   
   
Changes in the fair value of plan assets were as follows:
 
   
       Year ended 3 January 2009         Year ended 29 December 2007  
               
Other
                      Other        
   
UK
   
US
   
countries
   
Total
   
UK
   
US
   
countries
   
Total
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
At the beginning of the period 
    449.8       558.8       116.4       1,125.0       427.6       518.9       95.3       1,041.8  
Expected return on plan assets 
    29.3       39.4       6.8       75.5       29.4       40.4       6.4       76.2  
Settlements 
          (0.4 )      (3.4 )      (3.8 )      (1.4 )      (0.4 )            (1.8 ) 
Net actuarial (loss)/gain 
    (49.6 )      (79.1 )      (16.8 )      (145.5 )      (3.0 )      3.4       (3.4 )      (3.0 ) 
      429.5       518.7       103.0       1,051.2       452.6       562.3       98.3       1,113.2  
Disposal of subsidiaries 
          (16.2 )            (16.2 )                         
Employer’s contributions 
    8.5       26.5       10.4       45.4       10.4       46.6       11.0       68.0  
Employees’ contributions 
    0.2             0.2       0.4       0.4             0.2       0.6  
Benefits paid 
    (19.8 )      (49.5 )      (6.4 )      (75.7 )      (21.4 )      (50.0 )      (9.8 )      (81.2 ) 
Foreign currency translation 
    (124.4 )            (18.6 )      (143.0 )      7.8       (0.1 )      16.7       24.4  
At the end of the period 
    294.0       479.5       88.6       862.1       449.8       558.8       116.4       1,125.0  
   
   
The fair value of plan assets by asset category was as follows:
                                 
   
        As at 3 January 2009    
  As at 29 December 2007
 
                Other                       Other        
   
UK
   
US
   
countries
   
Total
   
UK
   
US
   
countries
   
Total
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Equity instruments 
    151.5       268.9       32.8       453.2       237.2       339.6       50.2       627.0  
Debt instruments 
    141.4       184.7       36.9       363.0       210.8       186.3       48.0       445.1  
Other assets 
    1.1       25.9       18.9       45.9       1.8       32.9       18.2       52.9  
      294.0       479.5       88.6       862.1       449.8       558.8       116.4       1,125.0  

Plan assets do not include any of the Group’s own financial instruments, nor any property occupied by, or other assets used by, the Group.
 
The return and risk expectations for each asset class incorporate assumptions about historical return relationships, current financial market conditions and the degree of global capital market integration. The assumptions used have been derived from rigorous historical performance analysis combined with forward-looking views of the financial markets as revealed through the yield on long-term bonds and the price earnings ratios of the major stock market indices. The actuaries review analyses of historical risk and the correlation of the return on asset classes and apply subjective judgment based on their knowledge of the Group’s plans. The result of this analysis is incorporated into a risk matrix from which expected long-term risk premiums for each asset class are developed. The nominal return expectations are determined by combining the asset class risk premiums with expected inflation and real risk-free rate assumptions. As a final consideration, the nominal return assumptions are blended with current market conditions to develop long-term equilibrium expectations.
 
117

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
34.  Post-employment benefit obligations (continued)
 
C.  Pensions (continued)
 
The Group’s investment strategy for pension plan assets includes diversification to minimise interest and market risks. Accordingly, the interest rate risk inherent in the benefit obligation of the Group’s US funded pension plans is hedged using a combination of bonds and interest rate swaps with a combined average duration of 10.5 years. In general, the investment strategy for the Group’s pension plans outside the US does not involve the use of derivative financial instruments.
 
Plan assets are rebalanced periodically to maintain target asset allocations. Maturities of investments are not necessarily related to the timing of expected future benefit payments, but adequate liquidity to make immediate and medium-term benefit payments is ensured.
 
The weighted averages of the expected returns on plan assets were as follows:
 
      As at 3 January 2009       As at 29 December 2007       As at 30 December 2006  
               
Other
               
Other
               
Other
 
   
UK
   
US
   
countries
   
UK
   
US
   
countries
   
UK
   
US
   
countries
 
Equity instruments 
    8.00%        9.51%        9.13%        7.95%        9.31%        9.39%        7.90%        9.61%        8.20%  
Debt instruments 
    4.83%        6.40%        4.87%        5.65%        6.30%        5.11%        5.00%        5.70%        5.04%  
Other assets 
    4.30%        3.90%        1.00% %     4.85%        4.80%        1.00%       4.20%        3.80%         
                                                    
The actual return on plan assets was as follows:
                                                 
                                           
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
                                           
3 January
      29 December    
30 December
 
                                           
2009
           
2007
   
2006
 
UK 
                                            (4.5)%                6.0%        6.0%   
US 
                                            (7.1)%                8.3%        9.6%   
Other countries 
                                            (8.6)%                3.1%        11.3%   
 
Actuarial gains and losses recognised in relation to defined benefit pension plans were as follows:
 
                               
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
   
31 December
   
1 January
 
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
   
2005
   
2005
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
At the end of the period: 
                             
Present value of benefit obligation 
    1,018.1       1,196.5       1,270.0       1,216.9       1,162.3  
Fair value of plan assets 
    (862.1 )      (1,125.0 )      (1,041.8 )      (904.9 )      (848.0 ) 
Deficit in the plans 
    156.0       71.5       228.2       312.0       314.3  
   
Recognised in the period: 
                                       
– Net actuarial (loss)/gain on plan assets 
    (145.5 )      (3.0 )      15.1       25.9       9.0  
– Net actuarial (loss)/gain on benefit obligation 
    23.1       92.9       25.6       (104.7 )      (32.4 ) 

As at 3 January 2009, the cumulative net actuarial loss recognised in the statement of recognised income and expense amounted to $94.0 million.
 
The Group expects to contribute approximately $43 million to defined benefit pension plans in 2009.
 
D.  Other post-employment benefits
 
The weighted averages of the principal assumptions used in the actuarial valuations of the other post-employment benefit plans were as follows:
                   
   
As at
   
As at
   
As at
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
% per annum
   
% per annum
   
% per annum
 
Discount rate 
    6.08%        6.28%        5.65%   
Medical cost inflation rate 
    8.20%        7.13%        7.94%  

The Group’s other post-employment benefit plans are unfunded. Accordingly, the liability recognised in the Group’s balance sheet in respect of these plans represents the present value of the benefit obligation.
 
118

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 
Changes in the present value of the benefit obligation were as follows: 
                 
   
       
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
       
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
       
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
       
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
At the beginning of the period 
        180.8       189.7       193.5  
Current service cost 
        0.5       0.4       0.4  
Past service cost 
        0.6              
Settlements 
                    1.1  
Interest cost 
        10.5       10.2       10.1  
Net actuarial (gain)/loss 
        (23.6 )      (6.0 )      2.7  
          168.8       194.3       207.8  
Acquisition of subsidiaries 
                0.4  
Disposal of subsidiaries 
    (2.2 )      (2.8 )       
Benefits paid 
    (13.0 )      (15.6 )      (18.5 ) 
Foreign currency translation 
    (5.9 )      4.9        
At the end of the period 
    147.7       180.8       189.7  
   
   
Actuarial gains and losses recognised in relation to other post-employment benefit plans since the adoption of IFRS are as follows:
 
   
 
Year ended
Year ended
 
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
 
3 January
29 December
 
30 December
   
31 December
   
1 January
 
 
2009
2007
 
2006
   
2005
   
2005
 
 
$ million
$ million
 
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
At the end of the period: 
                           
Present value of benefit obligation 
147.7
180.8
    189.7       193.5       213.5  
   
Recognised in the period: 
                           
– Actuarial gain/(loss) on benefit obligation 
23.6
6.0
    (2.7 )      3.1       45.7  

As at 3 January 2009, the cumulative net actuarial gain recognised in the statement of recognised income and expense amounted to $75.7 million.
 
Sensitivity to change in the assumed medical cost inflation rate used in the actuarial valuations as at 3 January 2009 is as follows:
 
             
   
Increase of one
   
Decrease of one
 
   
percentage point
   
percentage point
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Effect on the aggregate of the current service cost and the interest cost 
    0.8       (0.4 ) 
Effect on the accumulated benefit obligation 
    16.4       (9.3 ) 

 
119

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
35.  Share-based incentives
 
A.  Background
 
The Company operates a number of share-based compensation arrangements to provide incentives to the Group’s senior executives and other eligible employees. Details of the schemes in respect of which options and awards are outstanding are set out in the Remuneration Committee report.
 
Although the Company’s ordinary shares are now denominated in US dollars, they continue to be quoted in sterling on the London Stock Exchange.
 
B.  Share options
 
Following a review by the Board in 2004, it was decided that the Company’s executive share option schemes would not be renewed when they lapsed for the purposes of new awards in May 2005. Awards granted under these schemes were subject to a performance condition that the rate of increase in the Group’s earnings per share must exceed the growth in the UK Retail Prices Index by an average of 2% per annum over any three-year period after the options were granted. The final unvested options under these schemes vested during 2007.
 
Options were granted to James Nicol in 2002 as part of the incentive package to attract him to the Company. The Ongoing Option, which was subject to the performance condition that the rate of increase of the Company’s earnings per share must be equal to or greater than the rate of increase of the UK Retail Prices Index plus 9% over any three-year period after the option was granted, vested in 2006.
 
Options continue to be granted from time to time under the Company’s Sharesave scheme, which is restricted to employees who are resident for tax purposes in the UK. It offers eligible employees the option to buy ordinary shares in Tomkins plc after a period of three, five or seven years funded from the proceeds of a savings contract to which employees may contribute up to £250 per month.
 
In 2008, the compensation expense recognised in respect of share options was $0.3 million (2007: $2.8 million; 2006: $5.0 million).
 
Changes in the total number of share options outstanding during the period were as follows:
 
                         
   
Year ended 3 January 2009
   
Year ended 29 December 2007
 
         
Weighted
         
Weighted
 
         
average
         
average
 
   
Options
   
exercise price
   
Options
   
exercise price
 
   
Number
   
Pence
   
Number
   
Pence
 
Outstanding at the beginning of the period 
    19,602,926       242.71       20,495,555       243.10  
Granted during the period 
    803,274       140.20       272,695       211.40  
Forfeited during the period 
    (533,617     205.95       (368,573     233.12  
Exercised during the period 
    (45,000     170.50       (485,751     241.19  
Lapsed during the period 
    (1,696,000     251.56       (311,000     254.93  
Outstanding at the end of the period 
    18,131,583       238.60       19,602,926       242.71  
   
Exercisable at the end of the period 
    16,341,128       244.64       18,082,128       245.11  

On the dates on which options were exercised during 2008, the weighted average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares was 184.00p per share (2007: 277.83p per share).
 
The fair value of options granted under the Sharesave scheme was measured at their respective grant dates using the Black-Scholes option pricing formula based on the following assumptions:
 
                   
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Weighted average fair value 
    37.99p        73.81p       106.61p   
Weighted average assumptions: 
                       
– Share price 
    176.75p        264.25p        336.75p   
– Exercise price 
    140.20p        211.40p       269.40p   
– Expected volatility 
    24.59%        25.40%        28.94%   
– Expected life 
 
4.57 years
   
4.66 years
   
4.55 years
 
– Risk-free interest rate 
    4.55%        5.23%        4.50%   
– Expected dividends 
    13.89p        13.89p        13.00p   

 
120

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
Expected volatility was determined based on the historical volatility of the market price of the Company’s ordinary shares over the shorter of the expected life of the options and the period since the beginning of the Group’s financial year ended 30 April 2002 when, following a period of significant demerger activity, the Group was refocused on its remaining core businesses. Adjustments have been made to the expected life used in the model to reflect the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations.
 
The weighted average contractual life of share options outstanding at the end of the period was as follows:
 
                                     
   
As at 3 January 2009
   
As at 29 December 2007
   
As at 30 December 2006
 
         
Weighted
         
Weighted
         
Weighted
 
         
average
         
average
         
average
 
         
remaining
         
remaining
         
remaining
 
   
Outstanding
   
contractual life
   
Outstanding
   
contractual life
   
Outstanding
   
contractual life
 
   
Number
   
Years
   
Number
   
Years
   
Number
   
Years
 
Range of exercise prices: 
                                   
– 100p to 150p 
    723,947       4.23                          
– 151p to 200p 
    3,454,072       2.99       3,519,072       3.94       3,563,072       4.98  
– 201p to 250p 
    7,773,617       4.61       9,244,600       5.39       9,641,668       6.59  
– 251p to 300p 
    5,164,719       4.35       5,821,026       5.01       6,272,587       6.41  
– 301p and higher 
    1,015,228       3.10       1,018,228       4.11       1,018,228       5.11  
      18,131,583               19,602,926               20,495,555          

 
C.  Other awards
 
The Group’s principal ongoing share-based compensation arrangements are the Annual Bonus Incentive Plan and the Performance Share Plan. Both are restricted to the Group’s senior executives.
 
ABIP provides an award of bonus shares and deferred shares based on the profit of the business for which the participants have responsibility. Bonus shares are restricted and vest after a period of three years. Dividends are paid on the bonus shares. Deferred shares vest after a period of three years conditional on the participant’s continued employment with the Group. Dividends are not paid on the deferred shares until they have vested. During 2008, awards were granted over 1,789,628 ordinary shares (2007: 1,727,352 ordinary shares; 2006: 1,643,031 ordinary shares) under the ABIP.
 
PSP provides awards of shares which vest after a period of three years conditional on the Group’s total shareholder return relative to its cost of equity over the vesting period and the participant’s continued employment with the Group. During 2008, awards were granted over 7,115,194 ordinary shares under the PSP (2007: 5,852,671 ordinary shares; 2006: 7,866,573 ordinary shares).
 
The fair value of awards made under the ABIP is measured based on the market price of the Company’s ordinary shares on the date of the award. Where the awards do not attract dividends during the vesting period, the market price is reduced by the present value of the dividends expected to be paid during the expected life of the awards. The weighted average fair value of awards made under these schemes during the period was 125.66p (2007: 211.93p; 2006: 266.60p) .
 
The fair value of awards made under the PSP was measured at their respective grant dates using a Monte-Carlo valuation model based on the following assumptions:
 
                   
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
Weighted average fair value 
    43.92p        66.45p        87.19p   
Weighted average assumptions: 
                       
– Expected volatility 
    36.41%        27.67%        23.01%   
– Expected life 
 
3.00 years
   
3.00 years
   
2.78 years
 
– Risk-free interest rate 
    4.71%        4.88%        4.75%   
– Dividend yield 
    8.84%        5.00%        4.73%   

 
 
Expected volatility was determined based on the historical volatility of the market price of the Company’s ordinary shares over the expected life of the awards.
 
In 2008, the compensation expense recognised in respect of other awards was $11.2 million (2007: $13.2 million; 2006: $9.5 million).
 
 
121

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
36. Deferred tax
 
Movements in the net deferred tax assets and (liabilities) recognised by the Group were as follows:
 
                                                 
   
Post-
         
Net
                               
   
employment
   
Tax
   
investment in
   
Accrued
   
Long-lived
         
Other
       
   
benefits
   
losses
   
subsidiaries
   
expenses
   
assets
   
Inventories
   
items
   
Total
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
As at 30 December 2006 
    116.3       21.3       30.9       42.9       (125.5     (51.4     31.1       65.6  
Acquisition of subsidiaries 
                                        0.2       0.2  
Disposal of subsidiaries 
    (0.6     (0.6           (0.4     (3.0     6.8       (1.0     1.2  
(Charge)/credit to the 
                                                               
income statement 
    (12.8     (13.0     (33.6     1.2       9.8       3.8       (6.4     (51.0
(Charge)/credit directly to equity 
    (14.8                                   0.2       (14.6
Currency translation differences 
    2.6       1.9       (0.1     1.7       (3.7           (0.8     1.6  
As at 29 December 2007 
    90.7       9.6       (2.8     45.4       (122.4     (40.8     23.3       3.0  
Disposal of subsidiaries 
    (0.8                 (1.7     5.2       0.8       (1.2     2.3  
(Charge)/credit to the 
                                                               
income statement 
    (16.9     (4.2     (0.5     (0.4     19.9       (4.3     5.2       (1.2
Credit directly to equity 
    25.3                                     5.8       31.1  
Currency translation differences 
    (0.6     (0.8           (1.3     1.4       0.2       1.0       (0.1
As at 3 January 2009 
    97.7       4.6       (3.3     42.0       (95.9     (44.1     34.1       35.1  

             
Deferred tax assets and liabilities presented in the Group’s balance sheet are as follows: 
           
   
As at
   
As at
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Deferred tax assets 
    64.8       47.4  
   
Deferred tax liabilities: 
               
– Ongoing businesses 
    (29.7     (42.2
– Businesses to be sold (note 28) 
          (2.2
      35.1       3.0  

As at 3 January 2009, the Group had operating tax losses amounting to $2,049.3 million, of which $1,948.5 million can be carried forward indefinitely and $100.8 million have expiry dates between 2009 and 2027. As at 3 January 2009, the Group recognised a deferred tax asset of $4.3 million in respect of these losses.
 
As at 3 January 2009, the Group had capital tax losses amounting to $789.9 million, of which $415.5 million can be carried forward indefinitely and $374.4 million expire in 2013. As at 3 January 2009, the Group recognised a deferred tax asset of $0.3 million in respect of these losses.
 
As at 3 January 2009, the Group had foreign and other tax credits amounting to $34.8 million, of which $18.2 million can be carried forward indefinitely and $16.6 million expire between 2014 and 2028. As at 3 January 2009, the Group recognised a deferred tax asset in respect of these tax credits of $1.1 million.
 
Deferred tax is not provided on the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries where management has the ability, and intends, to reinvest such amounts indefinitely. As at 3 January 2009, the Group’s share of the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries on which deferred tax was not provided was $3,180.5 million (29 December 2007: $3,928.0 million). A determination of the amount of the unrecognised deferred tax liability has not been made because it is not practical to do so. A portion of these earnings can be distributed without incurring additional taxes.
 
 
122

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
37.  Provisions
 
                                           
   
Restructuring
   
Environmental
   
Workers’
   
Warranty
   
liability
   
Insurance
       
   
costs
   
remediation
   
compensation
   
provisions
   
provisions
   
provisions
   
Total
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
As at 31 December 2005 
    18.4       10.6       37.6       10.7       12.4       12.4       102.1  
Charge/(credit) for the period 
    15.6       0.4       19.3       6.2       1.7       (0.9 )      42.3  
Acquisition of subsidiaries 
                      0.2                   0.2  
Utilised during the period 
    (26.0 )      (3.7 )      (19.8 )      (6.2 )      (5.7 )      (1.3 )      (62.7 ) 
Foreign currency translation 
    1.0       0.3       0.1       0.4       0.1       1.5       3.4  
As at 30 December 2006 
    9.0       7.6       37.2       11.3       8.5       11.7       85.3  
Charge/(credit) for the period 
    15.4       4.0       12.6       10.6       5.8       (3.8 )      44.6  
Utilised during the period 
    (14.8 )      (2.8 )      (17.6 )      (6.2 )      (6.4 )            (47.8 ) 
Disposal of subsidiaries 
    (0.2 )            (3.4 )      (0.6 )      (0.4 )            (4.6 ) 
Foreign currency translation 
    0.6       0.3       0.1       0.1             0.3       1.4  
As at 29 December 2007 
    10.0       9.1       28.9       15.2       7.5       8.2       78.9  
Charge/(credit) for the period 
    15.6       2.6       13.6       4.8       8.3       (2.2 )      42.7  
Acquisition of subsidiaries 
                      0.3                   0.3  
Utilised during the period 
    (9.5 )      (4.1 )      (16.5 )      (8.0 )      (8.3 )            (46.4 ) 
Disposal of subsidiaries 
                (0.4 )            (0.1 )            (0.5 ) 
Foreign currency translation 
    (0.2 )      (0.2 )      (0.1 )      (0.8 )            (1.7 )      (3.0 ) 
As at 3 January 2009 
    15.9       7.4       25.5       11.5       7.4       4.3       72.0  
   
   
Provisions are presented in the Group’s balance sheet as follows:
                                         
                                           
As at
   
As at
 
                                   
3 January
   
29 December
 
                                           
2009
   
2007
 
                                   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Ongoing businesses: 
                                                       
– Current liabilities 
                                            48.8       50.2  
– Non-current liabilities 
                                            23.2       27.3  
                                              72.0       77.5  
Businesses to be sold (note 28) 
                                                1.4  
                                              72.0       78.9  

38.  Ordinary shares
 
A.  Authorised shares
 
                         
   
Ordinary shares of 9c each
   
Ordinary shares of 5p each
 
         
Nominal
         
Nominal
 
   
Number
   
value
   
Number
   
value
 
   
of shares
   
$ million
   
of shares
   
£ million
 
As at 30 December 2006 and 29 December 2007 
                1,585,164,220       79.2  
Redenomination on 22 May 2008: 
                               
– Cancellation of ordinary shares of 5p each 
                (1,585,164,220 )      (79.2 ) 
– Authorisation of ordinary shares of 9c each 
    1,585,164,220       142.7              
As at 3 January 2009 
    1,585,164,220       142.7              

On 22 May 2008, the Company’s ordinary shares were redenominated from sterling to US dollars by way of a reduction of capital under section 135 of the Companies Act 1985. Following approval by the Company’s shareholders and pursuant to an Order of the High Court of Justice in England and Wales, the share capital of the Company was reduced by cancelling and extinguishing all of the issued and unissued ordinary shares of 5 pence each. The amount standing to the credit of share capital was transferred to a specially created cancellation reserve where it was retranslated into US dollars at the exchange rate ruling at the close of business in London on 21 May 2008 of £1=$1.96 giving rise to a currency translation loss of $1.3 million. The cancellation reserve was then applied by issuing new ordinary shares of 9 cents each to holders of the cancelled ordinary shares of 5 pence each on a one-for-one basis.
 
The redenomination did not affect the rights of the holders of ordinary shares.
 
123

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
38.  Ordinary shares (continued)
 
B.  Allotted, issued and fully paid shares
 
         
Ordinary
         
Share
       
         
share
   
Cancellation
   
premium
       
   
Number
   
capital
   
reserve
   
account
   
Total
 
   
of shares
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
As at 31 December 2005 
    774,495,124       55.6             138.8       194.4  
Year ended 30 December 2006 
                                       
Shares issued during the period: 
                                       
– Conversion of preference shares 
    76,573,697       6.6             384.1       390.7  
– Exercise of employee share options 
    7,140,701       0.7             26.7       27.4  
      83,714,398       7.3             410.8       418.1  
As at 30 December 2006 
    858,209,522       62.9             549.6       612.5  
Year ended 29 December 2007 
                                       
Shares issued during the period: 
                                       
– Conversion of preference shares 
    25,411,499       2.5             127.5       130.0  
– Exercise of employee share options 
    485,751       0.1             2.3       2.4  
      25,897,250       2.6             129.8       132.4  
As at 29 December 2007 
    884,106,772       65.5             679.4       744.9  
Year ended 3 January 2009 
                                       
Transfer of currency translation 
                                       
difference on change of functional 
                                       
currency (note 2) 
          22.6             112.4       135.0  
      884,106,772       88.1             791.8       879.9  
Shares issued before redenomination: 
                                       
– Exercise of employee share options 
    45,000                   0.2       0.2  
As at 22 May 2008 
    884,151,772       88.1             792.0       880.1  
Redenomination: 
                                       
– Cancellation of ordinary shares of 5p each 
    (884,151,772     (88.1     88.1              
– Currency translation difference 
                                       
on redenomination 
                (1.3           (1.3
– Issue of deferred shares of £1 each 
                      (0.1     (0.1
– Issue of ordinary shares of 9c each 
    884,151,772       79.6       (79.6            
– Transfer to share premium account 
                (7.2     7.2        
            (8.5           7.1       (1.4
As at 3 January 2009 
    884,151,772       79.6             799.1       878.7  

Ordinary shareholders have no entitlement to share in the profits of the Company, except for dividends that have been declared and in the event of the liquidation of the Company.
 
Ordinary shareholders have the right to attend, and vote at, general meetings of the Company or to appoint a proxy to attend and vote at such meetings on their behalf. Ordinary shareholders have one vote for every share held.
 
Ordinary share capital represents the nominal value of ordinary shares issued.
 
The share premium account records the difference between the nominal value of ordinary shares issued and the fair value of the consideration received. The share premium account is not distributable but may be used for certain purposes specified by UK law, including to write off expenses on any issue of shares or debentures and to pay up fully paid bonus shares. The share premium account may be reduced by special resolution of the Company’s shareholders and with the approval of the court.
 
124

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
                         
39.  Deferred shares 
                       
    Authorised   Allotted, issued and fully paid  
         
Nominal
         
Share
 
   
Number
   
value
   
Number
   
capital
 
   
of shares
    £    
of shares
   
$ million
 
Deferred shares of £1 each 
                       
As at 30 December 2006 and 29 December 2007 
                       
Authorised and issued on redenomination of ordinary shares 
    50,000       50,000       50,000       0.1  
As at 3 January 2009 
    50,000       50,000       50,000       0.1  

Under section 118 of the Companies Act 1985, the Company must have a minimum share capital of £50,000 denominated in sterling. Accordingly, immediately upon the reduction of capital and before the issue and allotment of the new ordinary shares, the Company increased its capital by £50,000 by the creation of 50,000 deferred shares of £1 each which were paid up in full at par by capitalisation of the equivalent amount standing to the credit of the Company’s share premium account. The deferred shares are not listed on any investment exchange and have extremely limited rights such that they effectively have no value. It is intended that the deferred shares will be held by either the Company Secretary or by a Director of the Company (they are currently held by the Company Secretary).
 
Following the implementation of section 542 of the Companies Act 2006 on 1 October 2009, the Company will no longer be required to have any share capital denominated in sterling. Accordingly, the Company intends to buy back and cancel the deferred shares as soon as practicable after 1 October 2009.
 
40.  Own shares 
                                   
   
Year ended 3 January 2009
   
Year ended 29 December 2007
   
Year ended 30 December 2006
 
    Number           Number           Number        
   
of shares
   
$ million
   
of shares
   
$ million
   
of shares
   
$ million
 
At the beginning of the period 
    4,205,841       18.9       4,205,248       19.8       3,230,402       14.6  
Transfer of currency translation 
                                               
difference on change of 
                                               
functional currency (note 2) 
          3.4                          
      4,205,841       22.3       4,205,248       19.8       3,230,402       14.6  
Own shares purchased 
    1,506,518       4.7       1,597,500       6.9       1,647,013       8.7  
Sale or transfer of own shares 
    (2,053,809 )      (12.1 )      (1,596,907 )      (7.8 )      (672,167 )      (3.5 ) 
At the end of the period 
    3,658,550       14.9       4,205,841       18.9       4,205,248       19.8  

Own shares represent the cost of the Company’s ordinary shares acquired to meet the Group’s expected obligations under the employee share schemes. Dividends relating to own shares held have been waived with the exception of those that are payable to participants in the relevant schemes.
 
As at 3 January 2009, 1,143,076 ordinary shares (29 December 2007: 1,376,975 ordinary shares) were held in trust and 2,515,474 ordinary shares (29 December 2007: 2,828,866 ordinary shares) were held as treasury shares.
 
As at 3 January 2009, the market value of own shares held was $7.1 million (29 December 2007: $15.1 million).
 
125

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
                               
41.  Other reserves 
                             
                     
Retained
       
   
Capital
   
Currency
   
Available-
   
profit/
       
   
redemption
   
translation
   
for-sale
   
(accumulated
       
   
reserve
   
reserve
   
reserve
   
deficit)
   
Total
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
As at 31 December 2005 
    717.6       123.4             120.0       961.0  
Year ended 30 December 2006 
                                       
Total recognised income and expense 
                                       
attributable to equity shareholders 
          48.0       0.2       373.6       421.8  
Other changes in shareholders’ equity: 
                                       
– Loss on transfer of own shares 
                      (3.5     (3.5
– Cost of share-based incentives 
                      14.5       14.5  
– Dividends paid on ordinary shares 
                      (217.3     (217.3
                        (206.3     (206.3
As at 30 December 2006 
    717.6       171.4       0.2       287.3       1,176.5  
   
Year ended 29 December 2007 
                                       
Total recognised income and expense 
                                       
attributable to equity shareholders 
          142.3       (0.4     332.5       474.4  
Other changes in shareholders’ equity: 
                                       
– Loss on transfer of own shares 
                      (7.8     (7.8
– Redemption of preference shares 
    1.2                   (1.2      
– Cost of share-based incentives 
                      16.0       16.0  
– Dividends paid on ordinary shares 
                      (247.3     (247.3
      1.2                   (240.3     (239.1
As at 29 December 2007 
    718.8       313.7       (0.2     379.5       1,411.8  
   
Year ended 3 January 2009 
                                       
Transfer of currency translation difference 
                                       
on change of functional currency (note 2) 
    202.9       (334.5                 (131.6
      921.7       (20.8     (0.2     379.5       1,280.2  
Total recognised income and expense 
                                       
attributable to equity shareholders 
          (150.1     (0.8     (136.9     (287.8
Other changes in shareholders’ equity: 
                                       
– Currency translation difference on 
                                       
redenomination of ordinary shares (note 38) 
          1.3                   1.3  
– Loss on transfer of own shares 
                      (12.1     (12.1
– Cost of share-based incentives 
                      11.5       11.5  
– Dividends paid on ordinary shares 
                      (246.2     (246.2
            1.3             (246.8     (245.5
As at 3 January 2009 
    921.7       (169.6     (1.0     (4.2     746.9  

The capital redemption reserve records the cost of shares purchased by the Company for cancellation or redeemed in excess of the proceeds of any fresh issue of shares made specifically to fund the purchase or redemption. The capital redemption reserve is not distributable but may be reduced by special resolution of the Company’s shareholders and with the approval of the court.
 
 
126

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
                   
42.  Minority interests 
                 
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
At the beginning of the period 
    117.0       99.0       83.2  
Total recognised income and expense attributable to minority interests 
    16.4       29.6       24.6  
Other changes in equity attributable to minority interests: 
                       
– Shares issued by a subsidiary to minority shareholders 
    0.4       3.8       5.9  
– Purchase of a minority shareholding 
          (1.0 )       
– Acquisition of subsidiaries 
    8.2              
– Dividends paid to minority shareholders 
    (13.5 )      (14.4 )      (14.7 ) 
      (4.9 )      (11.6 )      (8.8 ) 
At the end of the period 
    128.5       117.0       99.0  

Included in the total recognised income and expense attributable to minority interests are currency translation losses of $0.9 million (2007: gains of $4.8 million; 2006: gains of $1.4 million).
 
43. Capital
 
Management considers that the Group’s capital comprises shareholders’ equity plus net debt.
 
                   
The Group’s capital was as follows: 
                 
   
As at
   
As at
   
As at
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Shareholders’ equity 
    1,610.8       2,137.8       1,769.2  
   
Net debt: 
                       
– Cash and cash equivalents 
    (291.9 )      (295.9 )      (337.6 ) 
– Collateralised cash 
    (3.8 )      (5.8 )      (8.0 ) 
– Bank overdrafts 
    13.7       15.7       11.2  
– Bank and other loans 
    792.4       860.3       1,111.8  
– Obligations under finance leases 
    6.9       9.6       18.2  
– Derivatives hedging translational exposures 
    (40.9 )      7.6       (6.8 ) 
– Preference shares 
                132.0  
      476.4       591.5       920.8  
      2,087.2       2,729.3       2,690.0  

We manage the Group’s capital structure to maximise shareholder value whilst retaining flexibility to take advantage of opportunities that arise to grow the Group’s business.
 
 
127

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
44.  Acquisitions
 
A.  Current year acquisitions
 
Industrial & Automotive
 
Fluid Power
 
On 3 March 2008, the Group acquired a 100% interest in A.E. Hydraulic (Pte) Ltd., a Singapore-based provider of hydraulic and industrial hose solutions and services for the oil exploration industry in Asia. Goodwill of $8.1 million was recognised on the acquisition which represents the expected benefits to the Group from the acceleration of its expansion into the high-growth oil and gas exploration market made possible by the acquisition.
 
Building Products
 
Air Systems Components
 
On 22 February 2008, the Group acquired a 60% interest in Rolastar Pvt Ltd, a duct manufacturer based in India. Goodwill of $0.9 million was recognised on the acquisition.
 
On 20 June 2008, the Group acquired a 100% interest in Trion Inc., a manufacturer of commercial, industrial and residential indoor air quality products. Trion is headquartered in Sanford, North Carolina, with manufacturing facilities there and also in Suzhou, China. Goodwill of $2.4 million was recognised on the acquisition which represents the expected synergies from the integration of the business within Air Systems Components.
 
B.  Prior year acquisitions
 
2007
 
Industrial & Automotive
 
Fluid Systems
 
On 8 March 2007, the Group increased its interest in Schrader Engineered Products (Kunshan) Co Ltd, a manufacturer of valves and fittings, from 60% to 100%.
 
On 26 September 2007, the Group acquired 100% of Swindon Silicon Systems Ltd, a UK company that designs, develops and supplies integrated circuits.
 
2006
 
Industrial & Automotive
 
Other Industrial & Automotive
 
On 19 July 2006, the Group acquired a 60% interest in Gates Winhere LLC, which, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, acquired the business and assets of a water pump manufacturer in China.
 
On 4 August 2006, the Group completed the acquisition of 100% of ENZED Fleximak Ltd, a supplier of engineering, fabrication, testing and service operations for flexible fluid transfer products in the Arabian Gulf region.
 
During 2006, the Group also acquired a 20% interest in e-business and logistics services provider, CoLinx LLC.
 
Building Products
 
Air Systems Components
 
On 1 March 2006, the Group completed the acquisition of 100% of Selkirk Americas LP, a US manufacturer of chimney, venting and air distribution products for commercial and residential applications.
 
On 11 October 2006, the Group acquired 100% of Eastern Sheet Metal, Inc., a US manufacturer of commercial heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems with plants in the US.
 
Also in October 2006, the Group purchased 100% of Heat-Fab Inc, a US manufacturer of high efficiency residential and commercial venting systems.
 
 
128

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
C.  Adjustment in respect of prior year acquisition
 
During 2008, the initial accounting for Swindon Silicon Systems Limited was completed and the attributable goodwill was reduced by $3.0 million, principally due to the allocation of additional amounts to identifiable intangible assets.
 
Comparative information has not been restated to reflect this adjustment because the effect is not material to the Group’s results or financial position.
 
D.  Financial effect of acquisitions
 
    Year ended 3 January 2009              
   
Acquiree’s
                         
   
carrying amount
         
Provisional
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
in accordance
   
Fair value
   
fair
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
   
with IFRS
   
adjustments
   
value
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Net assets acquired 
                             
Intangible assets 
          37.4       37.4       11.0       41.4  
Property, plant and equipment 
    9.2             9.2       7.0       29.9  
Deferred tax assets 
                      0.2        
Pension surplus 
                            0.4  
Inventories 
    12.3       0.1       12.4       2.6       30.8  
Trade and other receivables 
    11.5             11.5       7.6       27.3  
Income tax recoverable 
    1.2             1.2             1.1  
Cash and cash equivalents 
    0.1             0.1             5.1  
Bank and other loans 
    (0.4 )            (0.4 )             
Obligations under finance leases 
    (0.4 )            (0.4 )             
Trade and other payables 
    (8.9 )            (8.9 )      (4.4 )      (24.8 ) 
Income tax liabilities 
    (0.9 )            (0.9 )      (0.8 )       
Deferred tax liabilities 
                            (3.9 ) 
Provisions 
    (0.3 )            (0.3 )            (0.2 ) 
Minority interest 
    (1.3 )      (6.9 )      (8.2 )      1.0        
      22.1       30.6       52.7       24.2       107.1  
Goodwill on current year acquisitions
      11.4       6.2       112.9  
Adjustments to goodwill on prior
                         
year acquisitions
      (3.0 )      (14.2 )      (14.1 ) 
Consideration (including transaction costs)
      61.1       16.2       205.9  
   
   
The net cash outflow on acquisitions during the period was as follows:
                     
                   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
                   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
                   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
                   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Consideration paid on current period acquisitions
              65.5       15.2       205.7  
Cash and cash equivalents acquired
              (0.1 )            (5.1 ) 
Adjustment to consideration on prior period acquisitions
              (0.4 )      1.8       0.4  
                      65.0       17.0       201.0  

Businesses acquired during 2008 contributed $59.0 million to the Group’s sales and $1.9 million to the Group’s profit for the year ended 3 January 2009. If these businesses had been acquired at the beginning of 2008, it is estimated that the Group’s sales would have been $5,598.0 million in 2008, but it is not practicable to estimate what the Group’s profit for the year would have been because they did not prepare balance sheets in accordance with IFRS as at 29 December 2007.
 
129

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
45.  Disposals
 
A. Current year disposals
 
Industrial & Automotive
 
Fluid Systems
 
On 19 June 2008, the Group sold Stant Manufacturing, Inc., a manufacturer of automotive closure caps and its subsidiary, Standard-Thomson Corporation, a manufacturer of automotive thermostats. A gain of $43.2 million was recognised on the disposal.
 
B.  Prior year disposals
 
2007
 
Industrial & Automotive
 
Other Industrial & Automotive
 
On 19 November 2007, the Group sold Tridon Electronics’ indicator and side object detection businesses. On 23 November 2007, the Group sold Dearborn Mid-West, a manufacturer of automotive assembly lines and materials handling equipment.
 
Building Products
 
Other Building Products
 
On 23 February 2007, the Group sold the business and assets of Lasco Fittings Inc., a manufacturer of injection-moulded fittings.
 
Discontinued operations
 
Wiper Systems
 
On 29 June 2007, the Group completed the sale of Trico, which constituted the Group’s former Wiper Systems business segment.
 
2006
 
During 2006, the Group recognised a net gain of $5.7 million on the sale of property, plant and equipment relating to businesses sold in prior years.
 
 
130

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
C.  Financial effect of disposals
 
                   
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Proceeds 
                 
Cash 
    108.1       233.9       12.5  
Deferred 
          17.6        
Loan notes 
    11.8       16.8        
      119.9       268.3       12.5  
Net assets disposed of 
                       
Intangible assets 
    (1.0 )      (0.6 )       
Property, plant and equipment 
    (35.7 )      (63.5 )      (6.8 ) 
Investments in associates 
    (1.9 )             
Inventories 
    (16.7 )      (94.2 )       
Trade and other receivables 
    (43.3 )      (181.1 )       
Income tax recoverable 
          (1.0 )       
Cash and cash equivalents 
    (0.3 )      (9.2 )       
Trade and other payables 
    25.5       120.4        
Finance lease obligations 
          6.1        
Deferred tax liabilities 
    2.3       1.2        
Post-employment benefit obligations 
    1.9       3.8        
Provisions 
    0.5       4.6        
      (68.7 )      (213.5 )      (6.8 ) 
Disposal costs 
    (3.3 )      (7.2 )       
Curtailment gain on retained pension plan 
    2.0              
Currency translation differences transferred from equity 
    (6.7 )      (28.8 )       
Gain on disposal 
    43.2       18.8       5.7  
   
Attributable to: 
                       
– Continuing operations 
    43.2       76.0       5.7  
– Discontinued operations 
          (57.2 )       
      43.2       18.8       5.7  
   
   
The net cash inflow on disposals during the period was as follows: 
                       
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Proceeds received on current period disposals 
    108.1       233.9        
Disposal costs paid 
    (4.3 )      (9.0 )       
Cash and cash equivalents disposed of 
    (0.3 )      (9.2 )       
Proceeds received on prior period disposals 
    21.1       0.6       12.5  
      124.6       216.3       12.5  

 
131

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
46.  Contingencies
 
The Group is, from time to time, party to legal proceedings and claims, which arise in the ordinary course of business. Management does not anticipate that the outcome of any current proceedings or known claims, either individually or in aggregate, will have a material adverse effect upon the Group’s financial position.
 
47.  Operating leases
 
The Group rents certain office premises and plant, equipment and vehicles under operating lease arrangements. All leases are on a fixed repayment basis and no arrangements have been entered into for contingent rental payments. During the period, the Group recognised as an expense operating lease rentals of $55.1 million (2007: $53.8 million; 2006: $50.1 million).
 
As at 3 January 2009, the Group had outstanding commitments under non-cancellable operating leases of $229.5 million (29 December 2007: $232.8 million), falling due as follows:
 
             
   
As at
   
As at
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Payments to be made: 
           
– Within one year 
    41.3       37.7  
– In the second to fifth years, inclusive 
    111.1       105.2  
– After more than five years 
    77.1       89.9  
      229.5       232.8  

48.  Capital commitments
 
As at 3 January 2009, the Group had entered into contractual commitments for the purchase of property, plant and equipment amounting to $18.7 million (29 December 2007: $73.3 million), and for the purchase of non-integral computer software amounting to $4.1 million (29 December 2007: $11.4 million).
 
49.  Related party transactions
 
Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties of the Company, have been eliminated on consolidation and therefore are not required to be disclosed in these financial statements. Details of transactions between the Group and other related parties are disclosed below.
 
Post-employment benefit plans
 
During the period, the Group paid employer’s contributions amounting to $84.9 million (2007: $113.4 million; 2006: $113.5 million) in total to defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans established for the benefit of its employees. As at 3 January 2009, an amount of $15.1 million (29 December 2007: $14.9 million) in respect of employer’s contributions due was included in trade payables. In addition, during the period, the Group paid benefits of $13.0 million (2007: $15.6 million; 2006: $17.4 million) to other post-employment benefit plans.
 
132

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
Compensation and interests of key management personnel
 
For the purposes of these disclosures, the Group regards its key management personnel as the Directors of the Company together with those persons who, in accordance with the Listing Rules of the UKLA, are regarded as discharging management responsibility.
 
Compensation paid or payable to key management personnel in respect of their services to the Group was as follows:
 
                   
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Short-term employee benefits: 
                 
– Salaries and fees 
    6,064       6,667       6,759  
– Bonus cash 
    1,504       4,080       4,932  
– Benefits-in-kind 
    308       308       235  
– Social security contributions 
    509       1,110       994  
– Termination benefits 
    37       2,253        
      8,422       14,418       12,920  
Share-based incentives: 
                       
– Bonus shares 
    324       930       1,210  
– Deferred shares 
    647       1,775       2,420  
– Notional gains on the exercise of share options 
                7,246  
      971       2,705       10,876  
Pension contributions 
    2,603       1,979       1,630  
      11,996       19,102       25,426  

As at 19 February 2009, the interests of key management personnel in the Company’s ordinary shares were as follows:
 
                   
   
Ordinary
   
Ordinary shares
       
   
shares
   
held as ADSs
   
Total
 
Directors 
    2,849,536       108,364       2,957,900  
Other executive officers 
    1,017,378       170,600       1,187,978  
      3,866,914       278,964       4,145,878  

All of the above interests are beneficially owned and in aggregate comprise less than 1% of the Company’s issued ordinary shares.
 
As at 19 February 2009, key management personnel held the following options over the Company’s ordinary shares:
 
                Number of options held  
                   
Other
       
       
Exercise
         
executive
       
Scheme 
Grant date 
Expiry date 
 
price
   
Directors
   
officers
   
Total
 
Premium Priced Option 
11 February 2002 
10 February 2012 
    197.00p        2,538,072             2,538,072  
Premium Priced Option 
11 February 2002 
10 February 2012 
    276.00p        1,522,842             1,522,842  
Premium Priced Option 
11 February 2002 
10 February 2012 
    345.00p        1,015,228             1,015,228  
Ongoing Option 
11 February 2002 
10 February 2012 
    197.00p        550,000             550,000  
ESOS 4 
17 January 2003 
16 January 2013 
    208.25p        1,440,576             1,440,576  
ESOS 4 
18 July 2003 
17 July 2013 
    246.50p              200,000       200,000  
ESOS 4 
1 September 2003 
31 August 2013 
    262.75p              150,000       150,000  
ESOS 4 
12 December 2003 
11 December 2013 
    265.75p        1,228,880       335,000       1,563,880  
SAYE 2 
19 April 2004 
30 November 2009 
    204.00p        8,014       8,014       16,028  
ESOS 4 
29 November 2004 
28 November 2014 
    248.75p        1,331,030       440,000       1,771,030  
                  9,634,642       1,133,014       10,767,656  

With the exception of options held under SAYE 2, all options shown above have vested.
 
An analysis of the compensation, interests in ordinary shares and options over ordinary shares of each of the Directors is presented in the Remuneration Committee report. For the purposes of Form 20-F, the sections of the Remuneration Committee report that are marked as “audited” are not required to be audited in accordance with PCAOB standards and are not considered audited in the Form 20-F.
 
133

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
49. Related party transactions (continued)
 
Associates
 
Sales to and purchases from associates were as follows:
 
                   
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Sales 
    1.0       0.6       0.6  
Purchases 
    (20.0 )      (12.0 )      (10.1 ) 
                         
Amounts outstanding in respect of these transactions were as follows: 
                       
           
As at
   
As at
 
           
3 January
   
29 December
 
           
2009
   
2007
 
           
$ million
   
$ million
 
Receivables 
            0.1       0.2  
Payables 
            (1.0 )      (3.0 ) 

Entities controlled by minority shareholders
 
Sales to and purchases from entities controlled by minority shareholders were as follows:
 
                   
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Sales 
    45.2       46.4       48.2  
Purchases 
    (58.7 )      (61.4 )      (58.1 ) 
Amounts outstanding in respect of these transactions were as follows: 
                       
           
As at
   
As at
 
           
3 January
   
29 December
 
           
2009
   
2007
 
           
$ million
   
$ million
 
Receivables 
            2.9       0.8  
Payables 
            (4.7 )      (2.0 ) 

Other related parties
 
Dexon Investments Limited
 
Dexon Investments Limited (“Dexon”) is the minority shareholder in the Group’s 60% owned subsidiary, Winhere LLC, that was incorporated during 2006. On 19 July 2006, Winhere LLC, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Gates Winhere Automotive Pump Products (Yantai) Co Ltd (“Gates Winhere”), acquired the business and assets of the water pump manufacturing operations of Winhere Auto Part Manufacturing Co Ltd (“Winhere”), a fellow subsidiary of Dexon, for $8.6 million in cash. During 2008, Gates Winhere purchased land and buildings for $1.8 million from Winhere. At 3 January 2009, there was a nil balance outstanding in respect of this transaction.
 
50. Exchange rates
 
The principal exchange rates used for translation purposes were as follows:
 
                                     
      Average rate       Closing rate  
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
As at
   
As at
   
As at
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
30 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
   
2009
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
$1=
   
$1=
   
$1=
   
$1=
   
$1=
   
$1=
 
Sterling 
    0.52       0.50       0.55       0.68       0.50       0.51  
Canadian dollar 
    1.05       1.06       1.13       1.22       0.98       1.16  
Euro 
    0.67       0.73       0.80       0.72       0.68       0.76  
Mexican peso 
    11.13       10.92       11.01       13.75       10.90       10.83  
Chinese yuan renminbi 
    6.95       7.62       8.06       6.85       7.30       7.81  
Indian rupee 
    39.87       41.35       45.45       50.10       39.43       44.26  

 
134

 
 
 
To the members of Tomkins plc
 
We have audited the individual financial statements of Tomkins plc (“the Company”) for the year ended 3 January 2009 (“the Company’s financial statements”) which comprise the Company’s balance sheet and the related notes 1 to 19. These financial statements have been prepared under the accounting policies set out therein.
 
We have reported separately on the consolidated financial statements of Tomkins plc and its subsidiaries for the year ended 3 January 2009 and on the information in the Remuneration Committee report that is described as having been audited.
 
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with section 235 of the Companies Act 1985. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditors’ report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.
 
Respective responsibilities of Directors and auditors
 
The Directors’ responsibilities for preparing the Annual Report, the Company’s financial statements and the Remuneration Committee report in accordance with applicable law and United Kingdom accounting standards (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (“UK GAAP”)) are set out in the statement of Directors’ responsibilities on page 61.
 
Our responsibility is to audit the Company’s financial statements and the part of the Remuneration Committee report to be audited in accordance with relevant legal and regulatory requirements and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland).
 
We report to you our opinion as to whether the Company’s financial statements give a true and fair view and whether they have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985. We also report to you whether, in our opinion, the Directors’ report is consistent with the Company’s financial statements.
 
In addition, we report to you if, in our opinion, the Company has not kept proper accounting records, if we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit, or if information specified by law regarding Directors’ remuneration and other transactions is not disclosed.
 
We read the other information contained in the Annual Report and consider whether it is consistent with the Company’s financial statements. We consider the implications for our report if we become aware of any apparent misstatements or material inconsistencies with the Company’s financial statements. Our responsibilities do not extend to any further information outside the Annual Report.
 
Basis of audit opinion
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) issued by the Auditing Practices Board. An audit includes examination, on a test basis, of evidence relevant to the amounts and disclosures in the Company’s financial statements. It also includes an assessment of the significant estimates and judgements made by the Directors in the preparation of the Company’s financial statements, and of whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the Company’s circumstances, consistently applied and adequately disclosed.
 
We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the information and explanations which we considered necessary in order to provide us with sufficient evidence to give reasonable assurance that the Company’s financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or other irregularity or error. In forming our opinion, we also evaluated the overall adequacy of the presentation of information in the Company’s financial statements.
 
Opinion
 
In our opinion:
 
  
the Company’s financial statements give a true and fair view, in accordance with UK GAAP, of the state of the Company’s affairs as at 3 January 2009;
   
  
the Company’s financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985; and
   
  
the information given in the Directors’ report is consistent with the Company’s financial statements.
 
Deloitte LLP
Chartered Accountants and Registered Auditors London
 
24 February 2009
 
135

 
Company balance sheet
 
   
         
As at
   
As at
 
         
3 January
   
29 December
 
         
2009
   
2007
 
   
Note
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Tangible assets 
    6       0.6       0.8  
Investments in subsidiaries 
    7       3,129.5       3,146.0  
              3,130.1       3,146.8  
Current assets 
                       
Debtors: 
                       
– Amounts falling due within one year 
    8       1.4       9.0  
– Amounts falling due after more than one year 
    8       204.6       348.2  
              206.0       357.2  
Creditors: amounts falling due within one year 
    9       (47.8 )      (35.1 ) 
Net current assets 
            158.2       322.1  
Total assets less current liabilities 
            3,288.3       3,468.9  
   
Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year 
    10       (330.8 )      (589.1 ) 
Net assets before net pension liability 
            2,957.5       2,879.8  
Net pension liability 
    12       (5.5 )      (11.8 ) 
Net assets 
            2,952.0       2,868.0  
   
Capital and reserves 
                       
Ordinary share capital 
    15       79.6       65.5  
Share premium account 
    15       799.1       679.4  
Deferred shares 
    16       0.1        
Own shares 
    17       (14.9 )      (18.9 ) 
Capital redemption reserve 
    18       921.7       718.8  
Merger reserve 
    18       230.0       165.1  
Capital reserve 
    18       112.6       80.9  
Currency translation reserve 
    18             599.9  
Profit and loss account reserve 
    18       823.8       577.3  
Shareholders’ funds 
            2,952.0       2,868.0  

Approved by the Board on 24 February 2009 and signed on its behalf by:
 
J Nicol Director
J W Zimmerman Director 
 
136

 
Notes to the financial statements
 
 
 
1. Principal accounting policies
 
A. Basis of preparation
 
The financial statements of Tomkins plc have been prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985 and applicable UK accounting standards (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice), and, except as described under the heading “Financial instruments”, under the historical cost convention.
 
The Companys principal accounting policies are unchanged compared with the year ended 29 December 2007.
 
The Company is exempt from applying FRS 29 “Financial Instruments: Disclosures” because the required disclosures are provided in the consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries.
 
The Companys annual financial statements are drawn up to the Saturday nearest 31 December. These financial statements cover the 53 week period from 30 December 2007 to 3 January 2009 (“2008”) with comparative figures for the 52 week period from 31 December 2006 to 29 December 2007 (“2007”).
 
B. Investments in subsidiaries
 
A subsidiary is an entity controlled, either directly or indirectly, by the Company, where control is the power to govern the financial and operating policies of the entity so as to obtain benefit from its activities. Investments in subsidiaries represent interests in the Company’s subsidiaries that are directly owned by the Company and are stated at cost less any provision for impairment.
 
 
C. Foreign currency translation
 
Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are translated into the Company’s functional currency at the exchange rate ruling on the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the exchange rate ruling on the balance sheet date. Currency translation differences are recognised in the profit and loss account.
 
D. Tangible fixed assets
 
Tangible fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any provision for impairment. Plant, equipment and vehicles are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives, which are in the range 2 to 20 years.
 
E. Financial instruments
 
(i)
Bank and other loans
 
Bank and other loans are initially measured at fair value, net of directly attributable transaction costs, if any, and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.
 
(ii)
Derivative financial instruments
 
The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to exchange rate and interest rate movements. The Company does not hold or issue derivatives for speculative or trading purposes.
 
Derivative financial instruments are recognised as assets and liabilities measured at their fair values at the balance sheet date. Changes in their fair values are recognised in the profit and loss account and this is likely to cause volatility in situations where the carrying value of the hedged item is either not adjusted to reflect fair value changes arising from the hedged risk or is so adjusted but that adjustment is not recognised in the profit and loss account.
 
Provided the conditions specified by FRS 26 “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement” are met, hedge accounting may be used to mitigate such volatility.
 
Management has designated certain hedging relationships as fair value hedges whereby the carrying amount of the hedged asset or liability is adjusted by the increase or decrease in its fair value attributable to the hedged risk and the resulting gain or loss is recognised in the profit and loss account where, to the extent that the hedge is effective, it offsets the change in the fair value of the hedging instrument.
 
Derivative financial instruments are classified as current assets or liabilities unless they qualify for hedge accounting under FRS 26 and the hedged item is classified as a non-current asset or liability.
 
(iii)
Financial guarantee contracts
 
Financial guarantees issued by the Company to third parties in respect of the obligations of certain of its subsidiaries are measured at fair value on initial recognition. Over the term of the guarantee, the initial fair value is recognised as revenue. Subsequent to initial recognition, guarantees are measured at the higher of their initial fair value less amounts recognised as revenue and the best estimate of the amount that the Company will be required to pay to settle the obligation.
 
137

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
1. Principal accounting policies (continued)
 
E. Financial instruments (continued)
 
(iv)
Embedded derivatives
 
Derivatives embedded in non-derivative host contracts are recognised separately as derivative financial instruments when their risks and characteristics are not closely related to those of the host contract and the host contract is not stated at its fair value with changes in its fair value recognised in the profit and loss account.
 
(v)
Own shares
 
Own shares represent the Company’s ordinary shares that are held by the Company and sponsored ESOP trusts in relation to the Group’s employee share schemes. Own shares are deducted at cost in arriving at shareholders’ funds and gains and losses on their sale or transfer are recognised directly in reserves.
 
F. Retirement benefits
 
Retirement benefits comprise pension benefits provided to employees in the UK.
 
For defined contribution plans, the pension cost represents the Company’s contributions to the plans and is recognised in the profit and loss account in the period in which the contributions fall due.
 
For defined benefit plans, the pension cost is determined based on actuarial valuations of each of the plans that are carried out annually at the Company’s balance sheet date by independent qualified actuaries. Plan assets are measured at their fair value at the balance sheet date. Benefit obligations are measured using the projected unit credit method.
 
The cost of defined benefit plans recognised in the profit and loss account comprises the net total of the current service cost, the past service cost, the expected return on plan assets, the interest cost and the effect of curtailments or settlements. The current service cost represents the increase in the present value of the plan liabilities expected to arise from employee service in the current period. Past service costs resulting from enhanced benefits are recognised in the profit and loss account on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, or immediately if the benefits have vested. The expected return on plan assets is based on market expectations, at the beginning of the period, of future returns over the life of the benefit obligation. The interest cost represents the increase in the benefit obligation due to the passage of time.
 
The discount rate used is determined at the balance sheet date by reference to market yields on high-quality corporate bonds. Gains or losses on curtailments or settlements are recognised in the profit and loss account in the period in which the curtailment or settlement occurs.
 
Actuarial gains and losses, which represent differences between the expected and actual returns on the plan assets and the effect of changes in actuarial assumptions, are included in other recognised gains and losses in the period in which they occur.
 
The net pension liability or asset recognised in the balance sheet comprises the net total for each plan of the present value of the benefit obligation at the balance sheet date, minus any past service costs not yet recognised, minus the fair value of the plan assets, if any, at the balance sheet date and is stated net of deferred tax. Where a plan is in surplus, the asset recognised is limited to the present value of any amounts that the Company expects to recover by way of refunds or a reduction in future contributions.
 
G. Share-based incentives
 
Share-based incentives are provided to certain employees under the Company’s share option, bonus and other share award schemes. The Company recognises a compensation expense in respect of these schemes that is based on the fair value of the awards, where appropriate measured using an option-pricing model. Fair value is determined at the date of grant and is not subsequently remeasured unless the conditions on which the award was granted are modified. Generally, the compensation expense is recognised on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Adjustments are made to reflect expected and actual forfeitures during the vesting period due to failure to satisfy service conditions or non-market performance conditions. In the event of a cancellation, the compensation expense that would have been recognised over the remainder of the vesting period is recognised immediately in the profit and loss account.
 
In accordance with the transitional provisions of FRS 20 “Share-based Payment”, the Company has not applied this policy to awards that were granted on or before 7 November 2002.
 
H. Taxation
 
Deferred tax is recognised on a full provision basis on timing differences between the recognition of gains and losses in the financial statements and their recognition for tax purposes. Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is considered more likely than not that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset can be utilised. Deferred tax is determined using the tax rates that have been enacted or substantially enacted at the balance sheet date and are expected to apply in the periods in which the timing differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not discounted.
 
 
138

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
 
Dividends payable on ordinary shares are recognised in the financial statements when they have been appropriately authorised and are no longer at the Company’s discretion. Accordingly, interim dividends are recognised when they are paid and final dividends are recognised when they are declared following approval by shareholders at the Company’s AGM. Dividends on ordinary shares are recognised as an appropriation of shareholders’ funds.
 
2. Transition to reporting in US dollars
 
Over recent years, the focus of the acquisition activity of the Group has been overseas and there has been a reduction in the relative importance of its UK operations. The Group’s principal operations are based in the US and the majority of the Group’s profit is generated in US dollars. Against this background, the Directors consider that the Company’s functional currency changed from sterling to the US dollar at the beginning of 2008.
 
Consistent with the change in its functional currency, the Company changed its presentation currency from sterling to the US dollar with effect from the beginning of 2008. Comparative figures for 2007 have been re-presented in US dollars.
 
The change of the Company’s presentation currency and that of the Company’s functional currency were accounted for in accordance with FRS 23 (IAS 21) “The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates”.
 
On the change of the Company’s presentation currency, comparative figures for 2007 previously reported in sterling were translated into US dollars as follows:
 
income and expenses were translated at the average exchange rate for the relevant period;
 
assets and liabilities were translated at the closing exchange rate on the relevant balance sheet date; and
 
equity items were translated at historical exchange rates.
 
The exchange rates used were as follows:
 
       
   
2007
 
   
£1=$
 
Average rate 
    2.00  
Closing rate 
    1.99  

As a result of the change of the Company’s presentation currency, a currency translation difference of $599.9 million was recognised in equity as at 29 December 2007 which represented the difference between the Company’s assets and liabilities translated from sterling into US dollars at the closing exchange rate on that date and the Company’s equity items that were translated from sterling into US dollars at historical exchange rates.
 
The currency translation difference arose as follows:
 
       
   
$ million
 
Ordinary share capital 
    (22.6 ) 
Share premium account 
    (112.4 ) 
Own shares 
    3.4  
Capital redemption reserve 
    (202.9 ) 
Merger reserve 
    (64.9 ) 
Capital reserve 
    (31.7 ) 
Profit and loss account reserve 
    (168.8 ) 
      (599.9 ) 

The change of the Company’s functional currency was accounted for prospectively from the beginning of 2008. Accordingly, the assets, liabilities and equity items of the Company as at 29 December 2007 were translated from sterling into US dollars at the closing exchange rate on that date of £1=$1.99.
 
As a consequence of applying the closing exchange rate rather than historical exchange rates to the Company’s equity items, the currency translation difference arising on the change of the Company’s presentation currency was transferred from the currency translation reserve back to the Company’s equity items.
 
 
139

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
3. Profit for the period
 
As permitted by section 230 of the Companies Act 1985, the Directors have elected not to present the profit and loss account of the Company. The Company’s profit for the period was $322.4 million (2007: $425.6 million).
 
4. Dividends on ordinary shares
 
             
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
 
   
per share
   
per share
 
Paid or proposed in respect of the period 
           
Interim dividend 
    11.02c        11.02 c 
Final dividend 
    2.00c        16.66 c 
      13.02c        27.68 c 
             
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
3 January
   
29 December
 
   
2009
   
2007
 
   
$ million
   
$ million
 
Recognised in the period 
               
Interim dividend for the period of 11.02c (2007: 11.02c) per share 
    97.1       97.0  
Final dividend for the prior period of 16.66c (2007: 17.13c) per share 
    149.1       150.3  
      246.2       247.3  

Following the redenomination of the Company’s share capital from sterling to US dollars, which became effective on 22 May 2008, the Company’s dividends are declared in US dollars. Dividends in respect of 2007 and prior years were declared and paid in sterling and have been translated into US dollars at the exchange rate ruling on their respective payment dates.
 
The Directors propose a final dividend for 2008 of 2.00c per share that, subject to approval by shareholders, will be paid on 10 June 2009 to shareholders on the register on 8 May 2009.
 
Based on the number of ordinary shares currently in issue, the final dividend for 2008 is expected to absorb $17.6 million.
 
5. Auditors’ remuneration
 
Fees payable to the Company’s auditors, Deloitte LLP, in respect of the audit of the Company’s accounts were $65,000 (2007: $60,000).
 
Fees payable to Deloitte LLP in respect of the audit of the Company’s associated pension schemes were $51,600 (2007: $43,000).
 
Fees payable to Deloitte LLP and its associates for non-audit services to the Company and its associated pension schemes are not presented in these accounts because they are included in the disclosures that are presented in the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
 
 
140

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
6. Tangible fixed assets
 
 
 
Long 
leasehold 
property 
$ million
   
Plant,
equipment
and vehicles
$ million
   
Total 
$ million
 
Cost
                 
As at 29 December 2007
    0.2       4.4       4.6  
Additions
          0.2       0.2  
Disposals
          (0.2 )     (0.2 )
As at 3 January 2009
    0.2       4.4       4.6  
                         
Accumulated depreciation
                       
As at 29 December 2007
          3.8       3.8  
Depreciation charge for the period
          0.4       0.4  
Disposals
          (0.2 )     (0.2 )
As at 3 January 2009
          4.0       4.0  
                         
Net book value
                       
As at 29 December 2007
    0.2       0.6       0.8  
As at 3 January 2009
    0.2       0.4       0.6  
 
 
7. Investments in subsidiaries
 
                   
$ million
 
Cost and net book value
                       
As at 29 December 2007
                    3,146.0  
Additions
                    57.2  
Disposals
                    (73.7 )
As at 3 January 2009
                    3,129.5  

Details of the Company’s principal trading subsidiaries are set out on page 152. A complete list of the Company’s subsidiaries will be filed with the Company’s next annual return.
 
8. Debtors

   
As at
3 January
2009
$ million
   
As at
29 December
2007
$ million
 
Amounts falling due within one year
           
Amounts owed by subsidiaries
    0.2       5.8  
Other taxes and social security
    0.1       0.4  
Prepayments and accrued income
    0.5       2.2  
Other debtors
    0.6       0.6  
      1.4       9.0  
Amounts falling due after more than one year
               
Amounts owed by subsidiaries
    188.5       346.0  
Derivative financial instruments (note 11)
    16.1       2.2  
      204.6       348.2  
      206.0       357.2  

The amounts owed by subsidiaries classified as falling due after more than one year have no specified terms of repayment and are intended to be settled on a net basis. The Company has given an undertaking to the counterparties that it will not require settlement within one year of the balance sheet date. Generally, these amounts bear interest at floating rates based on prevailing market interest rates applicable to the currencies in which they are denominated.
 
 
141

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
9. Creditors: amounts falling due within one year
 
 
As at
3 January
2009
$ million
   
As at
29 December
2007
$ million
 
Trade creditors
    0.5       1.8  
Bank overdrafts – unsecured
    1.0       1.2  
Loan notes – unsecured
    0.3       0.4  
Other loans – unsecured (note 10)
    1.6       1.8  
Amounts owed to subsidiaries
    16.6       1.4  
Other taxes and social security
    0.3       0.8  
Accruals and deferred income
    14.9       9.2  
Other creditors
    12.6       18.5  
      47.8       35.1  

The loan notes must be repaid at par, by the Company on 30 June 2012. Until that time, the noteholders have the right to require full or part repayment, at par, half-yearly on 30 June and 31 December and for this reason they are classified as current liabilities.
 
10. Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year
 
   
As at
3 January
2009
$ million
   
As at
29 December
2007
$ million
 
Other loans – unsecured
    231.8       295.1  
Amounts owed to subsidiaries
    94.1       276.0  
Accruals and deferred income
    4.9       18.0  
      330.8       589.1  

 
Other loans
 
Other loans comprise a £ 150 million bond drawn down by the Company under the Group’s EMTN Programme. The bond is repayable at par on 20 December 2011 and bears interest at a fixed rate of 8% per annum.
 
The carrying amount of other loans may be analysed as follows:
 
   
As at
3 January
2009
$ million
   
As at
29 December
2007
$ million
 
Principal amount
    219.2       298.9  
Accrued interest payable
    0.7       0.6  
Unamortised transaction costs
    (0.3 )     (0.6 )
Carrying amount before hedge accounting
    219.6       298.9  
Fair value hedge adjustment
    13.8       (2.0 )
Carrying amount
    233.4       296.9  

 
As at
3 January
2009
$ million
   
As at
29 December
2007
$ million
 
Maturity analysis:
           
– Within one year
    1.6       1.8  
– Between one and two years
    0.9       1.2  
– Between two and five years
    230.9       293.9  
      233.4       296.9  
 

 
142

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
Amounts owed to subsidiaries
 
Amounts owed to subsidiaries classified as falling due after more than one year have no specified terms of repayment and are intended to be settled on a net basis. The Company has received an undertaking from the counterparties that they will not require settlement within one year of the balance sheet date. Generally, these amounts bear interest at floating rates based on prevailing market interest rates applicable to the currencies in which they are denominated.
 
11.  Derivative financial instruments
 
The Company holds derivative financial instruments in accordance with the Group’s policy in relation to financial risk management. Details of that policy are set out in note 33 of the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
 
The carrying value of derivative financial instruments held by the Company was as follows:
 
   
As at 3 January 2009
   
As at 29 December 2007
 
   
Assets
$ million
   
Liabilities
$ million
   
Assets
$ million
   
Liabilities
$ million
 
Carrying value
                       
Interest rate swaps
    16.1       -       2.2       -  
 
Interest rate swaps are used to swap borrowings by the Company under the Group’s EMTN Programme from fixed interest rates to floating interest rates. These contracts have been designated and are effective as fair value hedges in relation to the borrowings.
 
During 2008, the Company recognised a fair value gain of $18.9 million (2007: gain of $2.8 million) in relation to these contracts and the carrying amount of the hedged borrowings was increased by $20.1 million (2007: increased by $1.4 million) to reflect the change in the fair value of the borrowings attributable to the hedged risk and the amortisation of the transitional adjustment that was recognised on adoption of FRS 26. During 2008, a net loss of $1.2 million (2007: net gain of $1.4 million) was therefore recognised in the profit and loss account in relation to these hedges.
 
The profile of interest rate swaps held by the Company was as follows:
 
         
Interest rate
         
Payable
   
Receivable
   
   
Notional
Principal Amount
million
   
Variable
   
Fixed
 
Variable rate
index
As at 3 January 2009
                   
Maturity date – December 2011
  £ 150.0       5.7%       8.0%  
6 month LIBOR
As at 29 December 2007
                         
Maturity date – December 2011
  £ 150.0       8.6%       8.0%  
6 month LIBOR

 
12. Pensions
 
A. Defined contribution schemes
 
The Company provides defined contribution pension benefits to those of its employees who are not eligible to participate in its defined benefit pension plans. The expense recognised in the profit and loss account in respect of those plans represents the contributions payable by the Company for the period at rates that are specified in the rules of the plans. At the balance sheet date, the Company had paid over all contributions due to the plans.
 
B. Defined benefit schemes
 
The Company operates a number of funded defined benefit pension plans in the UK that provide benefits based upon final pensionable salary and the period of service of the individual employees. The plan assets are held separately from the Company’s assets in funds that are under the control of trustees. Day-to-day management of the plan assets is carried out by independent investment managers who, at the request of the Company, are prohibited by the trustees from investing directly in the Company.
 
Certain employees and former employees whose pension benefits exceed the maximum that may be provided from the Company’s defined benefit pension plans are entitled to an additional unfunded pension payable directly by the Company after their retirement.
 
The defined benefit pension plans operated by the Company are closed to new entrants.
 
 
143

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
12. Pensions (continued)
 
B. Defined benefit schemes (continued)
 
The principal assumptions used in the actuarial valuations of the defined benefit pension plans were as follows:
 
 
As at
3 January
2009
% per annum
 
As at
29 December
2007
% per annum
Salary increases
4.00%
 
4.25%
Increase to pensions in payment
3.00%
 
3.25%
Increase to deferred pensions
3.00%
 
3.25%
Long-term rate of return on plan assets
6.31%
 
5.00% – 7.00%
Discount rate
6.50%
 
5.75%
Inflation rate
3.00%
 
3.25%

The current life expectancies underlying the value of accrued liabilities were as follows:
 
 
As at
3 January
2009
As at
29 December
2007
Current pensioners (at age 65)   – male
– female
21.5 years
24.5 years
20.5 years
23.4 years
Future pensioners (at age 65)    – male
– female
22.5 years
25.5 years
22.2 years
25.0 years
     
The fair value of the plan assets and the expected rates of return were as follows:
 
 
As at 3 January 2009
 
As at 29 December 2007
 
As at 30 December 2006
 
Long-term
expected
rate of return
% per annum
Fair value
$ million
 
Long-term
expected
rate of return
% per annum
Fair value
$ million
 
Long-term
expected
rate of return
% per annum
Fair value
$ million
Equities
8.00%
100.9
 
7.95%
160.0
 
7.80%–8.00%
160.1
Bonds
5.15%
106.8
 
5.25%–5.75%
153.7
 
5.00%
139.3
Other assets
4.30%
0.6
 
4.85%
1.2
 
4.20%
1.2
   
208.3
   
314.9
   
300.6
 
The net pension liability may be analysed as follows:
 
   
As at
3 January
2009
$ million
   
As at
29 December
2007
$ million
 
Present value of plan liabilities:
           
– Funded
    193.0       290.4  
– Unfunded
    0.1       0.2  
      193.1       290.6  
Fair value of plan assets
    (208.3 )     (314.9 )
Surplus in the plans
    (15.2 )     (24.3 )
Effect of the asset ceiling
    20.7       36.1  
Net pension liability
    5.5       11.8  

 
144

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
Changes in the present value of the benefit obligation were as follows:
 
   
As at
3 January
2009
$ million
   
As at
29 December
2007
$ million
 
At the beginning of the period
    290.6       302.4  
Current service cost
    0.9       0.8  
Interest cost
    15.7       15.6  
Settlements and curtailments
          (1.4 )
Net actuarial gain
    (22.4 )     (20.1 )
      284.8       297.3  
Employees’ contributions
    0.1       0.2  
Benefits paid
    (13.5 )     (14.2 )
Transfer of pension plan from a subsidiary
          1.8  
Foreign currency translation
    (78.3 )     5.5  
At the end of the period
    193.1       290.6  
   
Changes in the fair value of plan assets were as follows:
 
   
As at
3 January
2009
$ million
   
As at
29 December
2007
$ million
 
At the beginning of the period
    314.9       300.6  
Expected return on plan assets
    16.1       16.4  
Settlements and curtailments
          (1.4 )
Net actuarial (loss)/gain
    (32.1 )     0.6  
      298.9       316.2  
Employer’s contributions
    5.6       7.2  
Employees’ contributions
    0.1       0.2  
Benefits paid
    (13.5 )     (14.2 )
Foreign currency translation
    (82.8 )     5.5  
At the end of the period
    208.3       314.9  

Plan assets do not include any of the Company’s or the Group’s own financial instruments, nor any property, or other assets used by the Company or the Group.
 
The return and risk expectations for each asset class incorporate assumptions about historical return relationships, current financial market conditions and the degree of global capital market integration. The assumptions used have been derived from rigorous historical performance analysis combined with forward-looking views of the financial markets as revealed through the yield on long-term bonds and the price earnings ratios of the major stock market indices. The actuaries review analyses of historical risk and the correlation of the return on asset classes and apply subjective judgment based on their knowledge of the Company’s plans. The result of this analysis is incorporated into a risk matrix from which expected long­-term risk premiums for each asset class are developed. The nominal return expectations are determined by combining the asset class risk premiums with expected inflation and real risk-free rate assumptions. As a final consideration, the nominal return assumptions are blended with current market conditions to develop long-term equilibrium expectations.
 
The actual loss on plan assets was 5.1% (2007: gain of 5.7%).
 
145

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
12. Pensions (continued)
 
B. Defined benefit schemes (continued)
 
Actuarial gains and losses recognised in relation to the defined benefit plans were as follows:
 
   
Year ended
3 January
2009
$ million
   
Year ended
29 December
2007
$ million
   
Year ended
30 December
2006
$ million
   
Year ended
31 December
2005
$ million
   
Year ended
1 January
2005
$ million
 
At the end of the period
                             
Present value of the benefit obligation 
    193.1       290.6       302.4       276.9       270.5  
Fair value of plan assets     (208.3 )     (314.9 )     (300.6 )     (260.8 )     (256.3 )
(Surplus)/deficit in the plan
    (15.2 )     (24.3 )     1.8       16.1       14.2  
                                         
Recognised in the period                                        
Net actuarial (loss)/gain on plan assets
    (32.1 )     0.6       (3.3 )     21.5       2.5  
Net actuarial gain/(loss) on benefit obligation
    22.4       20.1       12.9       (32.4 )     (17.1 )
      (9.7 )     20.7       9.6       (10.9 )     (14.6 )

As at 3 January 2009, the cumulative net actuarial loss recognised in the statement of total recognised gains and losses amounted to $15.5 million (2007: $5.8 million).
 
The Company expects to contribute approximately $6.8 million to the defined benefit pension plans in 2009.
 
13. Share-based incentives
 
A. Background
 
The Company operates a number of share-based compensation arrangements to provide incentives to the Group’s senior executives and other eligible employees. Details of the schemes in respect of which options and awards are outstanding are set out in the Remuneration Committee report.
 
Although the Company’s ordinary shares are now denominated in US dollars, they continue to be quoted in sterling on the London Stock Exchange.
 
The information provided below relates only to options and awards that were granted to persons who are employees of the Company.
 
B. Share options
 
Following a review by the Board in 2004, it was decided that the Company’s executive share option schemes would not be renewed when they lapsed for the purposes of new awards in May 2005. Awards granted under these schemes were subject to a performance condition that the rate of increase in the Group’s earnings per share must exceed the growth in the UK Retail Prices Index by an average of 2% per annum over any three-year period after the options were granted. The final unvested options under these schemes vested during 2007.
 
Options continue to be granted from time to time under the Company’s Sharesave scheme, which is restricted to employees who are resident for tax purposes in the UK. It offers eligible employees the option to buy ordinary shares in Tomkins plc after a period of three, five or seven years funded from the proceeds of a savings contract to which employees may contribute up to £250 per month.
 
In 2008, the compensation expense recognised in respect of share options was $nil (2007: $1.0 million).
 
 
146

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
Changes in the total number of share options outstanding to employees of the Company during the period were as follows:
 
   
As at 3 January 2009
   
As at 29 December 2007
 
   
Options
Number
   
Weighted average exercise price
Pence
   
Options
Number
   
Weighted average exercise price
Pence
 
Outstanding at the beginning of the period
    10,602,911       243.06       10,708,870       243.30  
Granted during the period
    117,551       140.20       28,727       211.40  
Forfeited during the period
    (127,304 )     215.33       (30,840 )     226.57  
Exercised during the period
                (103,846 )     263.46  
Lapsed during the period
    (790,500 )     253.57              
Outstanding at the end of the period
    9,802,658       241.34       10,602,911       243.06  
                                 
Exercisable at the end of the period
    9,623,128       242.73       4,787,486       241.74  

No options were exercised during 2008. On the dates on which options were exercised during 2007, the weighted average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares was 287.47p per share.
 
The fair value of options granted under the Sharesave scheme was measured at their respective grant dates using the Black-Scholes option-pricing formula based on the following assumptions:
 
 
Year ended
3 January
2009
Year ended
29 December
2007
Weighted average fair value
37.66p
69.34p
Weighted average assumptions:
   
– Share price
176.75p
264.25p
– Exercise price
140.20p
211.40p
– Expected volatility
24.46%
24.08%
– Expected life
4.47 years
3.96 years
– Risk-free interest rate
4.55%
5.29%
– Expected dividends
13.89p
13.89p

Expected volatility was determined based on the historical volatility of the market price of the Company’s ordinary shares over the shorter of the expected life of the options and the period since the beginning of the Company’s financial year ended 30 April 2002 when, following a period of significant demerger activity, the Group was refocused on its remaining core businesses. Adjustments have been made to the expected life used in the model to reflect the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations.
 
The weighted average contractual life of share options outstanding to the Company’s employees at the end of the period was as follows:
 
   
As at 3 January 2009
   
As at 29 December 2007
 
   
Outstanding
Number
   
Weighted average remaining
contractual life
Years
   
Outstanding
Number
   
Weighted average remaining
contractual life
Years
 
Range of exercise prices:
                       
– 100p to 150p
    107,948       4.16              
– 151 p to 200p
    3,088,072       3.10       3,088,072       4.12  
– 201 p to 250p
    2,832,842       4.84       3,424,635       5.88  
– 251 p to 300p
    2,758,568       3.92       3,074,976       4.85  
– 301 p and higher
    1,015,228       3.10       1,015,228       4.12  
      9,802,658               10,602,911          
 
 
147

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
13.  Share-based incentives (continued)
 
C. Other awards
 
The Company’s principal ongoing share-based compensation arrangements are the Annual Bonus Incentive Plan and the Performance Share Plan. Both are restricted to the Company’s senior executives.
 
ABIP provides an award of bonus shares and deferred shares based on the profit of the business for which the participants have responsibility. Bonus shares are restricted and vest after a period of three years. Dividends are paid on the bonus shares. Deferred shares vest after a period of three years conditional on the participant’s continued employment with the Group. Dividends are not paid on the deferred shares until they have vested. During 2008, awards were granted over 180,348 ordinary shares (2007: 399,854 ordinary shares) under the ABIP.
 
PSP provides awards of shares which vest after a period of three years conditional on the Group’s total shareholder return relative to its cost of equity over the vesting period and the participant’s continued employment with the Group. During 2008, awards were granted over 2,103,039 ordinary shares under the PSP (2007: 2,295,249 ordinary shares).
 
The fair value of awards made under the ABIP is measured based on the market price of the Company’s ordinary shares on the date of the award. Where the awards do not attract dividends during the vesting period, the market price is reduced by the present value of the dividends expected to be paid during the expected life of the awards. The weighted average fair value of awards made under these schemes during the period was 129.34p (2007: 215.68p).
 
The fair value of awards made under the PSP was measured at their respective grant dates using the Monte-Carlo valuation model based on the following assumptions:
 
 
Year ended
3 January
2009
Year ended
29 December
2007
Weighted average fair value
34.20p
42.87p
Weighted average assumptions:
   
– Expected volatility
37.49%
28.73%
– Expected life
3.00 years
3.00 years
– Risk-free interest rate
4.57%
4.44%
– Dividend yield
9.97%
5.00%

Expected volatility was determined based on the historical volatility of the market price of the Company’s ordinary shares over the expected life of the awards.
 
In 2008, the compensation expense recognised in respect of other awards was $2.3 million (2007: $4.2 million).
 
14.  Deferred tax
 
At present, the Company does not recognise deferred tax assets because their future recoverability is uncertain due to the extent of forecast tax losses available for surrender within the UK tax group to which the Company belongs. Deferred tax assets will be recognised when it is considered more likely than not that they will be recovered.
 
Deferred tax assets not recognised were as follows:
 
   
As at
   
As at
   
   
3 January
   
29 December
   
   
2009
   
2007
   
   
$ million
   
$ million
   
Depreciation in excess of tax allowances
    1.6       1.8  
Share-based incentives
    0.3       0.6  
Pensions
    1.5       3.2  
Other timing differences
    1.5       0.2  
      4.9       5.8  

 
148

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
15.  Ordinary shares
 
A. Authorised shares
 
   
Ordinary shares of 9c each
   
Ordinary shares of 5p each
 
   
Number
of shares
   
Nominal
value
$ million
   
Number
of shares
   
Nominal
value
$ million
 
As at 29 December 2007
                1,585,164,220       79.2  
Redenomination on 22 May 2008:
                               
– Cancellation of ordinary shares of 5p each
                (1,585,164,220 )     (79.2 )
– Authorisation of ordinary shares of 9c each
    1,585,164,220       142.7              
As at 3 January 2009     1,585,164,220       142.7              
 
On 22 May 2008, the Company’s ordinary shares were redenominated from sterling to US dollars by way of a reduction of capital under section 135 of the Companies Act 1985. Following approval by the Company’s shareholders and pursuant to an Order of the High Court of Justice in England and Wales, the share capital of the Company was reduced by cancelling and extinguishing all of the issued and unissued ordinary shares of 5 pence each. The amount standing to the credit of share capital was transferred to a specially created cancellation reserve where it was retranslated into US dollars at the exchange rate ruling at the close of business in London on 21 May 2008 of £1=$1.96 giving rise to a currency translation loss of $1.3 million. The cancellation reserve was then applied by issuing new ordinary shares of 9 cents each to holders of the cancelled ordinary shares of 5 pence each on a one-for-one basis.
 
The redenomination did not affect the rights of the holders of ordinary shares.
 
B. Allotted, issued and fully paid shares
 
   
Number
of shares
   
Ordinary
 share
 capital
$ million
   
Cancellation
reserve
$ million
   
Share
premium
account
$ million
   
Total 
$ million
 
As at 29 December 2007
 
 
884,106,772       65.5             679.4       744.9  
Transfer of currency translation difference on change of functional currency (note 2)
          22.6             112.4       135.0  
      884,106,772       88.1             791.8       879.9  
Shares issued before redenomination:
                                       
– Exercise of employee share options
    45,000                   0.2       0.2  
As at 22 May 2008
    884,151,772       88.1             792.0       880.1  
Redenomination:
                                       
– Cancellation of ordinary shares of 5p each
    (884,151, 772 )     (88.1 )     88.1              
– Currency translation difference on redenomination
                (1.3 )           (1.3 )
– Issue of deferred shares of £ 1 each
                      (0.1 )     (0.1 )
– Issue of ordinary shares of 9c each
    884,151, 772       79.6       (79.6 )            
– Transfer to share premium account
                (7.2 )     7.2        
            (8.5 )           7.1       (1.4 )
As at 3 January 2009
    884,151,772       79.6             799.1       878.7  

 
149

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
16. Deferred shares
 
   
Authorised
   
Allotted, issued and fully paid
 
 
 
Number
of shares
   
Nominal
value
£
   
Number
of shares
   
Share capital
$ million
 
Deferred shares of £1 each
                               
As at 29 December 2007
                       
Authorised and issued on redenomination of ordinary shares
    50,000       50,000       50,000       0.1  
As at 3 January 2009
    50,000       50,000       50,000       0.1  

Under section 118 of the Companies Act 1985, the Company must have a minimum share capital of £50,000 denominated in sterling. Accordingly, immediately upon the reduction of capital and before the issue and allotment of the new ordinary shares, the Company increased its capital by £50,000 by the creation of 50,000 deferred shares of £1 each which were paid up in full at par by capitalisation of the equivalent amount standing to the credit of the Company’s share premium account. The deferred shares are not listed on any investment exchange and have extremely limited rights such that they effectively have no value. It is intended that the deferred shares will be held by either the Company Secretary or by a Director of the Company (they are currently held by the Company Secretary).
 
Following the implementation of section 542 of the Companies Act 2006 on 1 October 2009, the Company will no longer be required to have any share capital denominated in sterling. Accordingly, the Company intends to buy back and cancel the deferred shares as soon as practicable after 1 October 2009.
 
17. Own shares
 
   
Year ended 3 January 2009
   
Year ended 29 December 2007
 
   
Number
of shares
   
$ million
   
Number
of shares
   
$ million
 
At the beginning of the period
    4,205,841       18.9       4,205,248       19.8  
Transfer of currency translation difference on change of functional currency (note 2)
          3.4              
      4,205,841       22.3       4,205,248       19.8  
Own shares purchased
    1,506,518       4.7       1,597,500       6.9  
Sale or transfer of own shares
    (2,053,809 )     (12.1 )     (1,596,907 )     (7.8 )
At the end of the period
    3,658,550       14.9       4,205,841       18.9  
 
Own shares represent the cost of the Company’s ordinary shares acquired to meet the Group’s expected obligations under the employee share schemes. Dividends relating to own shares held have been waived with the exception of those that are payable to participants in the relevant schemes.
 
As at 3 January 2009, 1,143,076 ordinary shares (29 December 2007: 1,376,975 ordinary shares) were held in trust and 2,515,474 ordinary shares (29 December 2007: 2,828,866 ordinary shares) were held as treasury shares.
 
As at 3 January 2009, the market value of own shares held was $7.1 million (29 December 2007: $15.1 million).
 
150

Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 
 
18. Other reserves
 
   
Capital
redemption
reserve
$ million
   
Merger reserve
$ million
   
Capital reserve
 $ million
   
Currency
translation
reserve
$ million
   
Profit and
loss account
reserve
$ million
   
Total
 $ million
 
As at 29 December 2007
    718.8       165.1       80.9       599.9       577.3       2,142.0  
Transfer of currency translation difference on change of functional currency (note 2)
    202.9       64.9       31.7       (599.9 )     168.8       (131.6 )
      921.7       230.0       112.6             746.1       2,010.4  
Profit for the period attributable to equity shareholders
                            322.4       322.4  
Other recognised gains and losses:
                                               
–  Retirement benefits
                                               
Net actuarial loss
                            (9.7 )     (9.7 )
Adjustment for unrecoverable surplus
                            9.6       9.6  
                              (0.1 )     (0.1 )
Total recognised gains and losses
                            322.3       322.3  
Other changes in shareholders’ funds:
                                               
– Currency translation difference on redenomination of ordinary shares (note 15)
                            1.3       1.3  
– Transfer of own shares
                            (2.2 )     (2.2 )
– Cost of share-based incentives
                            2.5       2.5  
– Dividends paid on ordinary shares
                            (246.2 )     (246.2 )
                              (244.6 )     (244.6 )
As at 3 January 2009
    921.7       230.0       112.6             823.8       2,088.1  

 
The Company’s distributable reserves as at 3 January 2009 amounted to $936.4 million.
 
19. Guarantees
 
The Company has guaranteed the borrowing facilities of certain subsidiaries. As at 3 January 2009, these facilities totalled $1,348.3 million (29 December 2007: $1,733.4 million) against which $676.0 million (29 December 2007: $653.1 million) had been drawn.
 
The Company has also guaranteed certain property leases and performance bonds entered into in the ordinary course of business by certain of its subsidiaries.
 
 
151

 
Principal subsidiaries and associates
 
Details of the Company’s principal trading subsidiaries and associates as at 3 January 2009 are set out below. Each entity is wholly owned by the Group and is registered in England and Wales, unless otherwise stated. A complete list of the Company’s subsidiaries and associates will be filed with the Company’s annual return.
 
Industrial & Automotive
     
       
A.E. Hydraulic (Pte) Ltd
Gates Canada Inc
Gates Rubber (Shanghai) Co
Gates Winhere Automotive
Hydraulic and industrial hose
Belts and hose
Ltd
Pump Products (Yantai) Co Ltd
solutions and services
Canada
Hose distributor
(ordinary shares – 60% owned)
Singapore
 
China
Automotive pumps
 
Gates Europe NV
 
China
Dexter Axle Company Inc
Belts and hose
Gates (U.K.) Ltd
 
Manufactured housing, mobile
Belgium
Belts and couplings
Ideal Internacional SA*
home and trailer products
 
Scotland
(ordinary shares – 40% owned)
US
Gates Fleximak Ltd
 
Hose clamps
 
Flexible fluid transfer products
Gates Unitta Asia
Mexico
Dexter Chassis Group Inc.
British Virgin Islands
Kabushikikaishu
 
Recreational vehicle frames
 
(ordinary shares – 51% owned)
Plews Inc
US
Gates (India) Private Ltd
Belts
Lubrication tools
 
Hose
Japan
US
Eifeler Maschinenbau GmbH
India
   
Hydraulic tube fittings
 
Gates Unitta Asia Trading
Pyung Hwa CMB Co Ltd*
Germany
Gates Korea Company Ltd
Company Pte Ltd
(ordinary shares – 21% owned)
 
(ordinary shares – 51% owned)
(ordinary shares – 51% owned)
Belts
Epicor Industries Inc
Belts
Belts
Korea
Hose clamps
Korea
Singapore
 
US
   
Schrader SAS
 
Gates Mectrol Inc
Gates Unitta India Company
Valves and fittings
Formflo Limited
Belts
Private Ltd
France
Powertrain components, 
systems and assemblies
 
Gates GmbH
US
 
Gates de Mexico SA de CV
Belts and hose
(ordinary shares – 51% owned) 
Belts
India
Schrader Bridgeport Brasil Ltda
Valves and fittings
Brazil
Belts
Mexico
Gates Unitta Korea Company
 
Germany
 
Gates SAS
Belts, hose and couplings 
France
 
Gates Polska S.p.z.o.o.
Belts
Poland
Ltd
(ordinary shares – 51% owned)
Belts
Korea
Schrader-Bridgeport International Inc
Valves and fittings
US
 
Schrader Duncan Ltd*
 
Gates Argentina SA
Belt and hose distributor 
Argentina
 
Gates PT Spain SA
Belts and hose
Spain
 
The Gates Corporation
Gates Unitta Power
Transmission (Shanghai) Ltd
(ordinary shares – 51% owned) 
Belts
China
(ordinary shares – 50% owned) 
Valves and fittings
India
 
Schrader Electronics Ltd
Gates Australia Pty Ltd
Belts and hose
 
Automotive electronics 
Belt and hose distributor 
Australia
 
US
 
Gates Rubber Company (NSW)
Gates Unitta Power
Transmission (Suzhou) Ltd
(ordinary shares – 51% owned)
Northern Ireland
 
Schrader Engineered Products
Gates do Brasil Industria
Pty Ltd
Belts
(Kunshan) Co Ltd
e Comercio Ltda
Hose
China
Valves and fittings
Belts and hose
Australia
 
China
Brazil
 
Gates Rubber Company
Gates Unitta (Thailand)
Company Ltd
 
Stackpole Limited
 
(Singapore) Pte Ltd
(ordinary shares – 51 % owned)
Powertrain components,
 
Hose distributor 
Singapore
Belts
Thailand
systems and assemblies
Canada

 
Building Products
Air System Components Inc
Heating, ventilating and air 
conditioning components
US
 
Aquatic Industries Inc
Whirlpools
US
 
Hart & Cooley Inc
Heating, ventilating and air 
conditioning components 
US
 
Lasco Bathware Inc
Fibreglass and acrylic baths 
and whirlpools
US
 
NRG Industries Inc
Commercial air conditioning 
components
US
 
Philips Products Inc
Aluminium, wood and vinyl 
windows, vinyl clad steel doors 
and ventilating devices
US
Rolastar Pvt Ltd
(ordinary shares – 60% owned) 
Duct manufacturer
India
 
Ruskin Company
Air, fire and smoke dampers, 
louvres and fibreglass products 
US
 
Ruskin Air Management Ltd
Air handling products and 
louvred windows
US
Ruskin (Thailand) Co Ltd
Commercial and industrial air, 
fire/smoke and control dampers 
Thailand
 
Selkirk Americas LP
Chimney, venting and air 
distribution products
US
*Associate
 
152


Supplemental financial information (unaudited)
 
Analysis of movements in net debt
 
   
Year ended
3 January
2009
$ million
   
Year ended
29 December
2007
$ million
   
Year ended
30 December
2006
$ million
 
Cash generated from operations
    628.7       638.7       607.8  
Capital expenditure:
                       
– Purchase of property, plant and equipment
    (183.2 )     (231.3 )     (193.8 )
– Purchase of computer software
    (10.6 )     (5.2 )     (38.3 )
      (193.8 )     (236.5 )     (232.1 )
Disposal of property, plant and equipment
    7.9       39.6       25.9  
Operating cash flow
    442.8       441.8       401.6  
Tax:
                       
– Income taxes paid
    (116.3 )     (110.4 )     (151.8 )
– Income taxes received
    31.8       24.2       9.4  
      (84.5 )     (86.2 )     (142.4 )
Interest and preference dividends:
                       
– Interest element of finance lease rental payments
    (0.5 )     (1.4 )     (1.1 )
– Interest received
    11.2       12.2       18.7  
– Interest paid
    (55.0 )     (64.8 )     (71.1 )
– Preference dividend paid
          (2.0 )     (13.0 )
      (44.3 )     (56.0 )     (66.5 )
Other movements:
                       
– Capitalisation of development costs
    (0.6 )     (0.4 )     (0.6 )
– Dividends received from associates
    0.6       1.4       0.6  
– Investment by a minority shareholder in a subsidiary
    0.4       3.8       5.9  
– Dividend paid to a minority shareholder in a subsidiary
    (13.5 )     (14.4 )     (14.7 )
      (13.1 )     (9.6 )     (8.8 )
Free cash flow to equity shareholders
    300.9       290.0       183.9  
Ordinary dividends
    (246.2 )     (247.3 )     (217.3 )
Acquisitions and disposals:
                       
– Purchase of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired
    (65.0 )     (17.0 )     (201.0 )
– Sales of businesses and subsidiaries, net of cash disposed
    124.6       216.3       12.5  
– Leases disposed of on sale of businesses
          6.1        
– Purchase of available-for-sale investments
    (0.1 )     (0.2 )     (0.2 )
– Sale of available-for-sale investments
    1.6       0.6       0.6  
– Debt acquired on acquisition of subsidiaries
    (0.8 )            
– Purchase of interests in associates
    (10.4 )     (3.8 )     (3.5 )
      49.9       202.0       (191.6 )
Ordinary share movements:
                       
– Issue of ordinary shares
    0.2       2.4       27.3  
– Purchase of own shares
    (4.7 )     (6.9 )     (8.7 )
      (4.5 )     (4.5 )     18.6  
Foreign currency movements:
                       
– Cash and cash equivalents
    (21.2 )     19.5       44.2  
– Other net debt
    215.9       (42.5 )     (110.2 )
– (Payments)/receipts on foreign currency derivatives
    (178.6 )     (16.3 )     59.9  
      16.1       (39.3 )     (6.1 )
Cash movement in net debt
    116.2       200.9       (212.5 )
Non-cash movements
    (1.1 )     (1.6 )     2.0  
Conversion of preference shares
          130.0       390.7  
Decrease in net debt
    115.1       329.3       180.2  
 
 
153

Supplemental financial information (unaudited) (continued)
 
 
Analysis of underlying changes
 
2007 compared with 2008
 
$ million, unless stated otherwise
 
Industrial & Automotive
   
Building 
Products
   
Corporate
   
Total
 
Sales                        
2007
    4,312.7       1,573.4             5,886.1  
Exchange rate effect 
    159.2       (1.3 )           157.9  
Disposals     (255.0 )     (13.8 )           (268.8 )
Like-for-like basis
    4,216.9       1,558.3             5,775.2  
Acquisitions
    22.4       41.1             63.5  
Underlying change
    (178.5 )     (144.3 )           (322.8 )
2008
    4,060.8       1,455.1             5,515.9  
                                 
Underlying change(1)
    (4.2 )%     (9.3 )%           (5.6 )%
                                 
Adjusted operating profit
                               
2007
    477.4       106.5       (53.4 )     530.5  
Exchange rate effect
    18.9       (0.2 )     1.7       20.4  
Disposals
    (20.3 )     (1.9 )     0.1       (22.1 )
Like-for-like basis
    476.0       104.4       (51.6 )     528.8  
Acquisitions
    7.2       3.1             10.3  
Underlying change
    (123.5 )     (27.3 )     15.1       (135.7 )
2008
    359.7       80.2       (36.5 )     403.4  
                                 
Underlying change(1)     (25.9 )%     (26.1 )%     29.3 %     (25.7 )%

2006 compared with 2007
 
$ million, unless stated otherwise
 
Industrial
Automotive
   
Building 
Products
   
Corporate
   
Total
 
Sales                        
2006
    3,984.0       1,762.1             5,746.1  
Exchange rate effect 
    135.1       5.4             140.5  
Disposals     (26.6 )     (90.2 )           (116.8 )
Like-for-like basis
    4,092.5       1,677.3             5,769.8  
Acquisitions
    23.6       40.9             64.5  
Underlying change
    196.6       (144.8 )           51.8  
2007
    4,312.7       1,573.4             5,886.1  
                                 
Underlying change(1)
    4.9 %     (8.2 )%           0.9 %
                                 
Adjusted operating profit
                               
2006
    444.3       153.6       (52.6 )     545.3  
Exchange rate effect
    14.2       0.6       (4.2 )     10.6  
Disposals
    (0.6 )     (8.7 )           (9.3 )
Like-for-like basis
    457.9       145.5       (56.8 )     546.6  
Acquisitions
    4.6       1.9             6.5  
Underlying change
    14.9       (40.9 )     3.4       (22.6 )
2007
    477.4       106.5       (53.4 )     530.5  
                                 
Underlying change(1)
    3.4 %     (26.6 )%     6.5 %     (4.1 )%

(1) The underlying percentage change is calculated by taking the underlying change as a percentage of the like-for-like basis.
 
 
154

 
Five-year summary
 
 
$ million, unless stated otherwise
 
Year ended
3 January
2009(1)
   
Year ended
29 December
2007(1)(2)
   
Year ended
30 December
2006(1)(2)
   
Year ended
31 December
2005(1)(2)
   
Year ended
 1 January
2005(1)(2)
 
Consolidated income statement data
                             
Sales
    5,515.9       5,886.2       5,746.1       5,380.2       4,996.2  
Adjusted operating profit(3)
    403.4       530.5       545.3       547.4       535.3  
Amortisation of intangible assets arising on acquisitions
    (10.6 )     (7.2 )     (5.0 )     (0.4 )      
Restructuring costs
    (26.0 )     (27.6 )     (23.9 )     (7.6 )     (23.0 )
Net gain on disposals and on the exit of businesses
    43.0       91.4       5.7       15.4       4.6  
Restructuring initiatives
    17.0       63.8       (18.2 )     7.8       (18.4 )
Impairment
    (342.4 )     (0.8 )     (2.9 )     (0.4 )      
Operating profit
    67.4       586.3       519.2       554.8       516.9  
(Loss)/profit before tax
    (7.6 )     525.4       448.6       484.0       470.8  
(Loss)/profit from continuing operations
    (46.0 )     385.6       383.0       375.1       377.2  
(Loss)/profit from discontinued operations
          (66.6 )     (21.3 )     (9.8 )     6.4  
(Loss)/profit for the period
    (46.0 )     319.0       361.7       365.3       383.6  
Minority interests
    (18.1 )     (25.0 )     (20.5 )     (16.3 )     (18.4 )
(Loss)/profit attributable to equity shareholders
    (64.1 )     294.0       341.2       349.0       336.7  
                                         
(Loss)/earnings per ordinary share
                                       
Basic
                                       
Continuing operations
    (7.29 )c     41.42  c     43.21  c     46.51  c     46.55  c
Discontinued operations
     c     (7.66 )c     (2.54 )c     (1.27 )c     0.83  c
Total operations
    (7.29 )c     33.76  c     40.67  c     45.24  c     47.38  c
Diluted
                                       
Continuing operations
    (7.29 )c     40.91  c     42.13  c     44.32  c     44.17  c
Discontinued operations
     c     (7.54 )c     (2.41 )c     (1.12 )c     0.73  c
Total operations
    (7.29 )c     33.37  c     39.72  c     43.20  c     44.90  c
Average number of ordinary shares (millions)
                                       
Basic
    879.7       870.3       838.9       771.4       770.7  
Diluted
    879.7       884.0       883.8       876.4       876.8  
Dividends for the period
                                       
Per ordinary share (4)
    13.02  c     27.68  c     27.25  c     24.09  c     23.11  c
Per ADS (4)
    52.08  c     110.72  c     109.00  c     96.36  c     92.44  c 

 
   
As at
 3 January
2009(1)
   
As at
29 December
2007(1)(2)
   
As at
30 December
2006(1)(2) 
   
As at
31 December
2005(1)(2)
   
As at
1 January
2005(1)(2)
 
Consolidated balance sheet data
                             
Goodwill and other intangible assets
    415.9       753.1       731.4       586.3       443.3  
Property, plant and equipment
    1,167.3       1,414.4       1,360.3       1,427.9       1,425.0  
Other non-current assets
    193.3       97.2       91.4       216.5       244.0  
Current assets
    1,888.3       2,117.3       2,085.2       2,172.7       2,072.7  
Assets held for sale
          90.9       297.5       23.0       63.0  
Total assets
    3,770.7       4,472.9       4,565.8       4,426.4       4,248.0  
Current liabilities
    (761.5 )     (874.9 )     (843.4 )     (935.8 )     (871.6 )
Non-current liabilities
    (1,269.9 )     (1,315.1 )     (1,728.8 )     (2,266.7 )     (2,400.3 )
Liabilities associated with assets held for sale
          (28.1 )     (125.5 )           (0.6 )
Total liabilities
    (2,031.4 )     (2,218.1 )     (2,697.7 )     (3,202.5 )     (3,272.5 )
Net assets
    1,739.3       2,254.8       1,868.1       1,223.9       975.5  
                                         
Shareholders’ equity
    1,610.8       2,137.8       1,769.1       1,140.8       895.6  
Minority interests
    128.5       117.0       99.0       83.1       79.9  
Total equity
    1,739.3       2,254.8       1,868.1       1,223.9       975.5  
 
(1)  
The selected financial data set out above has been extracted from the Group’s audited consolidated financial statements for the relevant year prepared in accordance with IFRS.
 
(2)  
At the beginning of 2008, the Group changed its presentation currency from sterling to the US dollar. Financial information for 2007 and prior years has been re-presented on the basis described in note 2 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
(3)  
Adjusted operating profit is discussed in the “Performance measures” section on pages 10 to 12.
 
(4) 
Dividends in respect of 2007 and prior years were declared and paid in sterling and have been translated into US dollars at the exchange rate on their respective payment dates. ve payment dates.
 
155

 
Investor information
 
 
History and development of the Company
 
Tomkins plc was incorporated in England in 1925 as F.H. Tomkins Buckle Company Limited, a small manufacturer of buckles and fasteners, which it remained until the 1980s. It was converted from a private company into a public company in March 1950, re-registered as a public limited company in February 1982, and changed its name to Tomkins plc in 1988.
 
In the late 1980s, the Company made a number of acquisitions of engineering companies in both the UK and the US. In 1992, the Group diversified into food manufacturing, with the acquisition of Ranks Hovis McDougall plc in the UK.
 
In 1996, the Group established the Industrial & Automotive business group with the acquisition of The Gates Corporation in the US.
 
In 1997, management embarked on a long-term programme of disposing of non-core businesses and enhanced its remaining core businesses through a number of bolt-on acquisitions. In the early 2000s, the Group disposed of its Food Manufacturing and Professional, Garden and Leisure Products business groups and became focused on its two remaining business groups: Industrial & Automotive and Building Products.
 
Industrial & Automotive manufactures a wide range of systems and components for car, truck and industrial equipment manufacturing markets, and industrial and automotive aftermarkets throughout the world. Industrial & Automotive is comprised of four operating segments: Power Transmission, Fluid Power, Fluid Systems and Other Industrial & Automotive.
 
Industrial & Automotive acquired Stant Corporation and its subsidiaries (1997), Schrader-Bridgeport (1998), ACD Tridon (1999) and Stackpole (2003), and disposed of Trico (2007) and Stant Corporation (2008).
 
Building Products is comprised of two operating segments: Air Systems Components and Other Building Products. Air Systems Components supplies the industrial and residential HVAC market mainly in North America. Other Building Products manufactures a variety of products for the building and construction industries, mainly in North America.
 
Building Products was based on the acquisition of Philips Industries (1990) and acquired Hart & Cooley (1999), Ruskin Air Management (2000) and Selkirk (2006), and disposed of Lasco Fittings (2007).
 
Incorporation
 
Tomkins plc is incorporated in England and Wales and is registered with the Registrar of Companies in England & Wales under number 203531.
 
The Company operates under English law.
 
Website
 
The Company’s website address is www.tomkins.co.uk. All of the Company’s recent results announcements and press releases are accessible on our website, together with this and previous Annual Reports and provides direct links to the websites of the Group’s main operating companies.
 
The price of the Company’s ordinary shares and its ADRs is also available, with a 20-minute delay. In addition, the site also provides historic share price information, index comparators and a shareholding calculator tool.
 
ADR holders
 
Ordinary shares in Tomkins plc are listed on the London Stock Exchange and, in the form of ADSs, on the NYSE. ADSs, each representing four ordinary shares, are evidenced by ADRs issued by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Depositary, pursuant to a sponsored ADR programme. The Company’s ADSs have been listed on the NYSE since February 1995, prior to which they were quoted on NASDAQ from November 1988.
 
Tomkins is subject to the regulations of the SEC as they apply to foreign companies and files with the SEC its Annual Report on Form 20-F and provides other information as required. ADR holders are not members of the Company but may instruct the Depositary as to the exercise of voting rights pertaining to the number of ordinary shares represented by their ADRs. ADR holders with queries about their holdings should contact the Depositary, whose contact details are provided on page 165.
 
Trading symbols
 
On the London Stock Exchange, the Company’s SEDOL number is 0896265 (ISIN code GB0008962655) and its trading symbol is ‘TOMK’. On the NYSE, the Company’s trading symbol for its ADRs is‘TKS’.
 
Share price information
 
The high and low closing prices of the ordinary shares on the London Stock Exchange and the ADSs on the NYSE for the periods indicated are set out below. The tables do not reflect trading after the daily official close of the London Stock Exchange for which no official quotations exist.
 
Five-year annual prices
 
   
Pence per ordinary share
   
US dollars per ADS
 
   
High
   
Low
   
High
   
Low
 
2004
    287.50       241.75       20.53       17.96  
2005
    302.50       242.00       22.43       18.51  
2006
    343.75       229.75       25.36       17.61  
2007
    302.50       172.50       23.92       13.75  
2008
    194.75       93.50       15.09       5.29  

 
156

Investor information (continued)
 
 
Two-year quarterly prices
 
     
Pence per ordinary share
   
US dollars per ADS
 
     
High
   
Low
   
High
   
Low
 
2007
                         
Q1       280.50       244.50       22.35       18.97  
Q2       302.50       253.75       23.92       19.96  
Q3       267.50       214.50       21.65       17.12  
Q4       233.50       172.50       18.97       13.75  
2008
                                 
Q1       189.50       150.75       15.01       12.19  
Q2       194.75       151.25       15.09       12.01  
Q3       172.25       115.50       12.67       9.32  
Q4       154.75       93.50       11.07       5.29  
2009
                                 
Q1(1)       141.00       112.50       8.37       6.31  

(1) Covering the period up to and including 19 February 2009. 
 
Most recent monthly prices
 
   
Pence per ordinary share
   
US dollars per ADS
 
   
High
   
Low
   
High
   
Low
 
August
    148.75       126.50       11.03       10.13  
September
    172.25       142.00       12.67       10.29  
October
    142.25       104.25       10.20       6.38  
November
    125.25       93.50       8.01       5.29  
December
    128.50       105.50       7.83       6.04  
January
    141.00       117.75       8.37       6.61  
February(1)
    133.00       112.50       7.84       6.31  

(1) Covering the period up to and including 19 February 2009. 
 
Substantial shareholdings
 
The Company’s issued share capital as at 3 January 2009 consisted of 884,151,772 ordinary shares with a nominal value of 9 cents each.
 
As at 19 February 2009, 884,151,772 ordinary shares were outstanding. As at that date, 2,232,599 ordinary shares were held by 71 registered holders with a registered address in the US and 65,422 ADRs were held by 149 registered holders with a registered address in the US. Since certain of the ordinary shares and ADRs were held by brokers and nominees, the number of record holders in the US may not be representative of the number of beneficial holders or of where the beneficial holders are resident.
 
Ordinary shareholders of the Company do not have different voting rights.
 
To the Company’s knowledge, no person or entity other than those shown below is the owner of more than 5% of its outstanding ordinary shares, nor is the Company directly or indirectly owned or controlled by any corporation, by any government or by any other natural or legal person or persons, severally or jointly.
 
Based on an analysis of our share register as at 3 February 2009, the shareholders holding more than 5% of the Company’s outstanding ordinary shares were as follows:
 
   
Number of
ordinary
 shares held
   
Percentage
of issued
ordinary shares
 held
 
Schroder Investment Management
    88,315,883       9.99 %
 
This information has been based on an analysis of the shares held on Tomkins’ share register and differs from the table of substantial shareholdings on page 47 which shows voting rights officially notified under the Disclosure and Transparency Rules of the UKLA.
 
Significant changes in shareholders owning more than 5% of the ordinary share capital of the Company over the past three years were as follows:
 
Invesco Limited decreased their holding to 0.83% at19 February 2009 from 7.17% at 3 April 2008, having held 5.15% as at 13 April 2007 and 0.66% at 24 April 2006.
 
Nuveen Investment LLC decreased their holding to 4.57% at 19 February 2009 from 6.44% at 3 April 2008, having held 10.40% at 13 April 2007 and 4.91 % at 24 April 2006.
 
Sprucegrove Investments Management Ltd decreased theirholding to 4.83% at 19 February 2009 from 5.11 % at 3 April 2008, having held 5.89% as at 13 April 2007 and 4.96% at 24 April 2006.
 
There are no arrangements currently known to the Company that would result in a change in control of the Company.
 
Purchases of ordinary shares
 
The table below sets out details of shares repurchased by the Company and affiliated purchasers in 2008 under publicly announced plans or programmes.
 
   
Number
of shares
purchased
   
Average
 price paid
per share
   
Maximum
number of
shares that
may yet be
 purchased
 
March 2008
    950,000       153.42p       87,460,677  
June 2008
    310,000       167.04p       87,150,677  
September 2008
    210,000       159.90p       86,940,677  
Total
    1,470,000                  

At the Company’s AGM on 13 June 2007, shareholders approved a resolution allowing the Company to repurchase up to 85,829,110 ordinary shares of the Company. This approval expired at a further AGM of the Company held on 1 May 2008, at which shareholders approved a resolution allowing the Company to repurchase up to 88,410,677 ordinary shares of the Company. This approval will expire on 1 May 2009. All shares repurchased in the period were purchased in order that they can, at the relevant time, be allocated to employees under the Company’s ABIP.
 
 
157

Investor information (continued)
 
 
Purchases of ordinary shares (continued)
 
As at 29 December 2007, the Company held 4,205,841 ordinary shares purchased as part of its publicly announced plan. During 2008, 2,053,809 ordinary shares were transferred to employees under the Company’s ABIP. As at 3 January 2009, the Company held 3,658,550 of its own ordinary shares.
 
Directors’ Report and accounts – Companies House
 
Subject to the passing of the resolution to receive the financial statements that will be proposed at the Company’s AGM on 1 June 2009, a copy of the Annual Report omitting photographic representations and with such further modifications as may be necessary will be lodged with the Registrar of Companies in England & Wales in accordance with the Companies Act 1985 (as amended). After being so lodged, further copies of the Annual Report in the form sent to shareholders will be available from the Company Secretary upon request.
 
Documents on display
 
The Company is subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act and in accordance therewith files reports and other information with the SEC. These reports and other information can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC, 100 F Street, N. E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the SEC’s regional office at Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. You may request copies of all or a portion of these documents from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. Reports filed by the Company with the SEC since August 2002 are available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
 
As a foreign private issuer, the Company is exempt under the Exchange Act from, among other things, the rules prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements and the reporting and ‘short-swing’ profit recovery provisions contained in section 16 of the Exchange Act.
 
Memorandum and Articles of Association
 
General
 
The rights of the shareholders are set out in the Articles of the Company and are provided by applicable English law. The following summary of key provisions of the Articles is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Articles filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Company’s annual report filing with the SEC on Form 20-F.
 
The main objects and purposes of the Company, set out in Articles 4(a) to (c) of the Memorandum of Association, are as follows:
 
to co-ordinate and manage the business activities of the Company and generally to carry out the function of a group holding company;
 
to carry on the business of hardware manufacture and the manufacture of and dealing in minerals and metals, and all kinds of other connected goods; and
 
to carry on any other business of a similar nature which the Directors deem convenient for the Company to carry on, or consider will enhance or render more profitable the value of the Company’s property.
 
Board of Directors
 
The Articles provide for a minimum of two and a maximum of 15 Directors. The shareholders may change these limits by passing an ordinary resolution. The Articles do not contain any requirement for a Director to hold qualification shares. At each AGM, the following shall retire:
 
any Director appointed by the Board since the last general meeting;
 
any Director who held office at the time of the two preceding AGMs and who did not retire at either of them; and
 
any Director who has been in office, other than as a Director holding an executive position, for a continuous period of nine years or more at the date of the meeting.
 
Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, the Board may from time to time appoint one or more Directors to an executive office on such terms and for such period as it may determine. The Articles contain no age limit requirements for the retirement or non-retirement of Directors.
 
The Articles allow the Directors to authorise conflicts of interest and potential conflicts of interest, where appropriate, and contain other provisions for dealing with Directors’ conflicts of interest to avoid a breach of duty.
 
There are safeguards which will apply when the Directors decide whether to authorise a conflict or potential conflict. First, only Directors who have no interest in the matter being considered will be able to take the relevant decision and, secondly, in taking the decision, the Directors must act in a way they consider, in good faith, will be most likely to promote the Company’s success. The Directors will be able to impose limits or conditions when giving authorisation if they think this is appropriate.
 
The Articles contain provisions relating to confidential information, attendance at Board meetings and availability of Board papers to protect a Director being in breach of duty if a conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest arises. These provisions will only apply where the position giving rise to the potential conflict has previously been authorised by the Directors.
 
158

Investor information (continued)
 
 
A Director who has disclosed to the Board that he or she has an interest in any transaction or arrangement with the Company, may participate in such transaction or arrangement, but may not vote in respect of any such transaction. A Director may not be counted in the quorum of a meeting in relation to any resolution on which he is barred from voting.
 
Directors’ ordinary remuneration (other than an Executive Director) may not exceed £250,000 per annum as the Board (or any duly authorised committee thereof) may from time to time determine or such greater amount as the Company may, upon the recommendation of the Board, from time to time by ordinary resolution determine. Any Director who (by arrangement with the Board) performs or renders any special duties or services outside his ordinary duties as a Director may be awarded extra remuneration (in addition to fees or ordinary remuneration) by way of salary or commission or participation in profits or otherwise.
 
The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money, mortgage property and assets and issue debentures and other securities. The Articles require the Board to restrict aggregate borrowings of the Company to one and a half times the share capital of the Company plus capital reserves (calculated as set forth in the Articles).
 
Share capital, dividends and voting rights
 
The authorised share capital of the Company is $142,664,780 divided into 1,585,164,220 ordinary shares with a nominal value of 9 cents each and £50,000 divided into 50,000 deferred shares with a nominal value of £1 each.
 
Under section 21 of the Companies Act 2006, the Company may by special resolution at a general meeting of shareholders alter its Articles and thereby alter the rights of the shareholders of the Company. A special resolution is a resolution that can only be passed by a majority of no less than three-quarters of the shares entitled to vote that are voted. Whenever the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class may only be varied or abrogated either with the consent in writing of the holders of three-quarters of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of such holders. The Articles provide that the necessary quorum for a meeting at which such a special resolution may be passed is at least two persons holding or representing by proxy no less than one-third in nominal amount of the issued shares of that class.
 
The Company in a general meeting of shareholders may declare dividends on the ordinary shares in its discretion by reference to an amount in sterling or in a foreign currency, but dividends may not exceed the amount recommended by the Board. Dividends remaining unclaimed for 12 years after having been declared are forfeited and revert to the Company.
 
On a show of hands, each holder of ordinary shares present at a general meeting of the Company is entitled to one vote. On a poll, the holders of ordinary shares are entitled to one vote per share. Cumulative voting is not permitted.
 
Multiple proxies may be appointed provided that each proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different share or shares held by the shareholder.
 
The deferred shares are not listed on any investment exchange and have extremely limited rights such that they effectively have no value. The deferred shares are currently held by the Company Secretary.
 
Following the implementation of section 542 of the Companies Act 2006 on 1 October 2009, the Company will no longer be required to have any share capital denominated in sterling. Accordingly, the Company intends to buy back and cancel the deferred shares as soon as practicable after 1 October 2009.
 
There are no provisions in the Articles discriminating against an existing or prospective holder of securities as a result of such shareholder owning a substantial number of shares.
 
General meetings
 
The Company shall in each year hold a general meeting of shareholders within six months of its accounting reference date. The Board may call an extraordinary general meeting whenever it determines appropriate. In addition, members holding not less than one-tenth of the voting rights of the share capital entitled to vote at a general meeting of the Company can require an extraordinary general meeting to be convened.
 
Only shareholders registered in accordance with the Articles may be recognised as valid shareholders. There are no other limitations on the rights to own securities.
 
There are no provisions in the Articles that would have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of the Company and that would operate only with respect to a merger, acquisition, or corporate restructuring involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
 
Disclosure of ownership
 
There are no provisions in the Articles relating to the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed. The Disclosure and Transparency Rules of the UKLA require a shareholder to notify the Company in respect of a 3% holding subject to certain exemptions, and there is an additional obligation to notify the Company when a 10% threshold is reached which is not subject to any exemptions.
 
159

Investor information (continued)
 
 
Changes in capital
 
There are no conditions imposed by the Articles governing changes in capital that are more stringent than those conditions that would be required by governing English law.
 
Registrar
 
Administrative enquiries concerning shareholdings in Tomkins plc, such as loss of a share certificate, dividend payment instructions, or a change of address, or the amalgamation of multiple holdings should be notified direct to the Company’s Registrar, Equiniti Limited, whose contact details for general enquiries are provided on page 165.
 
Any correspondence with the Registrar should refer to Tomkins plc, quoting the reference 0398, and state the registered name and address of the shareholder.
 
Payment of dividends
 
Dividends are declared and paid in US dollars although, unless they elect otherwise, shareholders in the UK and the Republic of Ireland will receive dividends in sterling. Shareholders who have mandated their dividends to be credited to a nominated bank or building society account should note that dividends are paid automatically to their account through the Bankers’ Automated Clearing Services (“BACS”) with the associated tax voucher being sent direct to shareholders at their registered address unless requested otherwise. If the nominated account is with a bank or building society which is not a member of BACS, both the payment and tax voucher are sent to the account holding branch.
 
Shareholders who do not currently mandate their dividends and who wish to have their dividend paid direct to a bank or building society account should complete a dividend mandate instruction form obtainable from the Company’s Registrar, whose contact details with regard to the payment of dividends are provided on page 165.
 
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
 
The Company offers a Dividend Reinvestment Plan. This allows shareholders to invest their cash dividend in purchasing shares of the Company in the market. The Company’s Registrar arranges, on behalf of participants, through the agency of a suitably authorised stockbroking business, the purchase of the maximum whole number of ordinary shares possible on, or as soon as reasonably practicable after, the dividend payment date. Favourable dealing costs have been arranged. For further details or an application form, please contact the Registrar’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan team, whose contact details are provided on page 165.
 
Individual Savings Accounts (ISAs)
 
A Tomkins ISA enables UK residents to invest in the Company in a tax efficient manner. You can obtain more information on ISAs from our corporate ISA provider, Equiniti Limited, whose contact details are provided on page 165.
 
Patents, trademarks and contracts
 
Trademarks and trade names are identified with a number of the Group’s products and services and are of importance in the sale and marketing of those products and services. However, the Group is not dependent to any significant degree upon these trademarks and trade names, nor on any single or series of related patents, licenses, financial or commercial contracts.
 
Government laws and regulations
 
The Company's subsidiaries and many of our products are regulated by government authorities in a number of countries.
 
The Company's subsidiaries are subject to regulation under various and changing local, national and international laws and regulations relating to the environment, business practice and employee health and safety. Permits may be required for certain operations (particularly air emission permits) and these permits are subject to renewal, modification and, in certain circumstances, revocation. Some of the applicable regulations allow local or national authorities to mandate product recalls or seize products.
 
Our products are subject to regulations relating to production (including environmental regulations), sale, advertising, safety, labelling and raw materials.
 
Management believes that the Company’s subsidiaries are in substantial compliance with applicable laws and regulations and that appropriate controls have been implemented by subsidiaries to minimise the risk of non-compliance.
 
Exchange controls
 
There is currently no English law, decree or regulation that restricts the export or import of capital, including, but not limited to, UK foreign exchange controls, or that affects the remittance of dividends (except as otherwise set out under ‘Taxation’ below) or other payments to holders of ordinary shares. There are no limitations under English law or the Company’s Articles on the rights of persons who are neither residents nor nationals of the UK from freely holding, voting or transferring ordinary shares in the same manner as UK residents or nationals.
 
 
160

Investor information (continued)
 
 
Taxation
 
The following is a summary of the principal US federal income and UK tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs by certain US Holders (as defined below) and not a complete analysis or listing of all of the possible tax consequences of such purchase, ownership or disposition. Furthermore, this summary does not address the tax consequences under state, local, or non-US or non-UK tax law of such purchase, ownership or disposition, or the US federal estate or gift tax consequences thereof. Certain US Holders with special status (e.g. banks and financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt entities, dealers in securities, and traders in securities that mark-to-market) or in special tax situations (e.g. whose functional currency is not the US dollar, who hold their ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a straddle, appreciated financial position, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment, who hold (directly, indirectly or through attribution) 10% or more of the voting power of the Company’s shares, or who are subject to the alternative minimum tax) will be subject to special rules not described below. This summary is limited to US Holders that hold their ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets and does not address the tax treatment of US Holders that are partnerships or pass-through entities that are not partnerships or the tax treatment of the holders of interests in such entities. The following summary of US federal income and UK tax consequences is not exhaustive of all possible tax considerations and should not be considered legal or tax advice. Prospective investors are therefore advised to consult their own professional tax advisers with respect to the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs, including specifically the consequences under state, local and tax laws.
 
This summary is based upon the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code, the Tax Convention, and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as in effect as of the date of this Annual Report and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Statements regarding UK tax laws and practices set out below are based on those UK laws and published practices of
 
HM Revenue & Customs as at the date of this Annual Report which UK laws and practices are subject to change, again possibly with retroactive effect. As used herein, a US Holder is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs that, for
 
US federal tax purposes, is:
 
a citizen or resident of the US;
 
a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for US federal income tax purposes created or organised in the US or under the laws of the US or any state thereof (or the District of Columbia);
 
an estate the income of which is subject to US federal income taxation regardless of its source;
 
a trust if a court within the US is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more US persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust; or
 
a trust if it has a valid election in effect to be treated as a US person under the Code.
 
HM Revenue & Customs should treat US Holders of ADSs as the owners of the underlying ordinary shares for the purpose of the taxation of dividend payments under the Tax Convention. US Holders of ADSs are also treated as the owners of the underlying shares for the purposes of the Code.
 
Taxation of dividends
 
The gross amount of distributions in respect of the Company’s ordinary shares or ADSs will be included in the gross income of US Holders and treated as dividends to the extent of the Company’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under US federal income tax principles. Such dividends will not qualify for the dividends received deduction available in certain circumstances to corporate holders. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of a US Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs and, thereafter, as capital gains.
 
For taxable years that begin before 2011, ‘qualified dividend income’ (as defined below) paid by the Company generally will be taxable to non-corporate US Holders at the 15% reduced rate. For this purpose, except as described below, dividends paid by the Company will be ‘qualified dividend income’ and taxable at the reduced rate, if shares in the Company are readily tradable on an established securities market in the US, including NYSE and NASDAQ, or if the Company is eligible for benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the US which the US Secretary of the Treasury has determined is satisfactory for this purpose and which includes a provision for the exchange of information. The US Secretary of the Treasury has determined that the Tax Convention qualifies as a comprehensive income tax treaty for this purpose. Dividends paid by a foreign corporation will not constitute qualified dividend income, however, if that corporation is treated, for the tax year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding tax year, as a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes. In addition, US Holders will be eligible for the reduced rate only if they have held the ordinary shares or ADSs for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex- dividend date and satisfy certain other requirements.
 
US Holders will not be subject to UK withholding tax on any dividends paid in respect of ordinary shares. Provided that dividends paid in respect of ADSs are treated as distributions for UK tax purposes, such dividends will not be subject to UK withholding tax.
 
Foreign currency dividends
 
For US federal income tax purposes, any dividend paid in foreign currency will be included in income in a US dollar amount equal to the US dollar value of such foreign currency calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the day the dividends are actually or constructively received by the US Holders, regardless of whether the foreign currency is converted into US dollars at that time. US Holders will generally have a basis in the foreign currency equal to its US dollar value on the date of actual or constructive receipt. Any gain or loss realised by the US Holders on subsequent conversion or other disposition of the foreign currency will be treated as US source ordinary income or loss.
 
 
161

Investor information (continued)
 
 
PFIC status
 
The Company believes that it will not be considered a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes. However, since the Company’s status as a PFIC depends on the composition of its income and assets and the market value of its assets from time to time, there can be no assurance that it will not be considered a PFIC in any taxable year.
 
US shareholders in a company classified as a PFIC have certain federal income tax consequences. In determining a company’s PFIC status for a taxable year, two tests must be applied, as well as certain look-through rules. If 75% or more of a company’s gross income (including the pro-rata gross income of any company in which such company is considered to own 25% or more of the stock by value) for the taxable year is passive, it is considered a PFIC. Alternatively, if 50% or more of its gross assets (including the pro-rata value of the assets of any company in which such company is considered to own 25% or more of the stock by value) during the taxable year, based on their average value, are either held for the production of or produce passive income, it is considered a PFIC. In this instance, passive income commonly includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents, annuities, gains from commodities and securities transactions, and the excess of gains over losses from the disposition of assets which produce passive income (unless the 25% look-through rules otherwise apply).
 
If the Company were treated as a PFIC in a taxable year, a US Holder may be subject to particular adverse tax consequences. The receipt of certain ‘excess distributions’, as well as the disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs, could trigger increased tax liability. ‘Gain’ or excess distribution would be allocated among the tax years of the shareholder’s holding period from the time the entity was determined to be a PFIC. The portion allocable to prior years would be taxed at the highest marginal US federal tax rate and would be subject to an interest charge.
 
Certain elections may enable the shareholder in a PFIC to avoid some of these adverse tax consequences. Under the QEF election, a US shareholder is taxed currently on its share of the company’s ordinary income. Under the mark-to-market election, a US shareholder recognises gains or losses each year for the difference between the fair market value and the adjusted basis of his or her shares. US Holders should consult their tax advisers for further details of the restrictions and coverage of each election and the potential tax consequences arising from the ownership and disposition of an interest in a PFIC.
 
Taxation of capital gains
 
Corporate US Holders that are resident in the US and not resident in the UK for UK tax purposes will not generally be liable for UK corporation tax on capital gains realised on the sale or other disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs unless a specific Corporate US Holder carries on a trade in the UK through a permanent establishment and the ordinary shares or ADSs are or have been used, held or acquired for the purposes of such trade through such permanent establishment. Non- corporate US Holders that are resident in the US and are neither resident nor ordinarily resident in the UK for UK tax purposes will not generally be liable for UK tax on capital gains realised on the sale or other disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs unless a specific non-corporate US Holder carries on a trade, profession or vocation in the UK through a branch or agency and the ordinary shares or ADSs are or have been used, held or acquired for the purposes of such trade, profession or vocation through such branch or agency.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, an individual US Holder who is neither resident nor ordinarily resident in the UK for UK tax purposes for a period of less than five years, but who was previously resident or ordinarily resident in the UK, and who disposes of ordinary shares or ADSs during the period of non-­residence may also be liable on returning to the UK for UK tax on capital gains despite the fact that the individual was not resident or ordinarily resident in the UK for UK tax purposes at the time of the disposal.
 
US Holders will generally recognise capital gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes upon the sale or other disposal of such US Holders’ ordinary shares or ADSs in an amount equal to the difference between the US dollar value of the amount realised on the sale or other disposal and the US Holders’ adjusted tax basis, determined in US dollars, in such ordinary shares or ADSs. Such gains or losses will be eligible for long­-term capital gain or loss treatment if the ordinary shares or ADSs have been held for more than one year at the time of such sale or disposal. Long-term capital gains of individuals are eligible for reduced rates of taxation. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. In general, any gain or loss recognised by a US Holder on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs will be US-source income or loss for purposes of US federal foreign tax credit limitation.
 
 
162

Investor information (continued)
 
 
UK inheritance tax
 
Under the Estate and Gift Tax Convention, ordinary shares or ADSs will generally not be subject to UK inheritance tax upon an individual’s death or on a transfer of the ordinary shares or ADSs during the individual’s lifetime if it is held by an individual who is domiciled in the US and is not treated as domiciled in the UK and is not a national of the UK. In certain other cases where the individual is domiciled in the US and is treated as domiciled in the UK, the individual may be subject to UK inheritance tax. Also, an individual will be subject to UK inheritance tax in the exceptional case in which ordinary shares or ADSs are part of the business property of a UK permanent establishment or pertains to a fixed base of the individual in the UK used for the performance of independent personal services. In the unusual case where ordinary shares or ADSs are subject to both the UK inheritance tax and the US federal estate and gift tax, the Estate and Gift Tax Convention generally provides for a tax credit under the rules enumerated in the Estate and Gift Tax Convention.
 
UK stamp duty or SDRT
 
UK stamp duty or SDRT is not generally payable on the issuance of ordinary shares (except see below regarding the issue of ordinary shares to the custodian of the Depositary). The transfer of ordinary shares will generally give rise to a liability to UK stamp duty at the rate of 0.5% (rounded up to the next multiple of £5) of the amount or value of the consideration paid. SDRT is generally chargeable at the same rate on entering into an unconditional agreement to transfer ordinary shares (or upon a conditional agreement to transfer ordinary shares becoming unconditional). However, such SDRT is cancelled or repaid if the agreement is completed within six years of the date of the unconditional agreement (or the date on which the conditional agreement became unconditional) by a duly stamped transfer instrument. Where an instrument of transfer of ordinary shares is executed where there is no change of beneficial ownership, it will generally not be subject to UK stamp duty or to the principal 0.5% SDRT charge.
 
The issuance of ordinary shares to the custodian of the Depositary will generally give rise to an SDRT liability at 1.5% of the issue price. The transfer of ordinary shares to the custodian of the Depositary will generally give rise to either UK stamp duty at the rate of 1.5% of the value of the ordinary shares transferred (rounded up to the next multiple of £5) or, in the unlikely event that there is no transfer instrument on which UK stamp duty is chargeable, to SDRT at the rate of 1.5% of the value of the ordinary shares transferred.
 
In accordance with the terms of the Deposit Agreement, any tax or duty payable by the Depositary or the custodian of the Depositary on deposits of ordinary shares will be charged by the Depositary to the party to whom the ADSs are delivered against such deposits.
 
Following the issue or transfer of ordinary shares to the custodian of the Depositary, no SDRT will generally be payable on the issue of ADSs or on an agreement to transfer ADSs, nor should UK stamp duty be payable on a transfer of ADSs, provided, amongst other things, that the instrument of transfer is executed and retained outside the UK. A transfer of ordinary shares by the Depositary or its nominee to the relevant ADS holder when the ADS holder is not transferring beneficial ownership will generally not be liable to a stamp duty charge or to the principal 0.5% SDRT charge.
 
US backup withholding and information reporting
 
Payments of dividends and other proceeds with respect to ordinary shares or ADSs made within the US by a US paying agent or other US intermediary will be reported to the IRS and to the US Holders as may be required under applicable regulations unless a specific US Holder is a corporation or otherwise establishes a basis for exemption. Backup withholding may apply to reportable payments if the US Holders fail to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number or otherwise fails to comply with, or establish an exemption from, such backup withholding requirements. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a US Holder will be allowed as a credit against his or her US federal income tax liability and any excess amounts will be refundable, if the US Holder provides the required information to the IRS. US Holders should consult their tax advisers as to their qualification for exemption from backup withholding and the procedure for obtaining an exemption.
 
Share dealing
 
For UK residents, internet and telephone share dealing services have been arranged through Equiniti Limited which provide a simple way to buy or sell the Company’s ordinary shares. For internet dealing, existing shareholders should log on to www.shareview.co.uk. You will need your account number shown on your share certificate or tax voucher. The commission rate for internet dealing is 1% with a minimum charge of £20. For telephone dealing, please call 0845 603 7037 between 8.30 am and 4.30 pm, Monday to Friday; the commission rate for share transactions by telephone is 1.5% with a minimum charge of £25.
 
A weekly postal dealing service is also available and a form, together with terms and conditions, can be obtained by calling 0845 603 7037; commission is 1% with a minimum charge of £20.
 
Contact details for Equiniti Limited with regard to share dealing services, including contact numbers for callers from outside the UK, are provided on page 165.
 
Global Invest Direct
 
A simple dealing service is available to US residents only for buying and selling Tomkins ADRs. Details can be obtained from JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., whose contact details are provided on page 165.
 
163

Investor information (continued)
 
 
ShareGift
 
The Company supports ShareGift, the charity share donation scheme (registered charity number 1052686). Through ShareGift, shareholders who have only a very small number of shares, which might be considered uneconomic to sell, are able to donate them to charity. Donated shares are aggregated and sold by ShareGift, the proceeds being passed on to a wide range of UK charities. Donating shares to charity gives rise neither to a gain nor a loss for UK Capital Gains Tax purposes and UK taxpayers may also be able to claim income tax relief on the value of the donation.
 
ShareGift transfer forms specifically for the Company’s shareholders are available from the Company’s Registrar and, even if the share certificate has been lost or destroyed, the gift can be completed. The service is generally free. However, there may be an indemnity charge for a lost or destroyed share certificate where the value of the shares exceeds £100. ShareGift’s contact details are provided on page 165.
 
Electronic communication
 
The Company’s Registrar operates a share register internet enquiry service to provide shareholders with details of their shareholdings. To register for the service, please go to www.shareview.co.uk. You will need your shareholder reference (which can be found on your share certificate or tax voucher) and you will be asked to select your own PIN. A user ID will then be posted to you. Once registered, shareholders may elect to receive future shareholder information and Company documents in electronic format. The main benefits of this system are speed and ease of use while saving money for your Company and reducing the demand on natural resources. A visit to www.shareview.co.uk will also provide you with more details of the service and practical help and information on other share registration matters.
 
As permitted by the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 relating to electronic communications, the Company now supplies all shareholders with shareholder documents by making them available on its website, www.tomkins.co.uk, except where a shareholder has specifically requested that the Company continues to provide him or her with hard copies. Shareholders will be informed by post or email whenever a shareholder document is made available on the website. Shareholders can, at any time, change their decision on how they wish to receive shareholder documents by advising the Company’s Registrar, whose contact details with regard to electronic communication are provided on page 165.
 
Electronic proxy voting
 
Shareholders may register their voting instructions for the forthcoming AGM via the internet. If you have registered for the shareview service offered by the Company’s Registrar, you may submit your voting instructions by logging on to your shareview portfolio and accessing the Company Meetings – Tomkins site. If you have not registered with shareview, you may still register your vote electronically by going to www.sharevote.co.uk. You will be required to key in the three security numbers printed on your form of proxy to access the voting site.
 
164

 

Useful contacts

Address Telephone    Website 
Tomkins plc – Corporate office and registered office
East Putney House
84 Upper Richmond Road
London
SW15 2ST
 
+44 (0)20 8871 4544
 
 
www.tomkins.co.uk
Company’s Registrar
Equiniti Limited 
Aspect House 
Spencer Road 
Lancing
West Sussex 
BN99 6DA
 
General enquiries/
Electronic communication
0871 384 2811 from within UK 
+44 121 415 7047 from outside UK
Textel
0871 384 2255 
 
 
www.shareview.co.uk
 
 
Payment of dividends
0871 384 2811 from within UK 
+44 121 415 7047 from outside UK Textel
0871 384 2255 
   
 
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
0871 384 2268 from within UK 
+44 121 415 7173 from outside UK 
   
 
Share dealing services
(UK residents only)
0845 603 7037 from within UK
+44 121 415 7560 from outside UK 
  www.shareview.co.uk
ISA Helpline
Equiniti Limited 
Spencer Road 
Lancing
West Sussex
BN99 6UY
 
0845 300 0430 from within UK 
+44 121 415 7572 from outside UK
 
   
ADR general enquiries
Global Invest Direct
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. 
PO Box 3408
South Hackensack
NJ 07606-3408
US
 
+1 800 990 1135 from within the US
+1 651 453 2128 from outside the US
 
 
 
www.ADR.com
email: jpmorgan.adr@wellsfargo.com
ShareGift
17 Carlton House Terrace, London
SW1Y 5AH
+44 (0)20 7930 3737    www.ShareGift.org

 
 
165

 
Cross-reference to Form 20-F
 
 
Certain of the information in this document that is referenced in the following table is included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for 2008 (the “2008 Form 20-F”) filed with the SEC. No other information in this document is included in the 2008 Form 20-F or incorporated by reference into any filings by the Company under the Securities Act. The 2008 Form 20-F has not been approved or disapproved by the SEC nor has the SEC passed judgement upon the adequacy or accuracy of the 2008 Form 20-F.
 
Item
Description
Location
Page
1
Identity of directors, senior management and advisers
Not applicable
  n/a
2
Offer statistics and expected timetable
Not applicable
n/a
3
Key Information
   
 
3A Selected financial data
Five-year summary
155
   
Note 2 – Transition to reporting in US dollars
67
 
3B Capitalisation and indebtedness
Not applicable
n/a
 
3C Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds
Not applicable
n/a
 
3D Risk factors
Principal risks and uncertainties
36
4
Information on the Company
   
 
4A History and development of the Company
Registered office (back cover)
OBC
   
Investor Information – History and development of the Company
156
   
OFR – Operating results
13
   
Note 44 – Acquisitions
128
   
Note 45 – Disposals
130
   
OFR – Property, plant and equipment
26
   
Note 21 – Property, plant and equipment
97
 
4B Business overview
Industrial & Automotive
6
   
Building Products
8
   
OFR – Operating results
13
   
Investor Information – Government laws and regulations
160
   
Investor Information – Patents, trademarks and contracts
160
 
4C Organisational structure
Note 1 – Nature of operations
67
   
Subsidiaries and associates
152
 
4D Property, plant and equipment
OFR – Property, plant and equipment
26
4A
Unresolved staff comments
Not applicable
n/a
5
Operating and financial review and prospects
   
 
5A Operating results
OFR – Operating results
13
 
5B Liquidity and capital resources
OFR – Liquidity and capital resources
21
   
Note 27 – Cash and cash equivalents
101
   
Note 33 – Financial risk management
106
   
Note 48 – Capital commitments
132
 
5C Research and development, patents and licences etc
OFR – Other intangible assets
26
   
Note 14 – Profit for the period
89
 
5D Trend information
OFR – Operating results
13
   
Outlook
5
 
5E Off-balance sheet arrangements
OFR – Off-balance sheet arrangements
29
   
Note 47 – Operating leases
132
 
5F Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations
OFR – Contractual obligations
29
 
5G Safe harbour
Special note regarding forward-looking statements (front cover)
IFC
6
Directors, senior management and employees
   
 
6A Directors and senior management
Board of Directors
40
 
6B Compensation
Remuneration Committee report*
52
   
Note 49 – Related party transactions
132
 
6C Board practices
Key governance principles
42
 
6D Employees
Corporate Social Responsibility – Our workplace: employees
38
   
Note 8 – Staff costs
83
 
6E Share ownership
Remuneration Committee report*
52
   
Note 35 – Share-based incentives
120
7
Major shareholders and related party transactions
   
 
7A Major shareholders
Investor information – Substantial shareholdings
157
 
7B Related party transactions
Note 49 – Related party transactions
132
 
7C Interests of experts and counsel
Not applicable
n/a
 
 
166

Cross-reference to Form 20-F (continued)
 
 
Item
Description
Location
Page
8
Financial information
   
 
8A Consolidated statements and other financial information
Item 18 – Financial statements
63
   
Auditors’ report
**
   
Note 46 – Contingent liabilities
132
   
OFR – Dividend
15
 
8B Significant changes
Not applicable
n/a
9
The Offer and listing
   
 
9A Offer and listing details
Investor information – Share price information
156
 
9B Plan of distribution
Not applicable
n/a
 
9C Markets
Investor information – Trading symbols
156
 
9D Selling shareholders
Not applicable
n/a
 
9E Dilution
Not applicable
n/a
 
9F Expenses of the issue
Not applicable
n/a
10
Additional information
   
 
10A Share capital
Not applicable
n/a
 
10B Memorandum and Articles of Association
Investor information – Memorandum and Articles of Association
158
 
10C Material contracts
Key governance principles – Significant agreements and change of control
  47
 
10D Exchange controls
Investor information – Exchange controls
160
 
10E Taxation
Investor information – Taxation
161
 
10F Dividends and paying agents
Not applicable
n/a
 
10G Statements by experts
Not applicable
n/a
 
10H Documents on display
Investor information – Documents on display
158
 
10I Subsidiary information
Subsidiaries and associates
152
11
Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk
OFR – Liquidity and capital resources
21
 
 
Note 33 – Financial risk management
  106
12
Description of securities other than equity securities
Not applicable
n/a
13
Defaults, dividend arrearages and delinquencies
None
n/a
14
Material modifications to the rights of security holders and the use of proceeds
None
n/a
15
Controls and procedures
Internal control
48
   
Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting
**
   
Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm
**
   
Internal control – Sarbanes-Oxley
49
16
[Reserved]
   
 
16A Audit committee financial expert
Audit Committee report – Membership and appointment
50
 
16B Code of ethics
Key governance principles – The Board
42
 
16C Principal accountant fees and services
Note 17 –Auditors’ remuneration
91
 
16D Exemptions from the listing standards for audit committees
None
n/a
 
16E Purchase of equity securities by the issuer or affiliated purchasers
Investor information – Purchases of ordinary shares
157
 
16F Change in a registrant’s certifying accountant
Not applicable
n/a
 
16G Corporate governance
Key governance principles – Compliance statement
47
17
Financial statements
Not applicable
n/a
18
Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements
63
19
Exhibits
 
**
 
*
For the purposes of the Form 20-F, sections of the Remuneration Committee report that are marked ‘audited’ are not required to be audited in accordance with PCAOB standards and are not considered audited in the Form 20-F.
**
Filed separately with the SEC as an exhibit to the Form 20-F. For the purposes of the Form 20-F, the auditors’ report on page 62 of this annual report is not considered to be filed with the SEC.
 
 
167

 
 
Financial calendar
 
2009
 
Interim management statement
14 May 2009
AGM 2009
1 June 2009
Final dividend payment – year ended 3 January 2009
10 June 2009
Interim results announcement – six months ending 27 June 2009
13 August 2009
Interim management statement
5 November 2009
Interim dividend payment – year ending 2 January 2010
November 2009
Year end
2 January 2010
   
   
2010
 
Preliminary announcement – year ending 2 January 2010
February 2010
Interim management statement
May 2010
AGM 2010
May/June 2010
Final dividend payment –year ending 2 January 2010
May/June 2010
 
 
 
168

 
Glossary of terms
 
$, US dollar, cents, c
US dollar ($) and cents, the currency of the US
£, sterling, pence, p
Pound sterling (£) and pence, the currency of the UK
€, euro
The currency of certain member states of the European Union
ABI
Architecture Billings Index, an indicator of non-residential construction activity in the US produced by the American Institute of Architects
ABIP
The Tomkins Annual Bonus Incentive Plan
Adjusted earnings per share
See “Performance measures” on pages 10 to 12
Adjusted operating profit
See “Performance measures” on pages 10 to 12
Adjusted operating margin
See “Performance measures” on pages 10 to 12
ADR
American Depositary Receipt, a negotiable certificate evidencing an ADS
ADS
American Depositary Share (representing four ordinary shares) held by the Depositary
AGM
Annual General Meeting
Articles
The current Memorandum and Articles of Association of Tomkins plc
ASC
Air Systems Components
ASIC
Application Specific Integrated Circuit
the Board
The Board of Directors of Tomkins plc
Cash conversion
See “Performance measures” on pages 10 to 12
CGU
Cash-generating unit
the Code
The US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
the Combined Code
The Combined Code on Corporate Governance issued by the UK Financial Reporting Council in June 2006
Companies Act 1985
The Companies Act of England and Wales 1985, as amended
Companies Act 2006
The Companies Act of England and Wales 2006
the Company
Tomkins plc
CSM
Database of automotive information and analysis prepared by CSM Worldwide, a provider of automotive market forecasting services and strategic advisory solutions to automotive manufacturers, suppliers and financial organisations
   
CSR
Corporate Social Responsibility
Deferred shares
The deferred shares of £ 1 each in the capital of the Company, created pursuant to Resolution 16 at the Company’s AGM on 1 May 2008
Depositary
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A
Detroit Three
General Motors, Ford and Chrysler, automotive OEMs
Director
A director of Tomkins plc
EMTN Programme
The Euro Medium Term Note Programme
EPS
Earnings per share
ESOP
Employee Share Ownership Plan
ESOS 3 and ESOS 4
The Tomkins Executive Share Option Scheme No. 3 and the Tomkins Executive Share Option Scheme No. 4, which both lapsed for grant purposes in 2005
the Estate and Gift Tax Convention
The convention between the US and the UK for the avoidance of double taxation and the prevention of fiscal evasion with respect to taxes on estates of deceased persons and on gifts
the Exchange Act
US Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Free cash flow
See “Performance measures” on pages 10 to 12
Gates
The businesses and operations of the Gates Corporation, a subsidiary of the Company
Gates E&S
Gates Engineering & Services
the Group
The Company together with its subsidiaries
HSE
Health, Safety and the Environment
HVAC
Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
I&A
Industrial & Automotive
IASB
International Accounting Standards Board
Ideal
The businesses and operations of Epicor Industries Inc, a subsidiary of the Company, trading as Ideal
169

Glossary of terms (continued)
 
 
IFRIC
International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee
IFRS
International Financial Reporting Standards
Incident rate
The number of reportable incidents per 100 workers over a period of one year
Independent auditor
Deloitte LLP
ISIN
International Securities Identification Number
KPI
Key Performance Indicator
LEED
Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design
NAHB
National Association of Homebuilders, a trade association of the residential construction industry and related activities in the US
NAPA
National Automotive Parts Association, a co-operative that distributes automotive parts to retail outlets principally in the US
Net capital expenditure : depreciation
See “Performance measures” on pages 10 to 12
Net debt
See “Performance measures” on pages 10 to 12
Non-GAAP measure
A measure of historical or future financial performance, financial position or cash flows which is adjusted to exclude or include amounts that would not be so adjusted in the most comparable measure prescribed by IFRS
NYSE
The New York Stock Exchange
OE
Original equipment
OEM
Original equipment manufacturer
OFR
Operating and financial review
Operating cash flow
See “Performance measures” on pages 10 to 12
Ordinary shares
The ordinary shares in the capital of the Company that, with effect from 22 May 2008, have a nominal value of 9 cents each
PFIC
Passive Foreign Investment Company
Preference shares
The convertible cumulative preference shares of $50 each in the capital of the Company, of which the remaining shares outstanding were redeemed in 2007
Project Eagle
A three-year performance improvement programme announced in 2008 to address the cost base and improve competitiveness
Project Cheetah
A more extensive set of actions announced in 2009 to reset the Group’s manufacturing footprint to lower-cost locations and further take advantage of opportunities in higher growth markets
PSP
The Tomkins 2006 Performance Share Plan
QEF
Qualified Electing Fund
Registrar
Equiniti Limited
Restructuring initiatives
Expenses incurred in major projects undertaken to rationalise and improve the cost competitiveness of the Group and consequential gains and losses arising on the exit and disposal of businesses or on the disposal of assets
RTPMS
Remote Tyre Pressure Monitoring System
RVIA
Recreation Vehicle Industry Association, a national trade association representing recreation vehicle manufacturers and their component parts suppliers in the US
SAAR
Seasonally Adjusted Annual Rate
SAYE 2
The Tomkins Savings Related Share Option Scheme No. 2, that lapsed for grant purposes in 2005
SDRT
Stamp Duty Reserve Tax, payable on paperless transactions for shares in the UK
SEC
US Securities and Exchange Commission
SEDOL
Stock Exchange Daily Official List, a list of security identifiers used in the UK for clearing purposes.
Severity rate
Average number of lost workdays per 100 employees over a period of one year
Sharesave scheme
The Tomkins 2005 Sharesave Scheme
SMS
The Tomkins Share Matching Scheme, that expired in 2007
Sarbanes-Oxley
The US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
the Securities Act
US Securities Act of 1933, as amended
Stamp Duty
A tax payable on paper transactions for shares in the UK
Subsidiary
An entity that is controlled, either directly or indirectly, by the Company
 
 
170

Glossary of terms (continued)
 
 
 
the Tax Convention
The convention between the government of the US and the government of the UK for the avoidance of double taxation and the prevention of fiscal evasion with respect to taxes on income and capital gains dated 24 July 2001, as ratified on 31 March 2003 and amended
TREAD Act
US Transportation Recall Enhancement, Accountability, and Documentation Act of 2000
Trico
Trico Products Corporation and its related businesses, which constituted the Group’s former Wiper Systems business segment (sold during 2007)
TSR
Total Shareholder Return, comprising dividends paid on ordinary shares and the increase or decrease in the market price of ordinary shares
UK GAAP
United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice
UK
The United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland
UKLA
United Kingdom Listing Authority
Underlying change in sales
See “Performance measures” on pages 10 to 12
and adjusted operating profit
 
US
The United States of America, its territories and possessions, any state of the United States and the District of Columbia
uPVC
Unplasticised Poly Vinyl Chloride
 
 
 
 
 
 
171

 
 
The paper in this report is produced with FSC mixed sources pulp which is fully recyclable, biodegradable, pH Neutral, heavy metal absence and acid-free. It is manufactured within a mill which complies with the international environmental ISO 14001 standard.
 
This has been printed using an alcohol free process and the printing inks are made from vegetable oil and are non-hazardous from renewable sources. Over 90% of solvents and developers are recycled for further use and recycling initiatives are in place for all other waste associated with this production. The printers are FSC and ISO 14001 certified with strict procedures in place to safeguard the environment through all their processes and are working on initiatives to reduce their Carbon Footprint.
 
Designed and produced by MAGEE www.magee.co.uk
 
 
 

 
 
 
 

Events Occurring Subsequent to the Approval of the Company’s Annual Report on 24 February 2009

The following statement was issued by the Company on 12 May 2009:

Interim Management Statement
 
Tomkins, the global engineering and manufacturing group, sets out below its Interim Management Statement covering the period from 4 January 2009 to 11 May 2009, and provides an update on its outlook for the year ending 2 January 2010.
 
James Nicol, Chief Executive Officer, commented:
“Our performance continues to be adversely affected by the global economic slowdown and its negative impact on most of our end-markets. Management remains focused on implementing our restructuring initiatives, lowering costs, generating cash and executing our strategy, including expanding our green product offering and growing our engineering and services business. We expect performance in the first half of 2009 to remain weak, especially compared with the first half of 2008. I am pleased to announce that we have strengthened our financing position by extending the maturity of our committed bank funding to May 2012.”

Trading Update
Industrial & Automotive
During the first quarter of 2009, our Industrial and Automotive business group continued to see significant year-on-year declines in volumes on a global basis. The original equipment businesses were affected by plant shutdowns and short work weeks across many customers, and in the case of Chrysler and General Motors, concerns regarding their potential bankruptcy. For the 12 month period to 4 April 2009, sales in North America to Chrysler and General Motors accounted for 1.3% and 3.8% of the Group’s sales respectively, and the accounts receivable balances at 4 April 2009 were $8.4 million and $14.1 million respectively. The industrial aftermarket businesses were affected by reductions in overall industrial activity. However, our global automotive aftermarket continued to demonstrate its resilience and maintained sales in line with the first quarter of 2008.
Building Products
Revenues at our Air Systems Components business group were down marginally compared with the first quarter of 2008. Some softening in the US non-residential markets towards the end of the quarter was offset by contributions from acquisitions made in 2008. The residential businesses continued to experience challenging market conditions associated with the continued decline in US housing construction. Cost reduction initiatives continue to help mitigate the impact of reduced volumes.
Other Building Products experienced significant declines in the residential housing, recreational vehicle and manufactured housing markets, as previously indicated.
Project Eagle and Project Cheetah
We continue to make good progress with the execution of projects Eagle and Cheetah, having announced the closure of 12 facilities so far this year. We expect to realise the benefits of these projects throughout the year.
Financial Position (unaudited)
There was no material change in the financial position of the Group during the period. As at 4 April 2009, the Group’s net assets were $1,620.5 million (29 March 2008: $2,335.4 million, 3 January 2009: $1,739.3 million) and net debt was $582.8 million (29 March 2008: $682.6 million, 3 January 2009: $476.4 million).
The Group’s financing position is strong, with unsecured bonds totalling £400 million, of which £150 million matures in December 2011 and £250 million matures in September 2015. The Group also has a £400 million committed bank facility which matures in August 2010. We have recently extended our committed bank funding with a $450 million forward-start committed bank facility which matures in May 2012. We remain focused on cash flow generation by seeking incremental opportunities to reduce capital expenditure and improve working capital efficiency.
 
 
 

 

 
Outlook for the remainder of 2009
The Board expects that conditions in most of the Group’s end markets will continue to remain challenging throughout the remainder of 2009. Performance in the first half of 2009 is expected to be weak compared with the first half of 2008. However the second half of 2009 should show some easing on a comparable basis due to the benefits of our restructuring projects coupled with an anticipated slowdown in the rate of decline in many of our end-markets.
Industrial
 
North America (18.6% of Group sales)
Industrial markets in North America are expected to remain challenging throughout 2009, in both the original equipment and aftermarket sectors. For 2009, declines of around 20% are expected in these markets.

Europe (5.4% of Group sales)
European markets are expected to demonstrate a similar weakness to the North American markets.

ROW (5.8% of Group sales)
Industrial activity across the remainder of Tomkins’ geographic markets is expected to weaken year-on-year, partially offset by some early improvements in India and China.

Automotive Aftermarket
 
North America (10.7% of Group sales)
The North American automotive aftermarket is expected to remain broadly in line with prior year.

Europe (6.0% of Group sales)
The European automotive aftermarket is expected to demonstrate a similar trend to North America.

ROW (2.7% of Group sales)
Sales in the Group’s other geographies, most notably China and Brazil, are also expected to be broadly in line with prior year.

Automotive Original Equipment (“AOE”)
 
North America (8.8% of Group sales)
North American AOE production is expected to decline by around 30% in 2009. The first half of 2009 is expected to be negatively impacted by further plant shut downs announced at Chrysler and General Motors. Production volumes are expected to be down around 25% year-on-year in the second half of 2009, compared to a decline of 45% in the first half year-on-year.

Europe (5.5% of Group sales)
European AOE production is expected to decline by around 20% in 2009. Some benefits may arise from the impact of Government-backed scrapping programmes.

ROW (7.5% of Group sales)
AOE production in both China and India is expected to achieve mid single digit percentage growth in 2009, but production in Brazil is expected to decline by mid single digits on a percentage basis. Some benefits may arise from the impact of scrapping programmes in a number of these markets.
 
 
 

 

 
Non-Residential Construction (16.9% of Group sales)
 
US Non-Residential Construction is expected to decline by around 25% on a square foot basis, and around 20% on a value basis in 2009.

Residential Construction (9.2% of Group sales)
 
Residential Construction, as measured by housing starts, is expected to decline by around 30% in 2009.

Other markets include manufactured housing and recreational vehicles and in total account for 2.9% of Group sales. The share of Group sales shown is based on sales for the 12 months ended 4 April 2009.

Demand-side visibility remains challenging, with conditions in most of our end-markets remaining uncertain. However, the combined experience of our managers will enable us to continue to mitigate the impact of these difficult end-market conditions. Our strong balance sheet and continuing focus on cash and costs will position the business for recovery.
 
 
 
 
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Forward-looking statements are identified by the words “expect”, “believe”, “intend”, “anticipate”, “estimate”, “will”, “may”, “could”, “should” and similar expressions.  Under the safe harbour provisions of the US Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, the Company cautions that any forward-looking statements made by the Company, including those made in this announcement in relation to the outlook for 2009, are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those predicted.  Risks and uncertainties that may affect the Group’s operations include, but are not limited to, those described in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F and in other filings with the US Securities and Exchange Commission.  The Company disclaims any obligation to update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.
 

 







 
 

 


 
SIGNATURE

 
Tomkins plc hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F, and that it has duly caused and authorised the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.
 

TOMKINS plc
 
/s/ John Zimmerman
 
By: John Zimmerman
Chief Financial Officer
 
12 May 2009

 

 

 
 

 

 
Exhibits
 
1.1
Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company.
4.1
The rules of the Tomkins Executive Share Option Scheme No. 3. (1)
4.2
The rules of the Tomkins Executive Share Option Scheme No. 4. (1)
4.3
Service Agreement, dated 11 February 2002 between Tomkins plc and James Nicol. (2)
4.4
Third Supplemental Trust Deed relating to the £750,000,000 EMTN Program dated 28 August 2003. (3)
4.5
Facility Agreement relating to the £400,000,000 multi-currency revolving credit agreement dated 9 February 2004. (3)
4.6
The rules of the Tomkins 2005 Sharesave Scheme. (4)
4.7
Terms and conditions of employment - John W. Zimmerman, dated 31 October 2007. (5)
8.1
List of principal trading subsidiaries of the Company. (6)
12.1
Certification of CEO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
12.2
Certification of CFO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
13.1
Certification of CEO and CFO pursuant to Rule 13a-14 (b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and 18 USC. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
15.1
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
15.2
Attestation Report of Registered Public Accounting Firm
15.3
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
15.4
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.



__________________________
(1)
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended 30 April 2001.
(2)
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended 30 April 2002.
(3)
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended 3 January 2004.
(4)
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended 1 January 2005.
(5)
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended 29 December 2007.
(6) 
 Incorporated by reference to the section of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended  3 January 2009 entitled “Principal subsidiaries and associates”.